The URL can be used to link to this page

1021 Atlantic Boulevard #953 COMM20-0010 Marco's Pizza City of Atlantic Beach APPLICATION NUMBER` Building Department (To be 7�1,gned by the Building Department.) 800 Seminole Road 7 It Atlantic Beach, Florida 32233-5445 - Phone(904)247-5826 • Fax(904)247-5845 -- "r ? 2p E-mail: building-dept@coab.us Date routed: - City web-site: http://www.coab.us APPLICATION REVIEW AND TRACKING FORM Property Address: ' !ti _ ��1Department review required Yes No :Building Applicant: ._ Planning &Zoning Tree Administrator Project: - r Public Works _ ( Public Utilities Public Safety ay.._ Fire Services FRI �;v�ew fed. re_z � Y Other Agency Review or Permit Required Review or Receipt Date of Permit Verified By Florida Dept. of Environmental Protection Florida Dept. of Transportation St.Johns River Water Management District Army Corps of Engineers Division of Hotels and Restaurants Division of Alcoholic Beverages and Tobacco Other: APPLICATION STATUS Reviewing Department First Review: %6kisproved. []Denied. []Not applicable (Circle one.) Comments: BUILDING PLANNING &ZONING Reviewed by: Dater' TREE ADMIN. Second Review: ❑Approved as revised. ❑Denied. ❑Not applicable PUBLIC WORKS Comments: PUBLIC UTILITIES PUBLIC SAFETY Reviewed by: Date: FIRE SERVICES Third Review: ❑Approved as revised. ❑Denied. ❑Not applicable Comments: Reviewed by: Date: Revised 05/19/2017 Building Permit Application City of Atlantic Beach Building Department � 8003 Seminole Read, Atlantic Beach Fl 32233 Phone: (904) 247-5826 Email Buffalo& -Ue t coa .us �Zjob Address �_ _ .. RF l� ---~-- Vaivation of Work iReplacement Costf� �' �_ Heated/Cooled 5F Non-Hearted/copied rR Class of Work- Chew LIAddition < it�elati � to, 1 ty' <err Ppo !4 tdo ,,to • Use of ext�5ting/proposed 5tructurets): _y4..Dmrr +%`•; `c''>,L•4>,.`'- • it an existing structure,is afire sprinkler system • wit wt' ? t r YtiC�va' ? rt ,`"itt ilig !t%_`tit H Florida Product Approval fog;r,Itiple products,tse product approval iorm Pers z wrier Name city 3 _ E-ltflal9 C),mrie Or;✓Left(if Agent,Power of Attorney or AgenclF Lett- RP4U,f8ril ...., .,, _..._�. cnratractor Infcsn"ation -- 0 Name of Campalftpuataty°ng int c +✓t . ,. Address office Plane State CertifPcationlRegistration# lviat i Architect Name&Pt-.one# �C--i Noe— p��., _ Engineer's N 3me&Prone# � * � .. worKers Conipensatiotn 1t-surer >. _. ._ 0 C'xPMPt , EXalration Lett? Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do thr wc �.�.�,. ,+,eta+aVou:a,. ,d,-ateci. ;certafy that Larr. nericed pr,or IO he ssLance of d pe3't'it aril h,;i.it, }r t.Xt t)E y9E'' ""r :'`J '!eeT-1)e StaAdardsof all �Ia zi) felt-7ting, construction n this j.-� dictior +unde;s'tancl that a sepa Jii;, �,, T Oe sec"ff-r �,f -art+1t4CA_WOR1S.P,J1v161Nf,SIGNS, wEl.l S,POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS,TAN16 an. r a t;Nr),rfONERS,etc N,'_)TiCE 1r,addition to,he requiremrmn"ist thts p#9r={i1 ,there maV be additional restrictions apollf-abie 10 it— Ynat )t ay per tound—the ountt{re;:o,d of rt?LS_ourlty,and the�*o ro�tay;ioc aC3t31:3i3nr3i p;E+'n77tS r?t�SJir+tiif.LfQrYt t)1k9P,s�oVe t�rrtt;r;t3r{�xttlttAti`.,uch ac water management districts State agencies,Or federal JA=NER'S AFFIDAVIT:i certify than all the iotegoing rrifor+natior i4 accurate ano drat at',*ork will be,done :I c aha ce wttry a+ applicable laws eeguiating construction and roving WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR LAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT islgnahtrg of Owner or Agents, 1 S,gnatorp at rltratto, s Signed and Sworn to(of aitifined)before ole"it, wool.:no w ct-of srmedt before me this _. tf�y of }x v ' by \i'lr.� isignature Of fl"Otat f ilgr9atr3rc of Tatar'.° ill 1C,•own CIO persarlaity Known i7R �� MY COMMISSION t FF W919PM v t a , ? EXPIRES:April 3t},eD2t) ucld t lerstifAti1 Produced igen .ecatior, - Type of n: 8ortldToll Notary Fum tinderwrllors re.a rre.Irificatu0n _ __ Gerald P. Noe, Architect Letter of Transmittal TO: City of Atlantic Beach Building Dept. DATE: 03-19-2020 ADDRESS: 800 Seminole Road PROJECT: Marco's Pizza-Atlantic Beach CITY, STATE Atlantic Beach, Florida 32233 PROJECT #: 19-229 ATTENTION: Building department SUBJECT: Permit Documents SUBMITTAL #: 0002 PREPARED BY: Larry Moore PHONE #: 904.247.5826 TRANSMITTED: ,Attachedp Under Separate Cover Via: a Mail p Express Mail p Fax:# Are the following: 0 Shop Drawing(s) Contract Documents 0 Brochure(s) 0 Other: 0 Letter(s) 0 Specification(s) 0 Schedule(s) 0 Sample(s) Mfg. Literature 0 Change Order(s) Sets No. of Date Sheets 4 39 As noted 2 Set of Plans- Permit Sets - Signed &Sealed 24x36) 1 2 As noted Building Permit Application If all items are not received as listed, please notify us at once The Above items are transmitted to you: 0 For Approval 0 Revise & Resubmit For Pricing/Breakdown 0 Other: 0 Approved 0 Rejected For Your Use 0 Approved & Noted 0 For Field Use 0 For Fabrication Remarks: Sincerely, Larry Moore BY: Larry Moore FI LE: 19-229-0002 399 Lucerne Drive Spartanburg SC 29302 T 864.583.2215 F 864.583.2265 mail@gpnarcht.com 3/19/2020 FedEx Ship Manager-Print Your Label(s) to y co t Z(55 c go �� ac o o _«o - �z CD o -J - Cl) 0 cc .� _ _ D m ca a) r.Jm fD ns CD 4 ca D C o CD 0 a) -nQ' n m CD m w C=) 00 CD w C) 0 C) CD N C) r M o o _ - o m oxLo mr)so o - � � pp o! • '_ m u~'o n � m�o� A rT1 3:1- OO mNm 0 � m w _ n C C M J20102001L-Oluv 56BJ2E4E0rFF44% After printing this label: 1. Use the'Print'button on this page to print your label to your laser or inkjet printer. 2. Fold the printed page along the horizontal line. 3. Place label in shipping pouch and affix it to your shipment so that the barcode portion of the label can be read and scanned. Warning: IMPORTANT:TRANSMIT YOUR SHIPPING DATA AND PRINT A MANIFEST: At the end of each shipping day,you should perform the FedEx Ground End of Day Close procedure to transmit your shipping data to FedEx. To do so,click on the Ground End of Day Close Button. If required, print the pickup manifest that appears.A printed manifest is required to be tendered along with your packages if they are being picked up by FedEx Ground. If you are dropping your packages off at a FedEx drop off location,the manifest is not required. Use of this system constitutes your agreement to the service conditions in the current FedEx Service Guide and applicable tariff,available upon request. FedEx will not be responsible for any claim in excess of$100 per package,whether the result of loss,damage,delay,non-delivery,misdelivery,or misinformation,unless you declare a higher value,pay an additional charge,document your actual loss and file a timely claim.Limitations,including limitations on our liability,can be found in the current FedEx Service Guide and applicable tariff apply.In no event shall FedEx Ground be liable for any special,incidental,or consequential damages, including,without limitation,loss of profit,loss to the intrinsic value of the package,loss of sale,interest income or attorney's fees.Recovery cannot exceed actual documented loss.Items of extraordinary value are subject to separate limitations of liability set forth in the Service Guide and tariff.Written claims must be filed within strict time limits,see current FedEx Service Guide. https://www.fedex.com/shipping/shipmentConfirmationAction.handle?method=doContinue i/1 Printing :: CR552007 Page 1 of 1 Duval County, City Of Jacksonville Jim Overton ,Tax Collector 231 E.Forsyth Street Jacksonville,FL 32202 General Collection Receipt Account No:CR552007 Date:4/28/2020 User:Dipierri,Miguel Email:DiPierri@coj.net FIRE MARSHALL FEE FOR SERVICES PROVIDED Name:Mardag Construction Address:9968 gednam ct Description:fee for plan review Atlantic Bch comm 20-0010 Marco's pizza 953 Atlantic bv. TrzrnCode� Inde.Code SubObj^ actGLAcct SubsidNoUserCode Project ProjectDtl Grant( GrantDtl DocNo Amount 701 FPFP159FI 34222 : 150.00 Total Due:$150.00 Jim Overton ,Tax Collector General Collections Receipt City of Jacksonville,Duval County Account No:CR552007FIRE MARSHALL FEE FOR SERVICES PROVIDED Date:4/28/2020 Name:Mardag Construction Address:9968 gednam ct Description:fee for plan review Atlantic Bch comm 20-0010 Marco's pizza 953 Atlantic bv. Total Due:$150.00 https://tccr.coj.net/printing.aspx?cr=CR552007 4/28/2020 Gerald P. Noe, Architect man Letter of Transmittal TO: City of Atlantic Beach Building Dept. DATE: 03-19-2020 ADDRESS: 800 Seminole Road PROJECT: Marco's Pizza-Atlantic CITY, STATE Atlantic Beach, Florida 32233Beach ATTENTION: Building department PROJECT #:SUBJEC19-229 T: Permit Documents SUBMITTAL #: 0002 PREPARED BY: Larry Moore PHONE #: 904.247.5826 TRANSMITTED: ,Attached❑ Under Separate Cover Via: ❑ Mail ❑ Express Mail ❑ Fax:# Are the following: Q Shop Drawing(s) i Contract Documents Q Brochure(s) Q Other: Q Letter(s) Q Specification(s) Q Schedule(s) Q Sample(s) Q Mfg. Literature Q Change Order(s) Sets No. of Date Sheets 4 39 As noted 2 Set of Plans- Permit Sets-Signed & Sealed 24x36) 1 2 As noted Buildin Permit Application If all items are not received as listed, please notify us at once The Above items are transmitted to you: Q For Approval Q Revise & Resubmit (� For Pricing/Breakdown Q Other: Q Approved Q Rejected i For Your Use Q Approved Ft Noted Q For Field Use Q For Fabrication Remarks: Sincerely, Larry Moore EFF Y: Larry Moore I LE: 19-229-0002 399 Lucerne Drive Spartanburg SC 29302 T 864.583.2215 F 864.583.2265 mail@gpnarcht.com Building Permit Application City of Atlantic Beach Building Department 800 Seminole Road, Atlantic Beach, Fl 32233 Phone-, (904) 247-5826 Email: Build I ng,-Dept2cog b us A L Job Address:::_, Legal Description Valuation of Work(Replacemem Cost)$ Z4!.4'tk) Heated/Cooled SF Non-Heated/Cooled x Class of Work- ONew LlAdditionAl/lleratioii Re1jai- Nlovfz. Del'nc -Pool 'JWindow/Doct; s, Use of existing/proposed structuee(s): V1111rner(.;;5j 4 if an existing structure,is a fire sprinkler system wtlai,,d':' Yes W. oval Pormiti nut., C Florida Product Approval 9 fo—'ri,jitiple product3 ose-roourt approval for.m. Name Dz Sta e 0hone 44"1 owneror Agent(If Agent,Power of Attorney or Agency Leqre Rr-ju red; Ali . state Ma, Ll Englneer'slslnme&Phone# 4 '70 190 qq Workers Compensation Insurer OR Exempt;K Fxpiratiort Date Application Is hereby made to obtain a permit to do thr wo,4 or,:ii-ta'javons a& ;idicated-I certify Twat,to work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that ail vorKAit.nae p(o;mPo iorreet the standards of all the laws regulating Construction in this jurisdiction,i understand that a 5epaf atp oer,r.,i r, 1',! Oe SeCG,red for ELECTRICAL WORK,Pi JIMBING,SIGNS, WELLS,POOLS,FURNACES.BOILERS,HEATERS.TANKS,and At R(ON17if f ION ERS,etc NOTICE In addition to the reouirements of this "N4applicable able to chitchitproperty that 11�-y ue round in the public records of this county,acidgovefornenzai entities such as water Mariwoement distefct's,-stateogenci4s,or MI- 111 - --l"r- OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT:I certify that all the foregoing informatior is iciur,41e and that air work will be done in cornplianc,-with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoriing, WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE Of COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OSTAIN FINANCING,CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT, !'Signature of Owner or Agent) (Signature or tratta SlpgW ArW sworn to(or affirmed)before me Inis Signed r-Md,sworn to ios affirmedl before ri�e this day of 6ignavwe of Norary t_��.aflV known OR MY 07N��M#FF 94=9 19 �jliy K; wrt(10, Produced identification 6XjP::IR!ES.'April 30,2= i-i'lentifiratioi, Type of Identification: BWWM Thm Notq Pok Undemilm e,) i cy e,-n ral to, SCHEDULE OF RESPONSIBILITY a _ OTE: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR DIVISION OF EQUIPMENT ORDERS, -0 ,� SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITY a,w INTERIOR UPFIT FOR C/5 p U z 3: 1 LC K P I A I U ) cn to zi 2zzi - SAWCUT SLAB FOR NEW IN-FLOOR PLUMBING X X p4 REPAIR. LEVEL AND SLOPE FOR FINISHES AND TRANSITION X X X W INSTALL NEW CONC. SLAB X X O y iaVINYL COMPOSITION TILE f /, M ow CERAMIC TILE. BASE AND GROUT X X QUARRY TILE. BASE AND GROUT X x � �: GERALD P. N O E 0 FRAMING EXIX X u O U.L PENETRATION CAULKING AT RATED ASSEMBLIES X XP ' U INSTNl GYPSUM BOARD ON STING FRAMING X x { �� • ARCHITECT ADDITIONAL PLYWOOD AND GYPSUM x X 953 ABOULEVARD FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 F.R.P. PANELS, WAINSCOTS, AND TILE WAL X X ' �� U WZPAINTING AND STAINING X X 0'JW � GYPSUM BOARDAND SOx x t ATLANTIC BEACH , FLORIDA 32233 399 LUCERNE DRIVE F-LAYINCEILING WITHITH S USPENSKNN SYSTEMX X � DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE X X � a z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 for" MENU BOARD SOM x x r 0 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR/ADD NEW DOOR NEW CANVAS AWNIN ;x m z mail@gpnarcht.com PATCH AND REPAIR IXEiTING/FlNISH TO MATCH EXISTING O q , FRANCHISEE : KEITH EDWARDS W N MILLWORK X X Z� COUNTERS X X a cA _M FURNITURE x X .. W CHECKED BY DKH Z� KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DRAWN BY: DKH Ira EXHAUST HOOD. FANS X X W �Yw , i,' 2 OUTDOOR TABLES / CHAIRS / UMBRELLAS "'' i, +J r r LU EXTERIOR SIGN (SEPERATE PERMIT) X x st , P INDEX OF D RAW I N G S MENU BOARDS X X Z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF INTERIOR WALL GRAPHICS x x SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE -. ;. ° ;h r. - NEW A.C. UNIT, SUSPENSION AND MOUNTING SYSTEM X X `" O ISSUED FOR REVIEW w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED I' WIRING AND CONNECTION x x Ir W IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE C7 C) DUCTWORK AND DAMPERS X X • REVISED E1 REISSUED DRAWING O H Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. HVAC GRILLS X X CV W N IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT Q U) J UPON DEMAND. THERMOSTATS AND CONTROLS x x CONTROL WIRE (LOW VOLTAGE X x CV d COPYRIGHT 2020 TOILET EXHAUST FAN x x ALL RIGHTS RESERVED EXISTING WATER SERVICE TO SPACE X U) EXISTING METER NOT TO SPACE I Z FINAL CONNECTION X X W z CO HVAC CONNECTIONS x x GENERAL O OC Ir 3 GAS PIPING A/C XX CL WATER HEATER x X NATIONAL ACCOUNT CONTACTS: G-1 COVER SHEET & INDEX OF DRAWINGS O W IRESIROOGRMNTERCEPfOR FIXTURES X X X x STORE ■ 8 .5 .56 GREASE INTERCEPTORS G-2 LIFE SAFETY PLAN O NEW ELECTRICAL SERVICE FROM EXISTING POWER CO. LOCATION X X SCHIER PRODUCTS F_ NEW ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE PANELS x x x x seas Molen UL G-3 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS O O OF F EQUIPMENT ROUGH-IN AND FINISH X X National Accounts Mana er W g U, ,�� t4 ....... LIGHT FIXTURES. MOUNTING, ACCESSORIES, AND LAMPS X7 x x Phone 816-506-3203 �: � +% MUSIC SYSTEM AND SPENCERS x x Email sean,moleni schierproducts.com G-4 UL DESIGN DETAILS O } EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHT SYSTEM X X *Engineered into plans.To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. z W ALARM SYSTEM x x ARCHITECTURAL O ° P.O.S. CONDUIT. JACKS, & CABLES (CAT5e) X X Lmay . HVAC U P.O.S EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION X X ' ` TF2ANE COMPANlg 0, �' .e .µ��+; gi °l`' © �� A-0. 1 DEMOLITION / SLAB PLAN O Q Donna Lavon,Project P Phone 866-986-4822 Manager d `,• A. 7 45 r r. A-1 .0 FLOOR PLAN Et SCHEDULE O �� ' ., ON * �� Email L�anna.iavon�c�trane.cc�n� N �•�;-� (�.4 Jim Hoovler A-1 . 1 WALL TYPES O o ,: . � Phone 866-415-2499 O Email jehoovler@trane.com A-2.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN O 1 *To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. O ?`�� l�•.'�"�L A-3.0 FLOOR FINISH PLAN & SCHEDULE O o AIR CURTAINS POWERED ATE,INC, Q POWERhil enbIRE,augh A-4.0 FINISH WALL Et' ARTWORK PLAN O o RFQ 1888.321.2473 General 724.588.3305 A-5.0 RESTROOM PLAN & ELEVATIONS O w REVISIONS: Cell 1724.301.7438 1- e-mailphilr@poweredaire.com A-5.1 RESTROOM DETAILS O *Engineered into plans.To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY A-5.2 POS DETAILS O W FINISHESn A-5.3 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS O GENERAL NOTES: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES: FRP FOR KITCHEN/HALL z MARLITE A-5.4 MENU BOARD WALL DETAILS O 0 1. THESE DRAWINGS ARE AN INSTRUMENT OF CONDITIONAL SERVICES. THE 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE JOB SITE Tim Pinnow O ARCHITECT TAKES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ,ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. THE G.C. IS Business Development Manager A-6.0 EQUIPMENT PLAN & SCHEDULES O U)AND CONSTRUCTION. THESE DRAWINGS ARE TO CONVEY DESIGN INTENTIONS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER FIT AND INSTALLATION OF ALL WORK SHOWN Phone 234 380-1014 - AND CODE COMPLIANCE ONLY. ACTUAL LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGS. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR Mobile 330-260-1731 A-6. 1 HOOD & FIRE SUPPRESSION DETAILS O z FRANCHISEE NAME: Email tpinnow@marlite.com TO BE FIELD VERIFIED. ANY FABRICATION OF INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES PROVIDED BY THE G.C. *Ta be �rchasedb Ge.GC during bid far accurate pricing. � OR ANY OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS. p y p g p g PLUMBING (by M. MICHAEL SCHON, PE) C KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL CODES, 0 ORDINANCES, ETC. INCLUDING: 2. G.C. TO SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, TEMPORARY UTILITIES FLOOR&WALL TILE PO. PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS O T CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION = 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (BUILDING) - 6TH EDITION AND CARRY LIABILITY INSURANCE AS REQUIRED. Allison Piche F_ 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (RESIDENTIAL) - 6TH EDITION PO.2 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS O 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (PLUMBING) - 6TH EDITION 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF BLOCK, STUD OR CENTERLINE, UNLESS Phone 518.713.5395 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (MECHANICAL) - 6TH EDITION NOTED OTHERWISE. Email l cicheCcreotivemoterloiscor .corn KEITH EDWARDS 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (FUEL GAS) - 6TH EDITION Phone 800.207.2967 ext. MARC (6272) P0.3 SCHEDULES, LEGENDS, Et NOTES T 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (EXISTING BUILDING) - 6TH EDITION 4. ALL INTERIOR STUD WALLS TO BE METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH GYPSUM iTlarcastileareativerriateriaiscorp.coni JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 *National account pricing is available nationwide. PO.4 DETAILS O U) 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (ACCESSIBILITY)- 6TH EDITION BOARD AT EACH FACE AS DETAILED. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. *To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. Z 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (ENERGY CONSERVATION) - 6TH EDITION P1 .1 FLOOR PLANS - PLUMBING O Ir 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) PROJECT NAME: 2017 FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE - 6TH EDITION 5. ALL FLOOR FINISHES TO BE LEVEL AND FLUSH AT INTERSECTIONS. TOILETS,SINKS,MOP SINKS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HJC(Optional PartnerorbyGC) HVAC (by M. MICHAEL SCHON, PE) Q 8556 3. ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL, z ` Latricia Allison ELECTRICAL, Et PLUMBING SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL6. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO BE SECURED TO STRUCTURAL Phone 800-459-7099 MO.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS O LOCAL CODES Er ORDINANCES. MEMBERS OR ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS ABOVE. Email Marcos@hjcinc.com U To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. M O.2 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS O � 4. ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT 7. G.C. TO PROVIDE COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL NECESSARY U) INTERIOR ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2010 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE WORK AS SPECIFIED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. CEILING GRID&TILE(KITCHEN DINING) z '. (ANSI) HANDICAP CODE AND THE (ADA) AMERICAN DISABILITIES ACT. L&W SUPPLY M0.3 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES O UP-FIT Deb Sottile953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD 5. COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL Phone 773-704-7157 MCIA MECHANICAL LEGENDS & DETAILS O O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 CONTRACTOR AND IS ESSENTIAL TO THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. Email dsottile@isysupply.ca�n *National account pricing is available nationwide. M1 .1 FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL O o 6. BY EXECUTING THE CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR REPRESENTS THAT HE HASz *To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. O VISITED THE SITE FAMILIARIZED HIMSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS RESTROOM DOORS,DOOR FRAMES,ALL DOOR HARDWARE,TOLIETACCESS{)RIES M2.1 KITCHEN HOOD INFORMATION O C) SHEET TITLE: UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND CORRELATED HIS LOCKNET Q OBSERVATIONS WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. M2.2 KITCHEN HOOD INFORMATION O Jon McKinney < COVER SHEET 7. NO CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE ISSUED FOR CHANGES REQUIRED IN THE Phone 800-887-4307 X 163 Q WORK DUE TO AN INCOMPLETE FIELD VISIT BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR Cell: 502-542-3348 ELECTRICAL (by WILLIAM LEE TEETER, PE) 0 W TO BIDDING. EmailJonM@Iocknet.coln w EO. 1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS O _J INDEX OF *To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. 8. NO CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE ISSUED FOR CHANGES REQUIRED IN THE *Optional rear door security hardware available EO.2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS O z DRAWINGS WORK AFTER CONSTRUCTION HAS COMMENCED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY AN OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. SHERWIN WILLIAMSw ELECTRICAL RICAL SPECIFICATIONS O Jennifer A.Applegate Ir 9. AN ERROR OR OMISSION IN THESE DOCUMENTS RESULTING IN A W CHANGE ORDER FOR ADDITIONAL COST AND / OR TIME SHALL NOT BE Sherwin-Williams EO.4 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS O m Phone 419-346-8200 CONSIDERED A HARDSHIP OR DAMAGE TO THE OWNER TO THE EXTENT 0 PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 THAT THE ADDITIONAL COST AND TIME WOULD HAVE INCREASED THE Email:Jennifer.A.Applegate@sherwin.coin EO.5 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE z BASE BID PRICE AND / OR TIME HAD THERE BEEN NO ERROR OR Account Number:5528 7463-8 OMISSION IN THE DOCUMENTS AD THE TIME BIDS WERE RECEIVED. THE k ' *National account ricin is available nationwide. Q DATE 01-08-2020 � pricing E1 . 1 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL O _ OWNER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE *Ta be purchased by GC.GCtacontact rep during bid for accurate pricing. RE ERROR OR OMISSION, HAD IT BEEN INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID, WOULD els ire Ill pare preveratio a E1 .2 FLOOR PLAN - HVAC CONNECTIONS O ~ U SHEET NO. HAVE AFFECTED THE TIME AND COST OF THE ORIGINAL BASE BID LIGHTING L PRICE. THE OWNER IN NOT ENTITLED TO BENEFIT FROM FREE OR APR 28 20ZO SPECIALITY LIGHITING E2.1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PLAN O REDUCED COST OR TIME FOR WORK THAT WOULD HAVE OTHERWISE Meghan Donoghue < Q INCREASED THE CONTRACT TIME AND OR COST OF THE BASE BID HAD Project Manager E3. 1 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM O W NO ERROR OR OMISSION BEEN IN THE BID DOCUMENTS. P: (860)767-0110x232 �- :. .. . . F: (860)767-5008 E3.2 PANEL SCHEDULES O Email meghan.donoghue@sslighting.corn *National account pricing is available nationwide. *To be purchased by GC.GC to contact rep during bid for accurate pricing. SHEET 1 OF 4 TYPICAL FIRE PENETRATION SIGNAGE: FIRE EXTINGUISHER ANALYSIS z 0 FIRE AND SMOKE 1. CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARD:(N.F.PA 10 SECTION 1-5) cn z w LIGHT(LOW)HAZARD MINIM (N.F.PA 10 SECTION 1-5.2) A BARRIER PROTECT MINIMUM RATED SINGLE EXTINGUISHER =2A ' (N.F.PA 10 TABLE 3-2.1)] MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA PER UNIT OF A =3000 SF z"�• (N.F.PA 10 TABLE 3-2.1) ALL OPENINGS MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA FOR EXTINGUISHER =11,250 SF w (N.F.PA 10 TABLE 3-2.1) MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXTINGUISHER =75 FEET GENERAL NOTES: (N.F.PA 10 TABLE 3-2.1) 0 GERALD P. NOE 1. EACH NEW/EXISTING FIRE WALL,FIRE BARRIER,FIRE PARTITION,SMOKE BARRIER,SMOKE PARTITION,OR u ARCHITECT ANY NEW/EXISTING WALL REQUIRED TO HAVE PROTECTED OPENINGS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND 2. FIRE EXTINGUISHER SPECIFICATION PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN ALL p FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 CONCEALED SPACES WITH THE WORDING"FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER-PROTECT ALL OPENINGS"OR MANUFACTURER: LARSENS SIMILAR LANGUAGE.SUCH SIGNS OR STENCILING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 4"IN.HIGH LETTERS,AND SERIES: MP—SERIES/MULTI PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL w IN.STROKE,AND NOT MORE THAN 15FEET ON-CENTER.SUCH SIGNS OR STENCILING SHALL BE PROVIDED MODEL NO: MP5(UL RATING 2A-10B:C) 34" x WITH RED LETTERING AND PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF SAID ASSEMBLIES. BRACKET: PROVIDE RECESSED CABINET THIS CLEAR WIDTH WITHOUT PANIC HARDWARE �' 399 LUCERNE DRIVE THIS DOOR CAN ACCOMMODATE THE ENTIRE z SPARTAN BU RG, SC 29302 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD OF 22 OCCUPANTS F P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 z mail@gpnarcht.com 0 KEY NOTES NOTES / 4" MAX. "A" „B„ W CHECKED BY: DKH 1. MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE IN FLOOR ELEVATION ON BOTH PER THE 2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE, _ I u 0 T DRAWN BY: DKH ®� M SIDES OF ALL EGRESS DOORS TO REMAIN AT 4 ACCORDANCE WITH THE CODE,TYP. 4"MAX.IN SECTION 1011.3 A TACTILE SIGN STATING'EXIT'AND COMPLYING WITH ICC I N ' A117.1 RAISED LETTERING AND 2. 3"-0"CLEAR AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL PANELS BRAILLE)IS TO BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO EACH Q SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE 22a LIFE SAFETY PLAN LEGEND THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF O R '� w DOOR TO AN EGRESS N 22a -_ _ _ II, OCC OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED 3. NOT USED. STAIRWAY,AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY,THE EXIT w AREA FLOOR AREA IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE w DISCHARGE,AREA OF RESCUE,AND = m OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR PER CODE XXX XXX Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. 4. NOT USED EXTERIOR AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE.SIGNS z z TOTAL OCCUPANTS FOR THIS SPACE IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE PLACED ON THE I J w UPON DEMAND. 5. WALK-IN COOLER V WALL,ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR,48 TO M o c, d COPYRIGHT 2020 w 60 INCHES OFF OF THE - I xxm2 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ;� �; cn 6. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FLOOR. N O o (D � 214Q Ir w w w -� 2148 w LL 0 pF FLO 8o I LDP z E] KITCHEN 0 954 SF z • 200 5 Q 3745 I o ST� ED P I 0 0 z 1 HR FIRE BARRIER I Q T � ❑—� 0 I z REVISIONS: I w z z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY Li Li Li Li Li Li + III o z 0� 0 I QFRANCHISEE NAME: o KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. i Ln � I o _ CC KEITH EDWARDS = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE w JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 I --------------------- -iW z cn �— N N 0 PROJECT NAME: ----_-------------- - - z 8556 _ _ BUILDING DATA /o \ / I SERVICE AREA z0 s 63 SF 20 1 t NAME OF PROJECT: INTERIOR UP-FIT FOR MARCO'S PIZZA c ♦�� I INTERIOR ADDRESS: 953 ATLANTIC BEACH BOULEVARD I F_-1_F__ z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 ❑� I Ire ❑� ® pill w UP-FIT THIS PROJECT WAS DESIGNED UNDER: �� - -- 111 a1 z 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD ______ ____ o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 THE 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (SEE GEN. NOTE 2 ON G-1) ------ ----- o� PROPOSED USE: RESTAURANT (UNDER 50 OCCUPANTS) SEATING AREA uj OWNER'S REPRESENATIVE: GERALD P. NOE 222 SF 0 CODE ENFORCEMENT JURISDICTION: THE CITY OF ATLANTIC BEACH - FLORIDA 10 15 15 Q SHEET TITLE: GROSS AREA TENANT SPACE: 1 ,523 S.F. (EXISTING) CONSTRUCTION TYPE: IIB UNSPRINKLED Q LIFE SAFETY OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: B OCCUPANT LOAD: 22 PERSONS (SEE LIFE SAFETY PLAN ON G-2) 11 0 EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED: 22 PERSONS x .2" = 4.4" (MIN. 68" REQUIRED) w PLAN EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED: 68" 1 00 (1) -0" x 7'-0" STOREFRONT DOOR © ' z 6' (1) 3'-0" x 7'-0" HOLLOW METAL DOOR z 0 cn PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED / PROVIDED: w fr PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED / PROVIDED PER 2902.2 (2017 F.B.C.): w REQUIRED: UNISEX: 1 TOILET & 1 LAV. 0 PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 FIRE EXTINGUISHER(TYP.) 68"CLEAR WIDTH WITHOUT PANIC HARDWARE- z PROVIDED: UNISEX: 1 TOI LET & 1 LAV. THIS DOOR CAN ACCOMMODATE THE ENTIRE MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200'-0" 1 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD OF 22 OCCUPANTS Q DATE 01-08-2020 PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.F.P.A. 10 w SHEET NO. Q w 2 1- LIFE �AFETY PLAN 01/4" = SHEET 2 0F 3 BACK WALL 48" 36" MIN �x<Q 1 M X 0 MIN o w n N * 4> N z /� 2 1/2" CONTROL HAND 32" 32" 32" N v z N z_ 00 z14- _ ��/ MAX. GAP z WALL SHOWER q MIN MIN MIN " } * r M2N� } MIN, MINS WALL -- I — 00 X X II II SEAT CD z I —CONTROL AREA Q 18" v 1� No Q 18"M I w c.� MIN r *NOTE: *NOTE: *NOTE: *NOTE: z < x p X=12" IF DOOR NOTE: Y=48" MIN DOOR Y = 54" MIN Y - 48" MI 48" cm „ M X=36 MIN IF Y=60" HAS A LATC AND IF DOOR HAS IF DOOR HAS MIN HAS ACLOSER — _ AND A LATCH X=42" MIN IF Y=54" CLOSER CLOSER CLOSER <� < " i v v M M GERALD P. NOE PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE 48„ - u ARCHITECT MIN z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 CLEAR DOORWAY CLEAR DOORWAY FRONT APPROACHES SWINGING DOORS HINGE SIDE APPROACHES SWINGING DOORS LATCH SIDE APPROACHES SWINGING DOORS TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES 0 WIDTH AND DEPTH TRANSFER TYPE SHOWER COMPARTMENT CONTROL WALL x N 399 LUCERNE DRIVE z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 DOORS _ SHOWERS L P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 0 mail@gpnarcht.com 0 U w W CHECKED BY: DKH NOTE: I=— DRAWN BY: DKH SEE FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY _ REQUIREMENTS THIS SHEET. 60° 1 'MIN 0 17" 48" MIN MIRROR o' MIN MIN t16-1 z36" 39"-41" � � 1 "-117"-1 3 1/2" 5" 15" NOT TO EXCEED or wTHIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF MIN * FOUNTAIN WIDTH SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE d o - z MIN MAX MAX MINr8" MAX wARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED 12" 12" 42' x x o < � OWRIT EN PERMSSON OFTE ARCHITECTIN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT •_ � <� OQco IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT r N �M � H <MI A MIN _ x z _ 11 z " z w UPON DEMAND. - = - �„ A _ x Q - z f 00p ? aJ COPYRIGHT 2020 `n co C° r < 8" MIN KNEE 6 MIN TOE 48" <r) O r� rq o � �'� - 2 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED TRANSFER + I _I I - z ao x ��. 30" 6' CLEARANCE CLEARANCE MIN N w SIDE n n7 j 'n I' � MIN NOTE: NOTE: . I L *NOTE: 30" 48" 30" z REQ 60" DIAMETER EXPOSED PIPING UNDER INSULATE DRAIN AND 8' „ TURN CIRCLE -g TOILET X=>24' THEN AN ADDITIONAL LAVATORY TO BE INSULATED OR HOT WATER LINE W/ MIN MIN T 2� MIN MIN MIN Q PAPER MANEUVERING CLEARANCE OF OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO 1/2" TUBULAR MAX FREE STANDING FOUNTAIN BUILT IN FOUNTAIN o 6" SHALL BE PROVIDED. PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT INSULATION KNEE CLEARANCE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OR COOLER w SINGLE OCCUPANT TOILET CLEAR FLOOR SPACE GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS HEIGHT AND CLEAR LAVATORY CLEARANCE CLEAR AVATORIESFOR DRINKING ATEROCOOLERS AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS MOUNTING LOCATION T CF Ft AT WATER CLOSETS FLOOR SPACE U- 0 ...... ...............R00 URINALS LAVATORIES AND MIRRORS DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND WATER COOLERS _ SIGNAGE ? �'` TOILET ROOMS WATER CLOSETS _ _ _ . w .p�`.. A 45 z Q �f ..., IL RSD R 12"1, 36" 12" 0 n MI MIN^ MI U w * 48» O 32" d a 60» z Q N - x MAX I MIN I N MIN N _ Z - Z ZN � Z_ n in < —� 0 " Z Oz O � � Z � � 0 x O M �� O 0 � X O Q cow � � � � 0 0 (D 48" 48" „ 48" 12" - x o z z 0 0 MIN MIN 30" 30" M N MIN MI 00 < c o 0 60" 60" 30„ MIN *NOTE. MIN I NOTE: - z z REVISIONS: MIN IF "X" > 24" THEN AN ADDITIONAL IF "X" > 15" THEN AN ADDITIONAL `� 48" z 36" MIN MIN CLEAR FLOOR FORWARD APPROACH PARALLEL MANEUVERING CLEARANCE OF 6" MANEUVERING CLEARANCE OF 12" - DIAMETER SPACE T-SHAPED SPACE FOR SPACE APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED SHALL BE PROVIDED MIN z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION By MIN 180' TURNS O MINIMUM CLEAR MINIMUM CLEAR WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN ALCOVES HIGH FORWARD REACH LIMIT w WIDTH FOR SINGLE WIDTH FOR TWO WHEELCHAIR WHEELCHAIRS z SPACE ALLOWANCES AND REACH RANGES ° U O N x z FRANCHISEE NAME: KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. z , .■.■� o Z Z r� c 00 z N X X N 0 A. 1 1/4"– 1 1/2" 1 1/4"– �'1 1/2" 1 1/4"– �'1 1/2" 1 1/4"–`1 1 1/2" 0 I w KEITH EDWARDS 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE o :� z x< Q Q Q O O JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 00 w 00 - Z M - Z C'4 � 36"_ 36 � 4z" ,� 4z" o PROJECT NAME: MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN 48" 48" 21" 21" o G 10" 30" 30" 10" 24" 0 z 85J� MIN MINMA MA z NOTE: MAX MIN MIN 'MAX MAX NOT X SHALL BE < 25; Z SHALL BE 2(X). WHEN X CLEAR FLOOR HIGH AND LOW SIDE MAXIMUM SIDE SHELVES HANGROD AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH A SLOPE GREATER THAN 1:20 IS A 0 < 20 THEN Y SHALL BE 48 MAX. WHEN X IS SPACE PARALLEL REACH LIMITS REACH OVER RAMP AND SHALL COMPLY WITH RAMP REQUIREMENTS. NOWHERE 0 20 TO 25 THEN Y SHALL BE 44 MAX APPROACH OBSTRUCTION SHALL THE CROSS SLOPE OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE EXCEED 1:50 D MAXIMUM FORWARD OVER AN OBSTRUCTION SIDE REACH STORAGE SHELVES AND HANGRODS NOMINAL SIZE AND SPACING OF HANDRAILS AND GRAB BARS 90' TURN TURN AROUND CHANGES IN LEVEL � INTERIOR OBSTRUCTION O UP-FIT U SPACE ALLOWANCES AND REACH RANGES CONTINUED _ HANDRAILS AND GRAB BARS _ ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 0 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 0 z o SHEET TITLE: J Q 4" REQ -7--ANY MAX CLEAR AMOUNT THIS OVERHANG CAN BE Q WIDTH >12 BECAUS NOBODY ACCESSIBILITY APPROA H OB EC O CAN 2" >27 FROM TH TI N. w >1 _ CORRIDOR OR OTHER D ETA I LS N - _ ULATIO SPACE CIRC = z - N — � Z Z M ANY DIMENSION 0 24 a ............ x I MAX I NOTE: cn p o < = X w 00 00 � r < THE DETAILS ON THIS oc c�.� N a ING WALLS TO FLOOR SHEET ARE TYPICAL w z z _ `r �❑ ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS r- < N : N � BASED ON THE O PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 N 12" 12" ADDITIONAL PROTRUDING OBJECTS HANGING 2010 ADA STANDARDS. MA q PROTECTION NOT REQ ON WALL WITH LEADING EDGES NOTE THAT STATE OR Q DATE 01-08-2020 WALKING PARALLEL TO A WALL WALKING PERPENDICULAR PLAN ELEVATION PLAN ELEVATION BETWEEN WING WALLS ABOVE 27" AFF. LOCAL LAW MAY RRIDE N TO A WALL SOME OF THESE RD OVERHEAD HAZARDS PROTRUDING OBJECTS FREE-STANDING OVERHANGING OBJECTS OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS EXAMPLE OF PROTECTION AROUND WALL MOUNTED DETAILS. ALWAYS w SHEET NO. OBJECTS AND MEASUREMENTS OF CLEAR WIDTHS WITH THE REQUIREMENT h THE LOCAL OR STATE LA _ U ,r__ PROTRUDING OBJECTS < w 3 SHEET 3 OF 4 5 f fi, System N0. W-L-1175 o C tts F Ratings-I andHr(See Item 1) w Classified by T Rating -0 Hr Und-writers Laboratories,Inc, to UL 1479 and CANtULC-5115 L Rating at Ambient-Less Than t CFM/sq ft .4 L Rating at 400 F -Leas Than I CFM/sq ft � 0 � H a GERALD P. NOE 0 --�-AU ARCHITECT 3 9 Z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 U W x 399 LUCERNE DRIVE o SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 ° mail@gpnarcht.com Z 0 U LO CHECKED BY: DKH �A 2 = DRAWN BY: DKH SECTION A-A -- -- z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF W SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE 1.Wall Assembly—The 1 or 2 hr fire rated wallboardlstud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in W ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE features. Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. (n IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT A.Studs®UVall framing shall consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs.Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in.lumber J UPON DEMAND. COPYRIGHT 2020 spaced 16 in.TQC.Steel studs to be min 2-112 in_wide and spaced max 24 in.0C, 11 2 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED B.Gypsum Board*—Nom 518 in.thick,4 ft wide with square or tapered edges.The gypsum wallboard type,thickness,number of layers,fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the Fire Resistance z Directory.Max diam of opening is 5-112 in. The hourly F and T Ratings of the firestop system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. Q Ir ° 2.Through Penetrant—One metallic tubing or conduit installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system.Tube or conduit to W be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly.The annular space between the tube or conduit and periphery of the steel sleeve shall be min 0 in.(paint contact)to max 1 In.The following types and sizes of metallic tube or conduit may be used: o ,��F F�o A.Conduit—Nam 4 in.diem(or smaller)steel electrical metallic tubing or steel conduit. D p�pLD P 3.Fill Void or Cavity Material*—Putty—Min 518 in,thickness of fill material applied within the annulus,flush with both surfaces of wall.At J G OF point contact location between penetrant and wall,a 114 in, crown of fill material shall be applied at the conduitlwsall interface on both sides of o — the assembly,lapping 114 in.on the conduit and 114 in,beyond the periphery of the opening. W HILTI INC--CP618 Putty Stick Q A 745 *Bearing the UI..Classification Mark 0 io ARG � U Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Courtesy of o Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. 1 o U February 08,2006 rr Hilti Firestop Systems 1 o 0 Z Q to Z 0 Z REVISIONS: W -�243 mss ffi System No. W-L �, �, System No. VI1-L-5293 z � r �� z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY .� �, System No. W-L-2098 -� " C US ANSIIUL1470(ASTM E814) CANIULC 5115 _j ANSI1UL1470{ASTM E$14} CANIULG 5115 o Classifiedby I+ Ratifies— and Hr(See Item 1) Classified by Llndar�v iters Laboratories,inc. F datings—1 and 2 Hr{See Item 1} F Ratings—1 and 2 Hr(See Item 1) T R�tICIgS—'I olid 2 Hr S r: Item 1} Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. F Ratings-1 and 2 Hr(See Item 1} F Ratings-1 and 2 Hr(See Item 1} to UL 1473 and CAN ULt 5115 E ndeltirorrters Laboratories,Inc. FT Rating � iQ UL 1A79 to UL 1479 T Dating—0 g— L Rating At Ambient—Less Than 'I CFM/Sq Ft T Ratings-1 and 2 Hr(See Item 1} FT Ratings-1 and 2 Hr{See Item 1) o L Bating At Ambient-5 CFM1sq ft FH Ratings—1 and 2 Hr(See Item 1) L Rating At 400 F—4 CFM/Sq Ft FH Ratings-1 and 2 Hr(See Item 1) U 0 L Rating At 400 F-Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Rating—0 Hr FTH Ratings-1 and 2 Hr{See Item 1} T LRatingAtAmbient-5CFMlsgft 1A z FRANCHISEE NAME: L Rating At 400 F-Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. ° A 1 A 3 1B A 4 0 I o 3 cc KEITH EDWARDS W = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE .r; 1 JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 , 2 o PROJECT NAME: 2 --�.. Q 8556 A A 1A o A 1 SECTION A-A -_� -LLAr-LL- � INTERIOR 1.Wall Assembly—The 1 or 2 Hr.fire-rate gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified z UP—FIT in the individual U300,U400,V400 or W400 Series gall and Partition Design in the Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following SECTION A-A SECTION A-A U construction features. to 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD A.Studs—Wall framing shall consist of either wood studs a channel shaped steel studs.t+Voad studs to consist of 2 by 4 irt.{51 by 102 1.Wall Assembly—The 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum boardistud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 mm}lumber spaced 16 in.(406 mm)GC.Steel studs to be min 2-112 in.(64 mm)wide,fabricated from min 25 MSG galvanized steel, — the individual U300, U400,V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition resigns in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the fallowing spaced max 24 in,(610 mm)©C. 1.Wall Assembly The fire-rated gypsum wallboard,'stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the construction features: ° p z * j red edges.The sum board t e,number of layers and individual U300,U400,V400 or W400 Series Mall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following A.Studs—Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs.U�laad studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in.(51 by 102 mm} SHEET TITLE B•Gypsum Board 5,8 in.{16 mm)thick,4 ft.(1.2 m}wide with square or tape g gyp Yp 'n h individual Wall and Partition Designs.Max diam of opening is 3-112 in.(80 mm), construction features: lumber spaced max 16 in.(406 mm)OC.Steel studs to be min 3-112 in.(89 mm)wide and spared max 24 in,(610 mm)CIG. � sheet orientation sjtall be as specified i the g r Ito the hourly fire ratio of the wall iarn of l in which itis installed. A.Studs f Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs.Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in,{51 by 102 mm} B.Gypsum Board*—Thickness,type,number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design.Max Q The hourly F,FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal y g Y or eccentrically within opening.The annular space lumber spaced 16 in.(406 mm){JC.Steel studs to be min 2-112€n.(64 mm)wide and spaced max 24 in.(610 mm)CSC. d€am of opening is 5 in.(127 mm). 2.Through-Penetrant—Max one flexible metal pipe or conduit installed concentrically yp — B.Gypsum Board 518 in,(16 mm)think,4 ft(122 am}wide with square or tappered edges.The gypsum wallboard type,thickness,number The hourly F,T,FT,FH and FTH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed, Q U L DESIGN between penetrant and periphery of opening shall be rein 0 in.(paint contact)to max 1 in.(25 mm). Penetrant to be rigidly supported on bath Yp sides of wall assembly.The following types and sizes of penetrants maybe used, of layers,fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design.Max diem of opening is 4-315 in. 2,Through Penetrants—One Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride(CPUC)Pipe nonmetallic pips to be installed concentrically or eccentric ally within the o A.Flexible Metal Conduit r—Nam Z in.(51 mm)diem(or smaller)aluminum or steel flexible conduit installed either concentrically or (111 rrrm). firestop system. Nom 1m112 in.(38 mm)diem(or smaller}510811 or SDR 13,5 GPVG pips for use in closed(process or supply}piping systems. W DETAILS ll rain 0 in,(point contact to The hourlyr-and T Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which€t is installed. Pipe to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. W eccentrically within the firestop systems The annular space between conduit and periphery of opening she be (p } m 2.Through Penetrants—One nonmetallic pipe installed within the firestop system,Pipe to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall 3.Pipe Covering*—Nam 1 in,(25 mot)thick hollow cylindrical heavy density(min 3.5 pd or 561kg1m3)glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with Z max 1 in.(25 mm),Conduit to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. g assembly,The space between pipe and periphery of opening shall be min 3/4 in.(19 mrrt)to max 1-1i4 in.(32 mm).Pipe to be rigidly supported an all service jacket.Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory-applied self-sealing lap tape.Transverse joints secured with metal o See Flexible Metal Conduit(DXUZ)category in the Electrical Construction Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Y P * — following types of steel flexibly metal as piping may by used: on both sides of the floor or wall assembly.The following types and sizes of nonmetallic pipes may be used: fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product.The annular space between the insulated pipe or tubing and periphery of the opening shall ft - on Through Penetrating Product —Flexible Metal Piping The foo gyp g p p g Y W 1,Nom 2 in.(51 mm)diem(or smaller)steel flexible metal gas piping. A,Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe—Nom 2 in.(51 mm)diem(or smaller)Schedule 40 PVC pipe for use in closed(process or supply)piping be min. in.(6 mm)to max 718 in.(22 mm), W system. See Pipe and Equipment Covering—Materials(BRGU)category in the Building Materials Directory far names of manufacturers.Any pipe m OMEGA FLEX IVIG 2.Nam 1 in.(25 mm)diam(or smaller)steel flexible metal gas piping. B.Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride(+uPVC)Pipe—Nom 2 in,(51 mm)diam(or smaller}SDR17 GPVC pipe for use in closed(process or supply} covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a � Smoke Developed ed Index of 50 ar less may be used. o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 CASTITE,DIV of TITEFLEX piping systems. p z 3.Milt 518 in.(16 rim)thickness of fill material applied with annulus,flush with both surfaces of the wall.At point contact location between 3.Fill,Void or Cavity Materials'`—Sealant—Installed to completely f€II the annular space between the pipes and gypsum wallboard on both sides 4.Fill,Void or Cavity Material*—Sealant—Min 518 in.(16 mm)thickness of sealant applied within annulus,flush with both surfaces of wall � penetrant and gypsum board,a min 112 in.(13 mm)diem bead of fill material shall be applied at the penetrantlgypsunt board interface of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS,DIV OF HILTI INC—FS-tNE Sealant or FS-LINE MAX Intumescent Sealant Q DATE 01-08-2020 on both sides of wall HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS,DIV OF HILTI INC—FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant. *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or CUL Certification(such as Canada), �� T_ penetrant WARD MFG L L G Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification(such as Canada), respectively. � � � U respect€Lely. � ''" SHEET NO. < _ I TReproduced by HILTI,Inc.Courtesy of Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Courtesy of �9P < OE Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. ac Reproduced by HILTI, Inc.Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. W January 23,2Q15 LUnderwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 26,2015 Hilti Firestop Systems Page. 1 oft January 26,2015 Hilti ------ op Systerr�s Hilti Firestop Systems SHEET 4 OF 4 zoil GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: ° z 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS BASED ON NEW w EQUIPMENT PROVIDED.IDENTIFY EXTENT OF SLAB REMOVAL PRIOR TO CUTTING.INSTALL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE CODES. 2. CUTTING OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL NEW WORK BY ALL TRADES,AND SUBSEQUENT PATCHED THEREOF,SHALL y BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR,WHETHER THE a WORK IS DONE BY HIS OWN FORCES OR NOT.CUTTING SHALL BE TO A P N O E STRAIGHT LINE,UNWORKMANLIKE CUTTING,DAMAGE RESULTING FROM a GERALD AND UNACCEPTABLE PATCHING SHALL REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED TO AN � ARCHITECT ACCEPTABLE CONDITION APPROVED BY THE OWNER. 3. PATCHING MATERIAL SHALL MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MATERIALS AND 7 FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE IN COLOR,PATTERNS AND/OR TEXTURE. p 4. ALL SALVAGE MATERIALS REMOVED SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY 399 LUCERNE DRIVE OF THE OWNER U.N.O.ALL NON-SALVAGED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS o EMOVED FROM THE SPARTAN BU RG, SC 29302 AND DEBRIS FROM DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE R SITE AS WORK PROGRESSES. F P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 z mail@gpnarcht.com 5. PROTECT ALL EXISTING FINISHES,WALLS,FIXTURES,AND DEVICES O U TO REMAIN. CHECKED BY: DKH EX."A" 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SEQUENCE OF WORK DRAWN BY: DKH .......... ..... ............ WITH THE OWNER.THE SCHEDULE SHALL BE REVISED AT THE WEEKLY = JOB SITE MEETINGS. ~ XISTING FINISHES TO ORIGINAL CONDITION Z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF 7. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH E w DEMO HATCHED FLOOR SLAB REQUIRED PRIORTO INSTALLATION. SERVICE AND SOLE'PROPERTY OF THE AREAS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW AND TO TOUCH-UP FINISHES AS ............................... PLUMBING SYSTEM,DATA ELECTRICAL OUTLETS,SWITCHES,JUNCTION w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED CONDUIT&ELECTRICAL 8. ALL EXISTING ELEC IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE BOXES,CLEAN-OUTS,PLUMBING ACCESS SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE. Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. CIRCUITS AND REPLACE PER IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT 21A 0.1.SEE DEMO NOTE 1. 9. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION AND INVERT ELEVATION OF EXISTING w UPON DEMAND. ............. COPYRIGHT 2020 ............. ........... SANITARY SEWER LINE AND ADJUST SYSTEM LAYOUT TO ACCOMMODATE. a. ............ ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ............. ............ . N O Z Q w N w .............. ::..... ::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::: ::::.... .::.....:::::::::::::: : f- .............. ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: o PSE OF FLQ�, ................... ? q z w z AP-.93745 ; Qz IN DRILL AND EPDXY#5 x 16" 0 T�RED I I LONG SMOOTH BARS 8 MIN. w I INTO EXISTING SLAB SPACED o I I AT 16"O.C. Y II � o I I EXISTING CONC.SLAB = EXISTING SLAB TEENCH WIDTH AS NEEDED EXISTING SLAB m Q II I I REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AS SHOWN cn 8 8 Q II 0 II ----------- —_� 17, z REVISIONS: ui L r_ I I -------------- � zION BY SCR NO. DATE DESCRIPTION II Z t C7 II rw II I I o I I I-�-------REMOVE EXISTING HOOD EXISTING CRUSHED STONE AND/OR I I I VAPOR BARRIER COMPACTED SELECT FILL > O Ii L--------------- U II 0 REPLACEMENT DETAIL I (j)SLLAB 1" = 1'-D" z FRANCHISEE NAME: lu KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. 0 0 KEITH EDWARDS = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 w 0 PROJECT NAME: z 8556 z Q Z i o U INTERIOF 0 f117 UP-FIT N 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 0 z REMOVE EXISTING DOOR&FRAME O SHEET TITLE: Q 1 � u_ SLAB / m DEMO PLAN z 0 Lu Lu _ m - o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 z J Q DATE 01-08-2020 SHEET N O. SLAB / DEMO PLAN Q 1 , A� o ' 1 SHEET 1 0F 12 (00� coi GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: o CIO 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS BASED ON NEW w EQUIPMENT PROVIDED.IDENTIFY EXTENT OF SLAB REMOVAL PRIOR TO CUTTING.INSTALL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH ALL A APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE CODES. �¢ 2. CUTTING OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL NEW WORK BY ALL TRADES,AND SUBSEQUENT PATCHED THEREOF,SHALL y BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR,WHETHER THE p WORK IS DONE BY HIS OWN FORCES OR NOT.CUTTING SHALL BE TO A H STRAIGHT LINE,UNWORKMANLIKE CUTTING,DAMAGE RESULTING FROM 04 AND UNACCEPTABLE PATCHING SHALL REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED TO AN 0 G E W ACCEPTABLE CONDITION APPROVED BY THE OWNER. AR 3. PATCHING MATERIAL SHALL MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MATERIALS AND z z FLORIDA REG CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE IN COLOR,PATTERNS AND/OR TEXTURE, 0 v w 4. ALL SALVAGE MATERIALS REMOVED SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY x OF THE OWNER U.N.O.ALL NON-SALVAGED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 399 L AND DEBRIS FROM DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE z SPARTAI SITE AS WORK PROGRESSES. P: 864.583.: 5. PROTECT ALL EXISTING FINISHES,WALLS,FIXTURES,AND DEVICES o mail EX."A" TO REMAIN. U w 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SEQUENCE OF WORK W CHECKED B WITH THE OWNER.THE SCHEDULE SHALL BE REVISED AT THE WEEKLY DRAWN BY: JOB SITE MEETINGS. _ DEMO HATCHED FLOOR SLAB 7. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH EXISTING FINISHES TO ORIGINAL CONDITION AREAS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW z THIS DRAWING PLUMBING SYSTEM,DATA AND TO TOUCH-UP FINISHES AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SERVICE AND S( ..................... CONDUIT&ELECTRICAL 8. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS,SWITCHES,JUNCTION w ARCHITECT, ANI CIRCUITS AND REPLACE PER IN ANY WAY. WI BOXES,CLEAN-OUTS,PLUMBING ACCESS SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE, Ir ............ 2IA-0.1.SEE DEMO NOTE 1. (D WRITTEN PERM/ ............ IT SHALL BE REI ..."' 9. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION AND INVERT ELEVATION OF EXISTING w UPON DEMAND. ............ J SANITARY SEWER LINE AND ADJUST SYSTEM LAYOUT TO ACCOMMODATE. ............ d ALL RIGHTS RES c� z Q ir .... . w ... ............................... U) w W O LijJ Z Q � ' W U DRILL AND EPDXY#5 x 16" O YS II LONG SMOOTH BARS 8"MIN. U I INTO EXISTING SLAB SPACED ( I C/) w AT 16"O.C. z a I EXISTING CONC.SLAB Y U EXISTING SLAB TEENCH WIDTH AS NEEDED EXISTING SLABrr 0 REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AS SHOWN g 8 J p II a - I I w REVISIONS: h II --------------- I I F -I z z NO. DATE I I� REMOVE EXISTING HOOD O II � I I I ( EXISTING CRUSHED STONE AND/OR o II L———————————————J VAPOR BARRIER—/ COMPACTED SELECT FILL w II 0 II U SLAB REPLACEMENT DETAIL a In 2 1" Li �7 z FRANCHISE 3 Q KLE PIZZA 0 Ln O w Ir KEITH EDWARC = 7503 BROCKHU ~ JACKSONVILLE w U) 0 PROJECT Nj 0 z Q O U D F— U O U z 953 ATLANTIC REMOVE EXISTING DOOR&FRAME O ATLANTIC BEAT �L----� O SHEET TITLI J Q D U O W w DEIN J m z O CLw cr W m 0 PROJECT N l z J J = DATE 01-08-20: SLAB DEMO PLAN �z, SHEET No. Le w SHEET 1 OF O : N �,. s`. 4 "� y W 3, O R C E rE O DOOR FRAME HARDWARE _ SIZE MARK TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS FINISH TYPE FINISH SET NOTES 101 A 6 0" 7'-0"� - EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING 1 SIM. 1, 4 0 102 B _ 3'-0" 7'-0" - P-3 EXISTING P-3 3 SIM. 1, 2, 3 O F 103 C 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 /4" P-3 H.M. P-3 cn 2 2, 3 GERALD P. NOE 24'-4118"* ARCHITECT NOTES: }-+ 1.EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. 2.PAINT DOOR,REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 7'_9"* 16'-7" O FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. A 937 3.PAINT FRAME,REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 4.PROVIDE LETTERING ON DOOR GLASS ABOVE HANDLE READING"DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." 3'-0" 13'-7" v W x 5.1"TEMPERED INSULATED GLAZING TO MATCH EXISTING&DOOR FRAME&FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING 6.ELIASON SCP-3(OR EQUAL)IN GYP.BD.FRAME W/ACRYLIC VIEW PANEL,STAINLESS STEEL FINISH&ALL HARDWARE IS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER EXISTING RESTROOM NOTE: HE RESTROOM IS EXISTING AND THE G.C.SHALL UTILIZE 102 ui 399 LUCERNE DRIVE .',, ... T z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 r FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES.ALL - .2265 ^. THE EXISTING WALLS,FI , ,;, „ ,.,, , � Iz 4 583 2215 - EMS SHALL B ER REMOVED,CLEANED,D REPAIRED,D STO RED& E IT o narc h t.com D __. . . mall „ _ >, R r � _ _ . � z00 A,ADWA ED TANKLESS.,. . ,. .3 _ .., ... ._ . .,, HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. WALL MOUNT REINSTALLED AFTER NEW FINISHES ° B N � WATER HEATER( EE PLUMBI ) U RS G " S DOOR ETN ExTERIgR, [?RIVI R w :SET N0,1 )f GERIQ -FRONT N `� CHECKED BY: DKH 3 BUTT HINGES EXISTING _ __ 3 BUTT HINGES EXISTING _ _ A SIGN CLEARLY STATING THAT SMOKING IS PROHIBITED � w CLOSER EXISTING _ CLOSER EXISTING _ SHALL BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED BY THE BUILDING - DRAWN BY: DKH THRESHOLD EXISTING _ _ THRESHOLD EXISTING _ OWNER,AGENT,OPERATOR,PERSON IN CHARGE OR WALK-IN COOLER N WEATHER STRIPS _ EXISTING WEATHER STRIPS EXISTING _ PROPRIETOR AT EACH ENTRANCE OR IN A POSITION CLEARL 103 - VISIBLE UPON ENTRY INTO THE BUILDING.ACCEPTABLE r DOOR SWEEP EXISTING _ SIGNS SHALL DISPLAY EITHER"NO SMOKING"OR THE W THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF DOOR SWEEP EXISTING - _ EXISTING INTERNATIONAL"NO SMOKING SYMBOL(CONSISTING OF A SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE DRIP CAP _ EXISTING _ __ DRIP CAP EXIST _ w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED EXISTING __ LOCKSET EXISTING PICTORIAL REPRESENTATION OF A BURNING CIGARETTE I EXISTING WALK-IN 5A CLOSET UJI IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE LOCKSET EX - ENCLOSED IN A RED CIRCLE WITH A RED BAR ACROSS IT). COOLER LATCH GUARD EXISTING _ _ 105 Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. LATCH GUARD EXISTING IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT ALARM DETEX EAX-500W w UPON DEMAND. - - D HINGES MCKINNY, MPB79 4-1/2"X4-1/2" US10B w COPYRIGHT 2020 3 STANDAR -- - � ALL RIGHTS RESERVED SURFACE CLOSER DORMA 38616 AF86P FC 690 _ _ ALL BUSINESS TRANSACTION AREAS MUST MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACCESSIBILITY CODE WITH A 0 BETS, ,, I xT f OR PLICxaT PORTION OF EACH TRANSACTION COUNTER CONSTRUCTED DOOR HANDLE FALCON B101S GRADE 2 LEVER SET _ hk"i - NY INDICATOR 3 BUTT HINGES STANLEY FBB179 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" X NRP WITH A SECTION OF THE COUNTER HAVING A MAXIMUM DIAGONALLY HATCHED Q DEADBOLT ARROW E50 OCCUPA _ HEIGHT OF 34"FOR A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 36".IT IS co KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD #K1050 12"X34" CLOSER CORBIN RUSSWIN DC2210 RECOMMENDED THAT THIS ISSUE IS DISCUSSED WITH THE WALLS ARE EXISTING o -- -- NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS 424 - 36" x 1/2" x 4" AND SHALL REMAIN w WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD #477 US26D THRESHOLD _ / BUILDING INSPECTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND/OR w -- -- INSTALLATION. DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD #608 SILENCER WEATHER STRIPS NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS 134N5 - 3070 o - -- FLOOR SINK O DOOR SWEEP NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS 198N - 36 � OF F`C'�'J DRIP CAP _ NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS 16AD - 40 6'-4" I 2'-1" 6'-5'° SEE PLUMBING � ........... INSULATION NOTE: CO Norex LOCKSET __ CONTRACTOR SHALL INSULATE ALL FURRED OUT WALLS 5A LD P. 1.DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. THAT ARE AGAINST INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR MASONRY/ Z C; N� 2.ADJUST OPENING AND CLOSING FORCE FOR ALL CLOSERS TO MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS. LATCH GUARD CONCRETE WALLS.CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INSULATE ALL o s 3.DOORS SHALL MEET THE ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR THRESHOLDS AND DOOR HARDWARE, PANIC DEVICE DETEX ECL-230X-TB • 3.STANDARD FINISH FOR ALL HARDWARE TO BE 626 SATIN CHROME. �� RESTROOM WALLS AND CEILINGS. KITCHEN w A 45 4.EXTERIOR DOOR SHALL BE MASTER KEYED. KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD #K1050 36"X36" 5.PROVIDE EXTRA HEAVY DUTY EXIT DEVICE&KICK PLATE AT DRIVERS'EXIT DOOR. – PEEP HOLE WALL BLOCKING/BACKING NOTE: _ _ O S ED ALL WALLS WITH SHELVING IN THE KITCHEN AREA AS WELL I— -I w AS ANY WALL WITH A WALL MOUNTED T.V.AND ANY I I 0 RESTROOM WALL WITH A MOUNTED FIXTURE SHALL HAVE I I O U ' BACKING AND BLOCKING.(U.N.O.) o x ! _ I o r T Z ` I IFUNISTRUTD Q SECURE PECIF DIMENSIONAL NOTE: TO FLOOR&ROOF 00 I I z _ EXISTING DIMENSION TO BE FIELD VERIFIED- I 1 ,--11 I STRUCTURE ABOVE o TYPE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION FINISH ALL DIMENSIONS PULLED FROM EXISTING BUILDING I I z REVISIONS: WALLS ARE FROM THE FACE EXISTING MATERIAL. I � � w co 1 1 z A ALUMINUM SOLID CORE W/ FULL LIGHT_ EXISTING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT _ EXISTING — 1 z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL EXTERIOR DOORS - - - *nA"'� Of (nn B HOLLOW CORE METAL DOOR EXISTING EXISTING _ AND ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT WITH THE SUITE i I NvIci w - NUMBER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL CPD-PC - PREMIUM DOOR, HARDWOOD EDGES; FLUSH PANEL; BONDED PARTICLE BUILDING CODE. 1 i� Q C SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR CORE P-3 z L - - �� 0 U TACTILE SIGNAGE: I 0 PROVIDE EXIT TACTILE SIGNAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TYPE I HOOD m NFPA-101:7.10.1.3,FFPC,5TH EDITION AND ANSI Al 17.1,2009 SEE MECHANICAL z FRANCHISEE NAME: DOOR TYPES EDITION. Q KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. 0 WALL BRACING NOTE: Ln 3'-0" ALL FULL HEIGHT WALLS(OVER 6'IN HEIGHT)SHALL BE I- 4. 3'-0" SEE SCHEDULE SEE SCHEDULE BRACED IN ACCORDANCE WITHLc 5' '-2" 5 2 ALIGN W/EXISTING WALL EXISTING SHELVING ABOVE 0 2 O TYP - w KEITH EDWARDS N —— —————— ————————— �--- --- � 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE 1 12'-7118" 3'3° JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 � I � ----- o PROJECT NAME: CD CD o o � O SEE 4/A-5.3FOR CAR I SERVICE AREA � a 8556 TOPPER MOUNTING DETAILv O in r, I 101 2 � ' AM , A-5.3 r o VARIES TELE./DATA BOARDIr D '. -I II II M � INTERIOR O ° ----- -� III �' 0 7j EXISTING 1 HR.-FIRE BARRIER FINISHED AS SPECIFIED. ALL _-----_ -�� U UP-FIT OLLOW SOLID CORE FRAME, SEE PENETRATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL DETAILS. - ALUM. SOLID H DBL. KITCHEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY LABEL EACH SIDE I 10'-3" 8'-7118" z 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD CORE W/ CORE METAL WOOD DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FULL LIGHT DOOR OF THE DEMISING WALL ABOVE THE CEILINGS Wl2"HIGH I O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 E LETTERS AND SPACED EVERY 12'-0".THE FOLLOWING I SEE ENLARGED PLAN& D I= OA OB O O O WORDING IS RECOMMENDED"1 HOUR FIRE AND SMOKE ,� IIETA14 S ON A 5.2 1 o BARRIER PROTECT ALL OPENINGS" I 304 11103 I v A-5.3 0 3 1 _ SHEET TITLE: A-5.3 I WAITING AREA 14 +_5.0 5, 1 100 Q FLOOR PLAN - \I- - - NEW DOOR MRAME IN EXISTING OPENING 4 O w SCHEDULE J m z 0 0- U7 w 101 m w m EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) z J J = DATE 01-08-2020 m LU SHEET NO. DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN SCALE: jr/4" = 1 -0 0 ■ SHEET 2 OF 12 DINING KITCHEN z 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP co BD. W BTM OF ? BTM OF A CLG. CEILING PER . R SCHEDULE. CEILING PER SCHEDULE. CLG. CEILING PER SCHEDULEW BTM OF 5/8"FIRE RETARDANT INTERIOR TREATED PLYWOOD FROM g EXISTING MTL STUDS CLG. 4'-0"TO 8'-0"AFF. a a 5/8"GYP Bd. OR CEMENT BD. TILE 5/8"TYPE X GYP BD.OR WATER RESISTANT TYPE x F 0 z @ z @ TILE SEALED TO THE ROOF DECKva v WALL FINISH PER SCHEDULE g 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP Z g 04 GERALD P. NOE FINISH FINISH FLOOR PER EXISTING MTL STUDS a EXISTING FIRE SEPERATION ARCHITECT FLR EL SCHEDULE, U z F• z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 WALL FINISH PER SCHEDULE WALL FINISH PER SCHEDULE 0 w SECTION VIEW FINISH U FINISH FINISH FLOOR PER FLR EL U FLR EL FINISH FLOOR PER W x H 399 LUCERNE DRIVE SCHEDULE. SCHEDULE. SECTION VIEW z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 EXISTING MTL STUDS EXISTING MTL.STUDS SECTION VIEW EXISTING MTL.STUDS 0 5/8"GYP BD.OR CEMENT BD.@ TILE 5/8"GYP BD. SEE SECTION F P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 z mail@gpnarcht.com U CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: w w DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF CHECKED BY: DKH DRAWN BY: DKH MEMBRANE ABOVE MEMBRANE ABOVE MEMBRANE ABOVE STRUCTURAL DECK WITH STRUCTURAL DECK WITH STRUCTURAL DECK WITH SCREW ATTACHMENTS. SCREW ATTACHMENTS. SCREW ATTACHMENTS. 2-#8 SELF-DRILLING PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW BTM OF SCREWS. 3 STRUCT. THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF 20 GA SLOTTED MTL w SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE PARTITION TYPE#10 PARTITION TYPE#11 PARTITION I TYPE#13 DECK TRACK. ICC ESR-1042 w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED #8 WAFER SCREW. m IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE C7 WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. KITCHEN EXTERIOR w OVEN KITCHEN N IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT 2-#8 SELF-DRILLING IX SIDE w UPON DEMAND. COPYRIGHT 2020 SCREWS. > ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 3 5/8"MTL STUDS TO --2-#8 SELF-DRILLING 20 GA SLOTTED MTL 20 GA SLOTTED MTLTRACK. ICC ESR-1042 U) 0 SCREWS. TRACK. ICC ESR-1042 (� z BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BTM OF #8 WAFER SCREW. fO L f° Z ABOVE. STRUCT. - 20 GA SLOTTED MTL #8 WAFER SCREW. I LI 248 SELF-DRILLING DECK TRACK. ICC ESR-1042 BTM OF I BTM OF ''I BTM OF Q CLG. CEILING PER SCHEDULE. CLG. 5/8"GYP BD. CLG. m SCREWS. #8 WAFER SCREW. EXISTING WALL CEILING PER SCHEDULE. 0 w RESTROOM -20 GA SLOTTED MTL DINING DINING 2 TRACK. ICC ESR-1042. -#8 WAFER SCREW. 5/8"FIRE RETARDANT 5/8"FIRE RETARDANT w0 OF Ft " TREATED PLYWOOD FROM CEILING PER SCHEDULE. TREATED PLYWOOD FROM w 4'-0"TO 8'-0"AFF. 4'-0"TO 8'-0"AFF. 5/8"GYP BD. m ,�p�.::..........................g�Q'� DINING/ { 5/8"CEMENT BOARD.@ TILE CEILING PER SCHEDULE. U RESTROOM EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL U J 5/8"GYP BD AT EACH SIDE. z 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP Z z z w 5/8"WATER RESISTANT BTM OF 5/8"WATER RESISTANT w I I BD w I I w0 }"I I S GYP 0 CLG. GYP. v z U z U z BD. w U 9 5/8"CEMENT BOARD. a FRP PER SCHEDULE CL g g Q AR93745 c7 5/8"CEMENT BOARD AT FRP PER SCHEDULE < 0?1 [,y z DINING EACH SIDE. d TILE PER SCHEDULE w TILE PER SCHEDULE x TILE PER SCHEDULE 0 s AG1 U z MTL TRACK MTL TRACK MTL TRACK U RED P g < MTL TRACK > ? s; MTL TRACK a POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC w D POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC STAGGERED UNO. ICC STAGGERED LINO. ICC I STAGGERED UNO. ICC OU POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC STAGGERED LINO. ICC ER-2388, ER-4546,ER-5330, ER-2388, ER-4546,ER-5330, ER-2388, ER-4546, ER-5330, m ER-2388, ER-4546, ER-5330, ( STAGGERED UNO. ICC M1 I ER-1372. ER-1372. ?( ER-1372. ER-1372. ER-2388, ER-4546, ER-5330, FINISH FINISH ER-1372. FLOOR FINISH FLOOR PER FLOOR FINISH FINISH z FINISH FLOOR PER FLOOR FINISH Q FLOOR FLOOR SCHEDULE. m SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW SCHEDULE. FRP PER SCHEDULE FRP PER SCHEDULE 0 SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW 5/8"GYP BD. Z 5/8"CEMENT BOARD AT EACH SEE SECTION w REVISIONS: 5/8"GYP BD AT EACH SIDE. SIDE. TILE PER SCHEDULE TILE PER SCHEDULE z MTL STUDS. MTL STUDS. MTL STUDS. MTL STUDS. z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY MTL STUDS. (� 5/8"GYP BD. w Ez_::,. :�,•v.::..,...: ....,:...,. ..,: .: CAUTION: DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF ' .w CAUTION: "` "'` "'" CAUTION: z DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF .:._...:. - ,.. ...,: ., z - C 2"MTL STUDS Do NOT E ABOVE DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF ±" STRUCTURAL DECK WITH C 2"MTL STUDS MEMBRANE ABOVE C 2"MTL STUDS MEMBRANE ABOVE DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF 0 STRUCTURAL DECK WITH STRUCTURAL DECK WITH C 2"MTL STUDS C 2"MTL STUDS MEMBRANE ABOVE U B 6"MTL STUDS SCREW ATTACHMENTS. B 6"MTL STUDS SCREW ATTACHMENTS, B 6"MTL STUDS STRUCTURAL DECK WITH SCREW ATTACHMENTS. B 6"MTL STUDS B 6"MTL STUDS I- SCREW ATTACHMENTS. m PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS z FRANCHISEE NAME: PARTITION TYPE#6 PARTITION TYPE#7 PARTITION TYPE#8 PARTITION TYPE#9 PARTITION TYPE#12 oQc KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. 3 5/8"MTL STUDS TO 0 BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE N ABOVE. BTM OF 3 5/8"MTL STUDS TO STRUCT. BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE I- 248 SELF-DRILLING DECK ABOVE. u SCREWS. 0 w oc KEITH EDWARDS z 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE 20 GA SLOTTED MTL JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 KITCHEN TRACK. ICC ESR-1042. w KITCHEN EXTERIOR W #8 WAFER SCREW. ; KITCHEN 2-#8 SELF-DRILLING U) SCREWS. 0 PROJECT NAME: 5/8"GYP BD. EXISTING WALL 20 GA SLOTTED MTL Q 8��V BTM OF io DINING OR io STRUCT. TRACK. ICC ESR-1042 RESTROOM 3 5/8"MTL STUDS TO DECK /// BTM OF I I m z BTM OF #8 WAFER SCREW. 0 CLG. CEILING PER SCHEDULE. CLG. CEILING PER SCHEDULE. BTM OF 'I U BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. CLG. CEILING PER SCHEDULE. m INTERIOR w RESTROOM DINING f- 248 SELF-DRILLING Q KITCHEN p SCREWS. > 5/8"FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 5/8"FIRE RETARDANT U UP-FIT ZQ 20 GA SLOTTED MTL 5/8"GYP BD. PLYWOOD FROM 4'-0"TO 8'-0"AFF. TREATED PLYWOOD FROM 5/8"FIRE RETARDANT m 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD 4'-0"TO 8'-0"AFF. O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 5/8"CEMENT BOARD. TREATED PLYWOOD FROM � TRACK. ICC ESR-1042. ( ( 4'-0"TO 8'-0"AFF. m CEILING PER SCHEDULE. z r Z I I Q #8 WAFER SCREW. BTM OF BTM OF 5/8"WATER RESISTANT � 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP c7 z CLG. CEILING PER SCHEDULE. CLG. GYP. U z I I' BD. U z BID. 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP ASHEET TITLE: RESTROOM w gAi� � g w BD. -I EXTERIOR c7 5/8"CEMENT BOARD. ° FRP PER SCHEDULE FRP PER SCHEDULE w Z EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL Z WALL TYPES � TILE PER SCHEDULE FRP PER SCHEDULE g MTL TRACK. w TILE PER SCHEDULE Q z POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC w MTL TRACK 0 LL STAGGERED UNO. a MTL TRACK w ICC ER-2388, ER 4546, POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC J U STAGGERED UNO. ICC I POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC m w ER-5330, ER-1372. ER-2388, ER-4546, ER-5330, w TILE PER SCHEDULE 1 'I ER-1372. STAGGERED UNO. ICC z FINISH FINISH ER-2388, ER-4546, ER-5330, FINISH FLOOR PER ER-1372. w FLR EL FLOOR FINISH FINISH FINISH FLOOR PER FLOOR SCHEDULE. FINISH FLOOR PER SCHEDULE. FLOOR FINISH w SCHEDULE. SECTION VIEW 5/8"GYP B SECTION VIEW FLOOR FRP PER SCHEDULE ,� O PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW SEE SECTION VIEW D AT EACH SIDE. 5/8"GYP BD. F EXISTING WALL. SECTION VIEW Q DATE 01-08-2020 TILE PER SCHEDULE FRP PER SCHEDULE ��, 5/8"GYP BD OR CEMENT BD @TILE � �-•: STU S. L STUDS. SE SECTION ........, ....:....... .. ..:. >......, MTL STUDS MTL D MT :., w SHEET NO. <::.:;. ,•..,.< :,;.,.;,:...:.•....;.. ..._ ., ....: :;._:..:....:.:.. CAUTION: CAUTION: - --, DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF - • � '-' �—' "�- CAUTION: Ir C 2"'MTL STUDS CAUTION: C 2"MTL STUDS MEMBRANE ABOVE DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF `'""" """' " DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF ZQ DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF STRUCTURAL DECK WITH C 2"MTL STUDS MEMBRANE ABOVE : CAUTION: MEMBRANE ABOVE - � � w • B 6"MTL STUDS MEMBRANE ABOVE B 6"MTL STUDS SCREW ATTACHMENTS. STRUCTURAL DECK WITH STRUCTURAL DECK WITH DO NOT PENETRATE ROOF = 3 5/8"MTL STUDS STRUCTURAL DECK WITH PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS B 6"MTL STUDS SCREW ATTACHMENTS. SCREW ATTACHMENTS. C 2"MTL STUDS ul MEMBRANE ABOVE PLAN VIEW SCREW ATTACHMENTS. PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS PLAN VIEW B 6"MTL STUDS STRUCTURAL DECK WITH SCREW ATTACHMENTS. � PLAN VIEW 3 5/8"MTL STUDS PARTITION TYPE#1 PARTITION TYPE#2 PARTITION TYPE#3 PARTITION TYPE#4 PARTITION TYPE#5 SHEET 3 OF 12 z 0 REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND z w USG FROST-SEE FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE [LT72 -2'x2'PAINT DIFFUSERS W/RUSTOLEUM TO 16" DECORATIVE PENDENT FIXTURE CT-1 MATCH (TABLE PENDANT) w 0 H cn a VINYL FACED GYP. BOARD PANELS FLT-3] o GER/ CT-2 WHITE-2'x4'(KITCHEN CEILING) NOT USED `�' STAINLESS STEEL PANELS AROUND AF EXHAUST DUCTS 0 FLORIDA RE( x 2x2(4-WAY)SUPPLY AIR GRILL LT4 3991 SEE PLAN FOR FIXTURE DETAILS NOT USED o SPARTA P: 864.583. ° mail( z LT5 EXT'G o 2x2 RETURN AIR GRILL CEILING MOUNTED TRACK LIGHTING RCP GENERAL NOTES: CHECKED E SEE PLAN FOR FIXTURE DETAILS �7 1. ALL ELECTRIC FOR SIGNAGE/DISPLAYS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. _ (ARTWORK) I 2. COORDINATE ALL LIGHTING WITH THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. �- DRAWN BY EXT'G 3. U.N.O.ALL SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CENTERED ABOVE TABLES OR IN T_ 1 SPACE AS SHOWN. LIGHTING WITHIN THE WALK-IN IS 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO BE INSTALL AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON PRELIMINARY SPRINKLER HEAD FLT-6EXISTING AND SHALL REMAIN \ / ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. z THIS DRAWING O O O 5. ALL LIGHTS ABOVE ALL FOOD PREP,l COOK(SERVE AREAS MUST HAVE A SERVICE AND S LOCATIONS O SUSPENDED DOWN LIGHT-BLACK A CM SHATTER-PROOF LENS INSTALLED, w ARCHITECT, AIN j \ T'GEr IN ANY WAY. W EXT'G T'G EXT'G Q WRITTEN PERN M EXHAUST FAN IT SHALL BE RE LT7 w UPON DEMANC a ALL RIGHTS RE' WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN O 2x4 FIXTURE LAY-IN FIXTURE (VIF) SEE PLAN FOR FIXTURE DETAILS z 3 Q LT8 0 WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHT O O 0 w RECESSED CAN LIGHT-BLACK T_ w Wl EMERGENCY LIGHT O SEE ELEC. LIGHTING PLAN FOR DETAILS I— XT'G T'G XT'G VT'G EXT'G p LT9 M w I U) 2x2(PERFORATED)SUPPLY AIR GRILL - SEE PLAN FOR FIXTURE DETAILS WALL WASHER FOR ARTWORK CM ' o w U 0 0 0 0 O U w 71 CEILING NOTES KITCHEN/FOOD PREP LIGHTING LEVELS: XT'G XT'G T'G XT'G rG EXT'G o TYPE I HOOD-SEE MECHANICAL PLANS 1. WORK SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES,ORDINANCES, I I' RESTRICTIONS,AND NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.TAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUST LIGHTING PER LOCAL COD SAFETY MEASURES AND COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC PROTECTION(BARRICADES,SIGNS,DUST MINIMUM LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS ARE: I cn BARRIERS,ETC.) I' z • AT LEAST 10 FOOT CANDLES(110 LUX):AT A DISTANCE OF 30 INCHES(75CM)ABOVE FLOOR,IN 2. REFERENCE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON WALK-IN REFRIGERATION UNITS AND DRY FOOD STORAGE AREAS AND IN OTHER AREAS AND ADJUST CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR EXHAUSTw REVISIONS LIGHTING AND ACCESSORIES ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. ROOMS DURING PERIODS OF CLEANING. I I DUCT&WRAP EXHAUST DUCT W/STAINLESS z O I ��( I 0 0 STEEL FROM TOP OF HOOD TO CEILING Z NO. DATE 3. IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 84,GROUP A-2,INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING • AT LEAST 20 FOOT CANDLES(220 LUX): I /\ I z FINISHES TO MEET CLASS B FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 26-75;SMOKE AT A SURFACE WHERE FOOD IS PROVIDED FOR CONSUMER SELF SERVICE SUCH AS BUFFETS f- cn w DEVELOPED 0450 FOR EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS AND AND SALAD BARS OR WHERE FRESH PRODUCE OR PACKAGED FOODS ARE SOLD OR OFFERED XT'G I ELO. RELO. ° CORRIDORS IN SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS FOR CONSUMPTION;INSIDE EQUIPMENT SUCH AS REACH IN AND UNDER COUNTER w REFRIGERATORS;AT A DISTANCE OF 30 INCHES(75CM)ABOVE FLOOR IN AREAS USED FORI ( REPAIR&REPLACE EXISTING CEILING TILE& z 4. IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 84,GROUP A-2,INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING HAND WASHING,WARE WASHING,AND EQUIPMENT AND UTENSI STORAGE,AND IN TOILET O FINISHES TO MEET CLASS C FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 76-200;SMOKE ROOMS I — — CEILING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED-ALL HATCHED v DEVELOPED 0-450 FOR ROOMS AND ENCLOSED$PACES IN SPRINKLERED I CEILING TILE TO BE WASHABLE O BUILDINGS. • AT LEAST 50 FOOT CANDLES(540 LUX)AT SURFACE WHERE A FOOD EMPLOYEE IS WORKING T'GLO T'G T'G N WITH FOOD OR WORKING WITH UTENSILS OR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS KNIVES,SLICES,GRINDERS, z FRANCHISE 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM HEIGHTS AND COORDINATE WITH OR SAWS WHERE EMPLOYEE SAFETY IS A FACTOR. EXISTING CONDITIONS.NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED KLE PI ZZ HEIGHT CANNOT BE ACHIEVED. 0 0 0 O 0 ° CM EXISTING CEILING SYSTEM Ln6. CEILING HEIGHTS ARE TO FINISHES SURFACE.GYPSUM BOARD OR CEILING I CEILING ELEV:9'-0" _ TILE,AS APPLICABLE. EXT'G EXT'G XT'G EXT'G O 7. GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS AND SOFFIT TO HAVE A SMOOTH FINISH UNLESS owe KEITH EDWARI NOTED OTHERWISE. __ T'G_ _ __ __ __ T'G_ __ __ = 7503 BROCKH1 � JACKSONVILLI 8. PAINT HVAC GRILLES TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH (wn I EXT'G � 9. RELOCATE ANY HVAC GRILLES THAT CONFLICT WITH THE LOCATION OF AQ PROJECT c� o� b� p NEW LIGHT FIXTURE. a, z 10. THE SUSPENDED TILE CEILING PANELS IN KITCHEN AREAS ARE WASHABLE. z O EXISTING HEADER @ 6'10"A.F.F. PAINTED"P2" z 11. RECESSED CAN LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CENTERED WITHIN CEILING LT5 v GRID/TILE UNLESS DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE. B.D. CEiu G I XT G fe=VINYLACED GYPBOARD PANELS. " (n 12. REFERENCE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CM + o LTO8 o ©III LTT88 O INFORMATION AND COORDINATION OF SYSTEMS NOT SHOWN ON THIS __ __ _ _ _ U Pizzo PLAN. uPUFTPREVENTIONaIP. —— —— —— SECURITY CAMERA(TYP.) Z 953 ATLANTIC O ATLANTIC BEA 13. THERE WILL BE NOT BE PROJECTIONS LESS THAN 6'-8"FROM THE CEILING. F 0 REFERENCE ALSO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. I CM z VINYL FACED GYP BOARD PANELS. O U SHEET TIT L Q "' T7 0 �Lo 0 v LT8 LT8 LT8 Q R E F CT-1:2'x2'CEILING SYSTEM CT-1:2'x2'CEILING SYSTEM ° CEILI CEILING ELEV:10'-0" CEILING ELEV:10'-0" w $ B'-3"RJ T.O. WALK-IN COOLER m cn z ALA I 41�EXT`G O IL WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEXw RECEPTACLE(TYP.) O PROJECT N z DATE 01-08-2( REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET NO. CEILING TO WALK-IN COOLER 1 SCALE: 1/4"�,'-0" Q SCALE: 11/2"=1'-0" T_ Am SHEET 4 0 FINISH SCHEDULE PLAN NOTES TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTUREER ITEM# NAME/COLOR SIZE TYPE NOTES o cn F-1 FLOOR TILE CREATIVE MATERIALS __ TIDE BROWN 6"x36" 1,5 A. REFERENCE MATERIAL RESOURCES AND SCHEDULE SHEET FOR FINISH SELECTIONS AND z ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. a" F-2 FLOOR TILE PROTECTALL -- QUARRY GREY 6"X6" 2,6 B. PROVIDE THRESHOLDS, TRANSITION STRIPS, EDGINGS, ETC. AT CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIAL. USE F-3 FLOOR TILE CREATIVE MATERIALS -- PATINA 12"x12" 3,6 ALUMINUM PROFILE BY SCHLUTER SYSTEMS AS DICTATED BY FIELD CONDITION. F-4 FLOOR TILE PROTECT ALL -- --- -- -- o C. PRIOR FLOOR FINISH AND FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN CLASS N GROUPS A. 0 GERALD P. NOE H B-2 COVE TILE BASE CREATIVE MATERIALS -- QUARRY GREY 6"X6" 2, 13 D. CONTRACTOR TO GET OWNER AND ARCHITECT APPROVAL ON MATERIAL MATCH PRIOR TO ARCHITECT PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. PROVIDE SAMPLES. z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 B-3 COVE TILE BASE CREATIVE MATERIALS -- PATINA 6"X12" 3, 13 ° E TILE EXPANSION JOINTS PER TCNA EJ171. ALIGN WITH SLAB CONTROL SILICONE SEALANT AND x JOINT FILLER. ui 399 LUCERNE DRIVE z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 T-1 WALL TILE CREATIVE MATERIALS -- PRICELESS WHITE STAR GLOSSY 4"X8" 4 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 F. INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE DESIGNED WITH A CRACK CONTROL JOINT ALONG THE ° mail@gpnarcht.com T-2 NOT USED LENGTH OF EXISTING POUR STRIPS AT THE COLD JOINT WHERE THE POUR STRIPS CONNECT TO ° U __ THE MAIN BUILDING SLAB. Ex."A° "B' W W T-3 WALL TILE CREATIVE MATERIALS PRICELESS BLUE GREY GLOSSY 4X8 4 CHECKED BY: DKH l EXISTING FLOOR TO REMAIN DRAWN BY. DKH G. WALK-IN COOLER PROVIDED WITHOUT A FLOOR. REFERENCE WALK-IN COOLER SHOP (MATCH&REPAIR AS NEEDED) DRAWINGS. TR-1 TRIM TILE SCHLUTER Q 100E QUADEC-SS 318„ WALK-IN COOLER � z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF 103 11 w SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE H. FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL COVERINGS, MURALS, OR WAINSCOT w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED TR-2 TRIM TILE SCHLUTER Q 80E QUADEC-SS 5/16” 12 Ir IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1 CLOSET ® Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. N IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT 105 w UPON DEMAND. I. IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 84, GROUP B, INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES TO MEET a COPYRIGHT 2020 P-1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 7026 GRIFFIN EGGSHELL -- CLASS B FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 26-75; SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 FOR EXITALL RIGHTS RESERVED cn P-2 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 9168 ELEPHANT EAR SATIN __ ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS AND CORRIDORS IN SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS. z 1 Q P-3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 6868 REAL RED EGGSHELL __ J. IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 84, GROUP B, INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES TO MEET 0 P-4 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 7022 ALPACA SATIN __ CLASS C FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 76-200; SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 FOR ROOMS AND INSTALL TILE IN THESE AREAS TO ENCLOSED SPACES IN SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS. T, MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR I- LL P-50 -- -- -- ._ SURFACES 0 -- O l ° Lw FLOOR SINK(SEE PLUMBING) OF FCO / J _ CT-1 CEILING TILE -- PAINTED USG FROST-SLB 440-PROFILE A 2'X2' 7, 8 ° P Alf) W U CT-2 CEILING TILE -- VINYL FACED GYP BOARD PANELS 21X4' 9 KITCHEN Q l 102 d R93745 CT-3 PAINTED CEILING TILES -- __ GYPSUM BOARD INSERTS W/P-1 2'x2' 15 0 ,rs .... �� o RED P4 U EXISTING FLOOR TO REMAIN fr SF-1 SURFACE DUPONT __ ZODIAQ QUARTZ,STRATUS WHITE -- -- (MATCH&REPAIR AS NEEDED) o 1 z SF-2 SURFACE MARLITE P-199 FIBRE REINFORCED PLASTIC, BRITE WHITE PEBBLE cn z 0 SF-3 SURFACE TIGER DRYLAC RAL 7021 POWDER COATING, MT/SM -- 10 5/8"CEMENT BOARD. W REVISIONS: WALL TILE T-2 ,REFER TO SF4 BAR TOP 11/4"ASH PLANK -- CLEAR SEALED -- 14 FINISH SCHEDULE. z l z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY cn COVE BASE(::B 3 ,REFER TO FINISH p -- — SCHEDULE. L-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART 7909-60 FUSION MAPLE o Lal EXTEND WATERPROOF MEMBRANE TO V-0" O L-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE NEVEMAR PH7001T WHITE PHANTASY -- -- w AFF. � l � Ln FLOOR TILE F-3 ,REFER TO FINISH z FRANCHISEE NAME: SCHEDULE. � ir Q KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. FINISH SCHEDULE KEY NOTES: EXTEND WATERPROOF MEMBRANE TO 1'-6" 1. GROUT FOR FLOOR TILE TO BE MAPEI ULTRACOLOR PLUS FA COCOA#79 (3116" JOINT) WATERPROOF MEMBRANE DISTANCE FROM WALL,ON FLOOR. cn 2. GROUT FOR FLOOR TILE TO BE MAPEI KERAPDXY IEG CG CHARCOAL#58 (3/8"JOINT) L EXISTING FLOOR TO REMAIN 3. GROUT FOR FLOOR TILE TO BE MAPEI KERAPDXY IEG CG CHARCOAL#47 (3/16" JOINT) (MATCH&REPAIR AS NEEDED) ° m KEITH EDWARDS 4. GROUT FOR WALL TILE TO BE MAPEI KPRACOLOR U COBBLESTONE#108 (118" JOINT) 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE 5. ORIENTATION TO BE HORIZONTAL TO THE FRONT COUNTER WITH 1/3 STAGGER TILE TO FLOOR @WET AREAS W JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 6. ORIENTATION TO BE STACKED 3 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" l o 7. GRID TO BE PROFILE A AND TILE TO HAVE SLB (SHADOWLINE BEVEL) PROFILE. o PROJECT NAME: 8. PAINT CEILING GRID AND TILE WITH SHERWIN WILLIAMS "SW7026" GRIFFIN. THE DIFFUSERS F1 z 8 �� ov 0,0 556 ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH P-1 WITH RUSTOLEUM o 9. GRID TO BE 5/16" COMMERCIAL QUALITY 10. POWDER COATING TO BE INTERIOR QUALITY l INTERIOR 11. TRIM FOR USE BETWEEK DIFFERENT ADJACENT TILES AND TILE TO GYP. BD. TRANSITIONS 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP BOARD. 0 12. TRIM FOR USE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS 0 U P-FIT 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD 13. INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS TO BE USED. FR S ,REFER TO FINISH o ATLANTIC BEACH; FLORIDA 32233 SCHEDULE. 14. BAR TOPS TO HAVE 114 RADIUS TOP & BOTTOM WITH 114 RADIUS CORNERS. THE FINISH IS o TO BE NATURAL WITH PREMIUM POLYURETHANE. ALL LEG SUPPORTS SHALL BE 2" DIA. WITH 5/8"CEMENT BOARD. ' R S RO M o oa J SHEET TITLE: ESCUTCHEON PLATES @ TOP AND BOTTOM AND HAVE BLACK CRINKLED FINISH. THE BAR Q TOPS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE TABLE VENDOR. INSTALL WATERPROOFING F3 F1 COVE BASE B 2 REFER TO FINISH MEMBRANE V-6"FROM WALL B3 Q FLOOR FINISH 15. PAINT GYPSUM BOARD INSERTS TO MATCH CT-1 SCHEDULE. ON FLOOR&UP TO V-0"ON cr 100 PLAN Ei- ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE WALL ( ° U, FLOOR TILE F-3 ,REFER TO FINISH00 SCHEDULE CEILING ROOM FLOOR BASE WALLS NOTES SCHEDULE. o MATERIAL HEIGHT \\\ v w 100 SEATING AREA F-1 F-1 F-1, P-1, P-2 CT-1 10'-0" m „ KITCHEN FLOOR TO WALL TILE o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 101 SERVICE AREA F-1 B-2 T-1, P-1, P-2 CT-1 10-0 2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" -':,>a Q 102 KITCHEN EXISTING EXISITNG EXISTING EXISTING 9'-0" t DATE o 1-08-2020 103 WALK-IN COOLER EXISTING EXISTING - -- EXISTING FLOOR FINISH PLAN SHEET No. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" U 104 RESTROOM F-3 B-3 T-3, P-4 CT-3 81-01f Q w A� 3 NO SHEET 5 OF 12 z 0 z w A a W O H TILE, SEE INTERIOR o GERALD P. NOE ELEVATIONS u ARCHITECT n . z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 SCHLUTER QUADEC TR2 U REFER TO FINISH w SCHEDULE. vi x F 399 LUCERNE DRIVE o SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 TILE, SEE INTERIOR ° mail@gpnarcht.com ELEVATIONS 0 ALL SF2 SF2 WA U l SE B2 B2 SE w CHECKED BY: DKH WALK-IN COOLER � DRAWN BY: DKH 103 _ 5/8" CEMENT BOARD z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF w SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE CLOSET W ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED uj 105 IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT w UPON DEMAND. a COPYRIGHT 2020 2 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 4 WALL TILE OUTSIDE CORNER SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" z Q m w U) w l10i = H u_ � �., 0 m �' w ? �S OF F(� .............. J � �P ;........ ,Ql < � m KITCHEN o z • Q ALL WALLS NOT SHOWN WITH 893745 NEW FINISH MATERIAL SHALL tr�� REMAIN.THE EXISTING FINISH w YpEp"'wtZCj TILET 1 REFER TO MATERIALS SHALL BE o FINISH SCHEDULE. PATCHED/REPAIRED/ C CLEANED AS REQUIRED. C z Q U) SCHLUTER QUADEC TR-1 0 REFER TO FINISH z REVISIONS: SCHEDULE. Z_ z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY 'U TILE F•1 REFER TO o FINISHDULE. r w i I z O U 5/8" CEMENT BOARD 0 Ln z FRANCHISEE NAME: w o KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. 1 � PAINT BOTTOM OF SOFFIT-P2 YA-5.4--- ----------- ------- O m KEITH EDWARDS 3 WALL TILE TRANSITION I I 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" i ---- w JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 (OP" -------------- m Io PROJECT NAME: ERVICE AREA w ART "A1"(48") oo Q 8556 m mz O 5/8 GYPSUM WALL, REFER o IIS INTERIOR TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS �'ABOVE P2 CFOR FINISH. BELOW F1 � UP-FIT ART 'F4' RT-'i C6 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD ' RESTROOM SEE DETAILS ON A-5.2 _O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 SCHLUTER QUADEC TR-1 FOR DETAILED FINISHES REFER TO FINISH PRIME IPAINT DOOR 104 0 SCHEDULE. &FRAME-P3 P4 HIGH P2 OVE WAITING AREA u SHEET TITLE: T3 ABOVE BELOW Q ;: 100 � � B3 BASE SIGNAGE ROOM � Q FINISH WALL �- TILE, REFER TO INT. m ARTWORK ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH u) 0 PLAN 0 "ES1 "EV2" "ES2 umi 5/8" CEMENT BOARD TVV w Ir w m o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 z J DATE 01-08-2020 WALL TILE SECTION ,w SHEET No. 2 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" WALL FINISH PLAN Q' 1 SCALE: ujAIIIIIIIIIIII ■ SHEET 6 OF 12 IG+ IIIIUI91UQll'p� IlJlillli ilulq"piii�rilGili'"� III V) z 0 RESTROOM ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE z RESTROOM NOTES z w TAG: QTY DESCRIPTION MFGR. MODEL. q 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF IBC AND ANSI A117.1. B-4368 12.2 1 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK B-40 12.3 1 SOAP DISPENSER BOBRICK 2. WATER CLOSETS AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROL 70 0 BABY CHANGING STATION IMPACT PRODUCTS 1170 SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING PINCHING OR TWISTING OF 71 1 MIRROR BOBRICK B-1651836 THE WRIST AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44"AFF. 72 1 TOILET PAPER DISPESER BOBRICK 8-253 0 F 3. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE WATER CLOSET AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS AND FAUCET AND 73 1 FEM.NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B-27 OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. 74 1 TOILET SEE PLUMBING 74.1 1 36"GRAB BAR BOBRICK g 5806X42 I- G E RAL 4. SELF CLOSING FAUCET CONTROL VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 74 2 1 42"GRAB BAR BOBRICK u ARC SECONDS. 74.3 1 18"GRAB BAR BOBRICK B-6806X18 75 1 LAVATORY SEE PLUMBING z FLORIDA REGIS' 5. WHERE TOWEL,SANITARY NAPKINS WASTE RECEPTACLES AND OTHER SIMILAR DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL 75.1 1 FAUCET I SEE PLUMBING v FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE SHALL BE LOCATED WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS INCLUDING COIN SLOTS WITHIN 40"FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR. 399 LUI r2. NERAL NOTE: o SPARTANI 6. LAVATORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 34"ABOVE THE PROVIDE DOUBLE 25 MSG GALV STEEL STUDS IN WALLS TO SUPPORT Al $64.583.22 FINISHED FLOOR AND WITH A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29"FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WALL HUNG PLUMBING FIXTURES,TYPICAL. WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER FRONT UP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30"IN WIDTH AND 8"MINIMUM DEPTH AT ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE mail@g zTHE TOP TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE THE SAME WIDTH AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9"HIGH FROM THE FLOORADA HEIGHT&REACH REQUIREMENTS. O AND A MIN OF 17 DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. w U) CHECKED BY DRAWN BY: z THIS DRAWING IS w SERVICE AND SOI w ARCHITECT, AND rr IN ANY WAY. WHj Q WRITTEN PERMIS N IT SHALL BE RETI w UPON DEMAND. d 5 ALL RIGHTS RESE 0 z_ Q cr D P-4 U w_ 12.3 OP-4 O �P w ED I D z • 4 SEE DETAILS P-3 O co NOTES A-5.1 w C� z 12.2 Q (tel J T� o DOOR& T-3 TRIM T-3 p PAINT O U cr O 6 Z B-3 z B3 O RR ELEVATION (SIM.) w REVISIONS; RESTR��ELEVATIONISIM-) � SCLE: 1/2" = 1'-O" NO. DATE SCALE: 1/ z O N w D z O U O N z FRANCHIS! Q KLE Piz; D U) O cr KEITH EDWAI = 7503 BROCKF JACKSONVILI w U) D Ir PROJECT o --- z F H Z O 953 P-4 v - - - - � P4 O ATLANTCNNT BI FARTWORK 0 z o SHEET TI- 71 J D RE zo o co w F m o ELE - - - - J 75 q 74 w T-3 T-3 m o PROD ECl �" z Q DATE 01-0F B-3 N . :, SHEET NO. B-3 `' NATION SIM. 3 RR ELEVATION (SIM.) RR �L� LE1/2" = 1'-0"SCLE1/ = _ SHEET 7 RESTROOM NOTES RESTROOM ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE z 0 z TAG: QTY DESCRIPTION MFGR. MODEL. 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF IBC AND ANSI A117.1. 12.2 1 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK B-4368 a 2. WATER CLOSETS AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROL 12.3 1 SOAP DISPENSER BOBRICK B40 SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING PINCHING OR TWISTING OF 70 0 BABY CHANGING STATION IMPACT PRODUCTS 1170 THE WRIST AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44"AFF. 71 1 MIRROR BOBRICK B-1651836 3. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE WATER CLOSET AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS AND FAUCET AND 72 1 TOILET PAPER DISPESER BOBRICK B-253 OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. 73 1 FEM.NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B-27 O H 74 1 TOILET SEE PLUMBING - 4. SELF CLOSING FAUCET CONTROL VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 74.1 1 36"GRAB BAR BOBRICK B-5806X36 o GERALD P. N O E SECONDS. 74.2 1 42"GRAB BAR BOBRICK B-5806X42 74.3 1 18"GRAB BAR BOBRICK B-6806X18 ARCHITECT 5. WHERE TOWEL,SANITARY NAPKINS WASTE RECEPTACLES AND OTHER SIMILAR DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL 75 1 ILAVATORY SEE PLUMBING - z FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE SHALL BE LOCATED WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS 75.1 1 FAUCET SEE PLUMBING _ FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 INCLUDING COIN SLOTS WITHIN 40"FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR. w x 6. LAVATORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 34"ABOVE THE GENERAL NOTE: H 399 LUCERNE DRIVE FINISHED FLOOR AND WITH A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29"FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON 1. PROVIDE DOUBLE 25 MSG GALV STEEL STUDS IN WALLS TO SUPPORT ALL z SPARTAN BU RG, SC 29302 WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER FRONT UP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30"IN WIDTH AND 8"MINIMUM DEPTH AT WALL HUNG PLUMBING FIXTURES,TYPICAL. O THE TOP TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE THE SAME WIDTH AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9"HIGH FROM THE FLOOR 2. ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 AND A MIN OF 17"DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. ADA HEIGHT&REACH REQUIREMENTS. o mail@gpnarcht.com U w W CHECKED BY: DKH DRAWN BY: DKH z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF w SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED Ji IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. m IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT w UPON DEMAND. a COPYRIGHT 2020 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O z_ Q m Ld 12.3 P� ❑ P4 w U- �P��O ._FC.. ri - w co SEE DETAILS O° } lD A NOTES A-5.1 P-3 12.2 c= w 45 z �` " V Q _.:� a /�, DOOR& � r�REp..P�`G TRIM T-3 0 PAINT w ❑ O U m O B-3 B 3 O Q m z 4 RESTROOM ELEVATION (SIM.) 5 RR ELPT10N�lAIM.) oREVISIONS: SCALE. 1J2 1 0 SCALE. 1/ 1 - Lu Z z NO_ DATE DESCRIPTION BY w } W z O U O m z FRANCHISEE NAME: ❑ KLE PIZZA II, LLC. O w KEITH EDWARDS 1 = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE ~ JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 __----_------_— U) ----- ____-----____= m 0 PROJECT NAME: 8556 O U � INTERIOR I - - - - -� /moi \� II I i P4 P4 UP-FIT 1 I 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD 0, \ II I I \11 I 1 71 ARTWORK O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 I H II I I z SHEET TITLE: _ a I O `\ I I I °° RESTROOM I \ I-- - - -I- - - - � — I ccO - - - - - � W PLAN �- I —4 — 75 m ELEVATIONS I 9 74 ¢' z I I T-3 0 O d w T-3 f w m 0 PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 B-3 B-3 A14Q DATE 01-08-2020 ." A��- SHEET NO. 2 RR ELEVATION IS 3 RR ELEVATION (SIM.) ENLARGED EXISTING RESTROOM PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1' o" SCALE: 1/2" = 1' o" 1 w 5 ■ SHEET 7 OF 12 z 0 z w a a w a O H cn 0 GERALD P. NOE ARCHITECT z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 O U W x 399 LUCERNE DRIVE z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 z mail@gpnarcht.com 0 U w W CHECKED BY: DKH DRAWN BY: DKH z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF w SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. N IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT w UPON DEMAND. d COPYRIGHT 2020 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED C7 z_ Q D Lu c w H �p ......... ��aRi J Z o w z3745 ii :f. 0 RED U w D O crU O Z Q Z 0 ADA SIGNAGE TYPE DETAILS AND NOTES W REVISIONS: z Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY 0 Fn WALL SIGNAGE (TYP.) w 0 SIGNAGE TO BE AT LATCH w 6„ SIDE(OR ADJ.WALL) 9" BORDER O U 6"MIN. ® ®® O SIGN BACKGROUN 74.3 COLOR BLACK � 54"MIN. . z FRANCHISEE NAME: INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL � °�B OTERNAT INTERNATIONAL * 5 LBS.MAX. 11/2" KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. ° OPER.FORCE z 0 O COLOR WHITE 1132"RAISED PICTOGRAPH RESTROOM 39"MIN 74.1 _ 0 AND 1132"RAISED,1"HIGHMEN ——� . r 0 UPPER CASE SANS SERIF ce � 41 MAX 1-112"Dia.GRAB y 0 co 36"MIN.LONG 1-1/2"Dia.GRAB 74.2 " _ TYPE LETTERING- L o ,� 42 MIN. 12 MAX. gAR ® W KEITH EDWARDS WHITE REFERS TO"GRADE 2" E, o BAR / = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE BRAILLE AREA EGGSHELL • C) ` . JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 GRADE 2 BRAILLE MATTE,NON-GLARE,70% M � KICK 24"MIN. ® w CONTRAST MIN.ILLUM.30-70 `V < N FT.CANDLES(INT) PLATE . o 1132"RAISED PICTOGRAPH PROJECT NAME: AND 1132"RAISED,1"HIGH " 8556 M m o Z Z UPPER CASE SANS SERIF - 42"MIN.LONG 1-112"Dia.GRAB m m ■ Q N J - m WITH IBC ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES TYPE LETTERING COLOR oo gqR o 7"_g" LDM ALL ADA SIGNS SHALL CONFORM WHITE '- 1. LETTERS AND NUMBERS MUST BE RAISED 1132"FROM SIGNAGE SURFACE. z " LE FOR LETTERS AND " I N T E RIO R CHARACTER HEIGHT MUST EAT LEAST 518 BUT NOT TOEXCEED2.TYPESTY R��E ROOM SIGN & DOOR 2 NUMBERS SHALL BE ANS SERIF OR SIMPLE SERIF. 112" 36 MAX. 0 3. PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED SC2"= 1'-0" MAX. 74.3 12.2 33"TYP.GRAB BAR HEIGHT.MAX 36" UP-FIT DIRECTLY BELOW PICTOGRAM DOOR MOUNTED ACCESSIBILITY SIGN. ALLOWED FOR REAR GRAB BAR IF 4. PLASTIC LAMINATE SECURED TO CENTER OF DOOR FACE CENTER LINE AT 60"A.F.F. w 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD TANK TOILET USED o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 5. WOMEN'S SYMBOL 114"THICK IT DIAMETER. 6. MEN'S SYMBOL 114 THICK TRIANGLE 12'SIDES. NOTES. 7. COLOR AND CONTRAST SHALL BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM COLOR AND CONTRAS OF DOOR o 0 USE NEMA RATED SELF EXTINGUISHING ADHESIVE TO MOUNT. A. BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR INDUCED BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OFA 250 LB.POINT 0 SHEET TITLE DOOR MOUNTED ACCESSIBILITY SIGN LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE 1. PLASTIC LAMINATE SECURED TO CENTER OF DOOR FACE CENTER LINE AT 60"A.F.F. MIRRO 71 B. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR BY THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE Q RESTROOM 2, WOMEN'S SYMBOL!"THICK 12"DIAMETER ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR,AND ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT IS 0 3. MEN'S SYMBOL 4'THICK TRIANGLE 12"SIDES HOT WATER&DRAIN CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED,THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE w DETAILS 4. COLOR AND CONTRAST SHALL BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM COLOR AND CONTRAS OF DOOR USE PIPES COVERED OR w INSULATED.NO SHARP 17"MIN. 9"HIGH CLEAR TO SPACE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS. N NEMA RATED SELF EXTINGUISHING ADHESIVE TO MOUNT OR ABRASIVE SURFACE UNDER LAVATORY 30"WIDE x 8"DEEP KNEE CLEARANCE AT LAVS. C. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICES FROM THE APPLICATION OFA 250 LB.POINT LOAD SHALL BE O ADA MOUNTING HEIGH NOTES SPACE SHALL BE 29"HIGH AT FRONT FACE OF LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. oui LAV.AND NOT LESS THAN 27"AT A POINT 8" ui BACK FROM THE FRONT EDGE. w 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF IBC AND ANSI A117.1. Z 2. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE DESIGN THAT ALL ITEMS SHOWN AT TYPICAL HEIGHTS BE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH D. TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OFA 250 LB.POINT LOAD,PLUS THE MAXIMUM m N MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LB.POINT LOAD,SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD .. , p PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 DISABILITIES. N 3. THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS CLEARANCES AND CONFIGURATIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE TYPICAL AND SHALL BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE z APPLY TO ALL INSTANCES OF THE ITEM SHOWN.THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER TYPICAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR THE MOUNTING OF ITEMS 164" 3" s" wIF MIN.9"H.TOE SPACE PROVIDED,A MAXOF 6" E. GRAB BARS AND WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO THEM SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. = DATE O1-08-2020 INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL TRADES. MMI MIN OF THE 48"CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REO'D AT EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 118' FIXTURE MAY EXTEND INTO TOE SPACE,AND NOTE:LAVS TO COMPLY WITH IBC 4. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON THIS SHEET MAY BE ILLUSTRATED BY OTHER 4,-0„ ~ ` MAX 19"CAN EXTEND UNDER LAV. SHEET N O. MIN SHEETS.REFER TO"INDEX OF DRAWINGS"FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTES: F. GRAB BAR LENGTHS INDICATED SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY MOUNTING CURVATURE,MINIMUM DIMENSIONS APPLY TO STRAIGHT 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN FIELD THAT EXISTING RESTROOMS FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES TO REMAIN COMPLY FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE NAND LENGTH OF BAR. _ cr WITH ADA MOUNTING HEIGHTS.IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES GC SHALL RELOCATE FIXTURES AND PATCH IMPACTED AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING PINCHING LBFOR LEVER O E THE WRIST. U FORCE REQUIRED TO OPERATE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBF LEVER OPERATED,PUSH-TYPE AREAS TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES, &ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE ACCEPTABLE EXAMPLES.SELF CLOSING w 6. FOR LOCATION OF ACCESSORIES REFER TO RESTROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS\OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS.PROVIDE w 2 7. FOR FIXTURES AND PLUMBING ACCESSORIES REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE. INSULATED BOOT AT ALL BELOW SINK FITTINGS. 5ml SHEET 8 OF 12 z 0milli z w N A a a� w 0 H 0 0 GERALD P. NOE H 2'S" 2'-8" 9 ARCHITECT 2X4 BLOCKING. H z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 COUNTERTOP= REFER TO COUNTERTOP SF-1 ,REFER TO u FINISH SCHEDULE. FINISH SCHEDULE. w ?� 314"PLYWOOD. 314'PLYWOOD. �,REFER TO FINISH x — — — WALL TILE 399 LUCERNE DRIVE T2 SCHEDULE. 2X4 BLOCKING. 0 SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 l #8 WAFER SCREW. #8 WAFER SCREW. I_ P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 20 GA SLOTTED MTL TRACK.ICC 20 GA SLOTTED MTL TRACK.ICC ESR-1042. ESR-1042. mail@gpnarcht.com = 248 SELF-DRILLING SCREWS. _ 248 SELF-DRILLING SCREWS. O � o w SLIDE-OUT KEYBOARD TRAY(OUTWATER w I WALL TILE(=,REFER TO FINISH W SCHEDULE. CHECKED BY: DKH � PLASTICS#CT12-PT) � W 00 SLIDE-OUT DRAWER. 2 518"CEMENT BOARD. = DRAWN BY: D K H o FRP Sf-2 ,REFER TO FINISH c SCHEDULE. FRP SF•2 REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. 5/8"WATER RESISTANT GYP BD. 518"WATER RESISTANT GYP BD. Z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF 5/8"CEMENT BOARD. W SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE VINYL COVE BASE. I I; VINYL COVE BASE. W ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED LIJ MTL TRACK. MTL TRACK. IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE Q< WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC w UPON DEMAND. STAGGERED UNO. STAGGERED UNO. J ICC ER-2388,ER-0546,ER-5330, ICC ER-2388,ER4546,ER-5330, Q COPYRIGHT 2020 ER-1372. ER-1372. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Z 6 MILLWORK DETAIL (CASH DRAWER) 7 MILLWORK DETAIL (DRAWER) Q SCALE: 1"= 1'-0" SCALE: 1"= 1'-0" o w w F o �tG OF FL LDP J o '� :` • 7 5 6 w A-5.2 A-5.2 V.22745'• z . :`A. CL SF-1 U .a�,a•,�.�. W SF-1 0 T2 0 SEE PLAN cc 14 01 0 O 00�00� D Do z COUNTERTOP SF-1 REFER TO Q FINISH SCHEDULE. fn T-2 z iv iv 3/4"PLYWOOD. O REVISIONS 2X4 BLOCKING. LLJ #8 WAFER SCREW. z 20 GA SLOTTED MTL TRACK.ICC z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY ESR-1042. 248 SELF-DRILLING SCREWS. (n w W w WALL TILE(=REFER TO FINISH } oSCHEDULE. w 5/8"CEMENT BOARD. Zo FRP SF-2 REFER TO FINISH U SCHEDULE. 5l8"WATER RESISTANT GYP BD. � POS COUNTER ELEVATION (CUSTOMER SIDE) POS CO�1 _0,TER ELEVATION (END) (�� -VINYL COVE BASE. Z FRANCHISEE NAME: 3 SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0" SCALE: 1J2" MTL TRACK. Q KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. 0 POWER DRIVEN PIN 16"OC Ln STAGGERED UNO. _ ICC ER-2388,ER-4546,ER-5330, ~ ER-1372. LL O W KEITH EDWARDS = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE nLL w JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 w E: 1" = 1'-0" Z) o PROJECT NAME: 0 z Q8556 I , ------------------------------------ o I I cr INTERIOR I zUP—FIT o 2 6 5 7 ui z 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD A-5.2 A-5.2 A-5.2 A-5.2 O_ ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 I I 3"GROMMETT FIELD VERIFY EXACT z z O LOCATION QUARTZ COUNTERTOP U SHEET TITLE: SF 1 REFER TO FINISH r�� SCHEDULE. POS DETAILS N 'NA-5.20 L L O ____— o m —-- 11-- _ cn — — —— - ———-- ———— — — —— ——J o z w AREA FOR PRINTER AND SAFE BELOW. p cV N 0 _ w C) OPEN w 10'-3y2° 2„ Er �sw rf m .01 I ' o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 3 DIM.PULLED FROM FACE z A-5.2 OF CEMENT BD. 3 5/8"MTL STUD WALL WITH 5/8"GYP BD FRP, SF 2 (SEE ELEVATION FOR FINISHES) REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. DATE 01-08-2020 10'-5y2" w SHEET NO. U Q 2 1 POS COUNTER ENLARGED PLAN POS COUNTER ELEVATION (EMPLOYEE SIDE) H SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0" 2 SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0' �■ ■ SHEET 9 OF 12 Z 0 z w A a �a w 0 H 0 GERALD P. NOE ARCHITECT Z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 O U W x 399 LUCERNE DRIVE ui o SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 F P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 Z mail@gpnarcht.com 0 U W W CHECKED BY: DKH DRAWN BY: DKH Z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF w SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE SEE ELECTRICAL w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED cr IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE 0 WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. P_2 U) IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT w UPON DEMAND. ARTWORK IF _1E �_ ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDOPYRIGHT 2020 U co U' Z 0 R ®OR o Q 0 0 � OPEN TO o w o BEYOND co T-1 O �Q'• Q Gj ;.'• Q EXISTING O ' STOREFRONT v 93745 TO REMAIN INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" p O (j) U INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=1' 0" 0 0 Z Q U) Z 0 Lu REVISIONS: Z Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY U' Fh w L t1 Z O U O T (D FRANCHISEE NAME: 0 KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. Ln _ LZ O W fr KEITH EDWARDS = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE w JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 U) 0 PROJECT NAME: C�, Q 8556 O � Zfl O P 2 o ARTWORK INTERIOR o OPEN TO UPizza UP-FIT BEYOND Z z 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD F 1 O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 T-1 0 O SHEET TITLE: J Q DIGITAL MENU BOARDS(SEE DETAILS) Q INTERIOR if ELEVATIONS w m i INTERIOR ELEVATION n �INT ERIOR ELEVATION o SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 2 NLE: 1/4 -1 0 Ill w ,d o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 J z DATE 01-08-2020 U F_ C) SHEET NO. U A� 5 Q w 2 F- 3 ■ SHEET 10 OF 12 3/4" PLYWOOD. z 0 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD, z REFER TO INTERIOR w ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH (P2). a a cfl �a 3-5/8" METAL STUDS. O BTM OF CLG. 0 GERALD P. NOE KITCHEN LOBBY ARCHITECT z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 - O U W x ui 399 LUCERNE DRIVE o SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 MENU BOARD MOUNT. �= P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 z Q o mail@gpnarcht.com 08'-3"+,/— _ „ U ZI w CHECKED BY: DKH w DRAWN BY: DKH FRP SF-2 REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. wTHIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE DIGITAL MENU BOARD. w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED cc IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. N IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT 5/8„ WATER RESISTANT J UPON DEMAND. GYP BD. d COPYRIGHT 2020 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED cD z Q c w w 2 BOX BEAM. 0 OF F O :. -v J CORNER PIECE. J o . w o7'-0 AFF z AR93745 .; 5/8 GYPSUM BOARD, ;SN REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH w CASED OPENING HEAD (P2). -0 S CAR TOPPER BY OWNER 3 _ o 0 fr 3 - 1 O 6 1'-2” (TYP.) z p_q4” X 8'-0" LONG o 25 GA METAL STRIPS ADHEREDz REVISIONS: 3/4' PLYWOOD. TO WALL AND PAINTED WHITE z z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY 8'-0" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD. o w 4'-0" PLUG MOLD (IDS WITH 10 LOCATIONS z FOR POWER 0U SPACED A MINIMUM 0 OF 6" APART BTM OF CLG. T) SUPPLIED BY — OWNER z FRANCHISEE NAME: KLE PIZZA II, LLC. KITCHEN _L 4 CAR TOPPER MOUNTING DETAIL FRP SF-2 , REFER TO o 1/4" = 1' -0" FINISH SCHEDULE. w KEITH EDWARDS F 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 MENU BOARD MOUNT. w D o PROJECT NAME: z w o Q vow 8556 �� w — — LOBBY o AFF ry SCHLUTER QUADEC TR-2 z INTERIOR REFER TSCHEDULED FINISH J—BOX. - UP-FIT z 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD lw O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 FRP SF-2 REFER TO loF 0 FINISH SCHEDULE. 5/8" WATER RESISTANT o 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP BOARD. J SHEET TITLE: GYPSUM BOARD DIGITAL MENU BOARD. U •P. 3-5/8" METAL STUDS M ISC . DETAILS 0 w J 5/8" CEMENT BOARD 3-5/8" METAL STUDS. 00 U) 0 a w w WALL TILET-t-t � - o PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 REFER TO FINISH — 5/8" CEMENT BOARD 3 z SCHEDULE. HLUTER QUADEC TR-2 Q DATE 01-08-2020 REFER TO FINISH WALL TILE SCHEDULE. REFER TO SCHEDULE. SHEET NO. T U Q SED OPENING JAMB ED OPENING WALL(KOA (j:��A.�0" ■ SHEET 11 OF 12 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Z Z w L c c A m m c c ,a m- is is �- co m c� c c�= c c a3c coc Oc Oc � c a� Q Lam. �- �v t - a� 0•- Z_ M Item Q m m rn ti �'a) 0 - m -a U_ �' m U- W m m u � a> L U_ u, (D F- v,LL k� No Qty Equipment Category Manufacturer Model Number Q Y z >° a 6 c a z w Q w U in U Q =W =Q 0 i a Q cN-n Q C�cN-n CCO �Q 04 1 1 Refrigerator,Pizza Prep Randell 84111 N 12.8 0.6 120 1 60 X 5-20P 8 O 2 1 Scale,Portion,Digital Doral Scale 7400 F 2.1 1 Easy Slicer,Manual Nemco N55200AN-6 2.2 1 Can Opener Edlund #1GERALD P. N O E O F 3 1 Refrigerator,Sandwich/Salad Prep Continental Refrigerator SW27-8 6.2 0.2 115 1 60 X 5-15P 7 1 1 1ARCHITECT 4 1 Display Case,Refrigerated Continental Refrigerator 1 RE-GD 6.9 0.2 120 1 60 X 5-15P 82.25 z 5 1 Table,Work Eagle Group/Metal Masters UT36120B O FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 U 6 1 Dough Roller Somerset CDR-500 6.8 0.5 115 1 60 X 5-15P w 7 1 Oven,Conveyor Middleby Marshall PS670G-2 20.0 208 1 60 X L6-20P 39 1.25 175 21 24'4 118" 20.0 208 1 60 X L6-20P 57 1.25 175 41 T-9"* 16'-7"* 399 LUCERNE DRIVE Z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 8 1 Hood System Halton Conveyor Oven Exhaust System-Type 1 3'-0 131-711 o P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 9 1 Custom Pizza Table Select Stainless Products 8MTC-36-L-CUSTOM 9a 1 SS Screen Catcher Box Select Stainless Products Custom NOTE: mail@gpnarcht.com O mail@gpnarcht.com 10 1 Maple Bakers Top(96"x 36") Michigan Maple ??? ISTING AND THE G.C.SHALL UTILIZE 11 1 Cutting Table Overshelf Select Stainless Products Custom FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES.ALL w OVED,CLEANED,REPAIRED,STORED& W CHECKED BY: D KH 13 1 Sink,Scullery,1 Compartment Universal Stainless 1N18 0.5 38.5 0.5 38.5 1.5 22 :INS ALLED FTE NEW FINISHES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. _ 13a 1 Faucet,Wall Mount Krowne Metal 14-801 L EX "A" "B" I � TANKLESS DRAWN BY: D KH _ 31 a F 13b 1 Drain Lever Handle Krowne Metal 22-304 WATER HEATER(SEE PLUMBING) 14 1 Safe McGunn QD1613P COORD.W/VENDOR XC-2-5a--) SIG q CLEAR LY STATING THAT SMOKING IS PROHIBITED F 4 226 ~ Z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF 15 2 Heat Lamp/Infrared Strip Eagle Group/Metal Masters RHHL-48-208 4.1 0.8 208 1 60 X1 I HALL BE CO SPIC JOUSLY POSTED BY THE BUILDING w SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE 15a 2 warmer,Food Overhead Hatco GRA-42 5.6 0.7 120 1 6o x WN R,AGE T,0 ERATOR,PERSON IN CHARGE OR �� 44-b W ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED Rol,RIEI UK ATEA H ENTRANCE OR IN A POSITION CLEARLY 18 1 Mixer,Floor Hobart US Foodservice HL600 Y EITHER NO SMOKING ORT `V - - - -J o[ IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE 16 1 Ex.Walk-in Cooler T.B.D. Custom Y INTO THE BUILDING.ACCEPTABLE LE `D REPLACE EXISTING GREASE INTERCEPTOR Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. < IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT 19 1 Table,Work Eagle Group/Metal Masters T3084E W/2 Drawers ITE ATION "N SMOKING SYMBOL(CONSISTING OF A 26 EXISTING 3 COMPARTMENT SINK (n UPON DEMAND. 20 1 Freezer Kelvinator KFS220LH 6.2 0.2 115 1 60 X 5-15P 7 ICT 2 ISTING WALK ALL RIGHTS RESERVED RIAL R PRES NTATION OF A BURNING CIGARETTE SET 24a a COPYRIGHT 2020 l 21 6 Bun Sheet Pack Rack Kelmax ARE25-182.5 NCL SED I ARE CIRCLE WITH A RED BAR ACROSS IT). OLER - 22 4 Rack,Dunnage Cambro DRS480480 105 O 22a 2 Rack,Dunnage Cambro DRS36480 21 Z 23 1 Table,Work Eagle Group/Metal Masters T2460E Q 24a 1 Wire Shelving,Epoxy Coated Advance Tabco EG-2448 ACTION AREAS MUST MEET THE � HE ACCESSIBILITY CODE WITH A 21 2148 22 24b 1 Wire Shelving,Epoxy Coated Advance Tabco EG-2436 w 9 p y NSACTION COUNTER CONSTRUCTED ( 16 o EXISTING HAND SINK W 25 1 Shelving,Wire Metro 1848NC TH I SECTION OF HE COUNTER HAVING A MAXIMUM _ 25a 5 Shelving,Wire Metro 2448NC :IGH OF 34"FOR MINIMUM LENGTH OF 36".IT IS 21 26 2148 22 DIAGONALLY HATCHED co LL 26 3 Walk-in Shelving W/Casters SSP,Inc. Custom :CON MENDED THA T THIS ISSUE IS DISCUSSED WITH THE13 WALLS ARE EXISTING O OF Ft 27 6 Shelf,Wall Mount TBD 16x48 SS Wall Shelf PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND/OR 21 13a AND SHALL REMAIN j 28 1 Display Case,Refrigerated True Manufacturing Co.,Inc. GDM-43-LD 7.7 0.9 115 1 60X 5-15P EXIS ING WALK-IN COOLER J 28a 1 Display Case,Refrigerated True Manufacturing Co.,Inc. GDM-23-LD 5.2 0.6 0.3 115 1 60 X 5-15P ' FLO 36 29 1 Menu Board&Illuminated Logo Howard Co Menu Boards&Illuminated Logo COORD.W/VENDOR X I 6'-4" 6-5" E W Ci 30f 5 Furniture By Others 4'-0"Bench Seat 27 GTE- Cz L INSULATE ALL FURRED OUT WALLS 5 ' 31 1 Wall Hung Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher Per Code Larsens 5 Lb. rHATRE INST INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR MASONRY 1 I v ARg374531a 1 Wall Hung Dry Chemical fire Extinguisher Per Code Larsens Type K ALLS.CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INSULATE ALL ........33 1 Tankless Water Heater Nortiz See Plumbing ALLS ND CEILINGS. ffl KITCHEN 2.2 E(� 35 1 Trash Can Trash Can I 102 p 36 1 Dual-Housing Water Treatment System With Drop-irl Optipure FX11+CR27 I I O U 41 4 Computer Equipment By Vendor Receipt Printer COORD.W/VENDOR IXI ALL KI$G/ KING NOTE: I I I 42 1 Computer Equipment By Vendor Report Printer COORD.W/VENDOR x .L W LLS WI H SH LVING IN THE KITCHEN AREA AS WELL - - 19 Q Q ' o 43 5 Computer Equipment By Vendor Phone COORD.W/VENDOR x S AN WALL WITHA WALL MOUNTED T.V.AND ANY I I I Q 44 1 Computer Equipment By Owner TV(Wall Mounted) COORD.W/VENDOR x TH A MOUNTED FIXTURE SHALL HAVE I I U) ING.(U.N.O.) I z 54 8 Computer Equipment By Vendor POS/Computer COORD.W/VENDOR X 27 ' _T 7 - o O B I I I 25a 21 z REVISIONS: UTSECUREIMENSIONAL NOTE: I I I OR&ROOF D ~ EXISTING DIMENSION TO BE FIELD VERIFIED- I z LL DIMENSIONS PULLED FROM EXISTING BUILDING I I TURE ABOVE z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION By /ALLS ARE FROM THE FACE EXISTING MATERIAL. I I I N 27 I I I o a 25a } ONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL EXTERIOR DOORS 1 - z VD ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT WITH THE SUITE i i 44 O JMBER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL 2= i i i I 54 ®� O I 43 F_ JILDING CODE. 23 27 i I- - - 41 N r 54 ® z_ FRANCHISEE NAME: 1CTILE SIGNAGE: I i ns o o �_ 43 tOVIDE EXIT TACTILE SIGNAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ( rn TY E I OOD o KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. TA-101:7.10.1.3,FFPC,5TH EDITION AND ANSI Al 17.1,2009 O )ITION. LD 27 I 25a I=- LIL54 0 ALL BRACING NOTE: I w KEITH EDWARDS L FULL HEIGHT WALLS(OVER 6'IN HEIGHT)SHALL BE _ I © = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE WALK-IN COOLER NOTES: ACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A-1.1 w JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 ALIGN W/EXISTING WALL EXISTING SHELVING ABOVE Drawing No.KFX8-0814-CR 35 ---- ------ ------ 22 PROJECT NAME: Compartment Walk-In Cooler IT- 22 N N o 4 12'-71/8" Q 8556 System Model: PC99MOP2E (208-230/1/60)w/AM26-117-1 EC-PR-4 z 0 S stem 1 CAR TOPPERS y Walk In Dimensions SEE4/A-t��NICE AREA o F INTERIOR Ir TOPPER MOUNTING DETAIL "' 8 101 n - SD z Length Width Height �I M N �r Interior Dimensions(inches) 85 154.5 98.25 TELE./DII��iW46A BOARD O 2 0PiZZO UP-FIT A-5.3 o 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD ® I I ® I I�� M O ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 Total Internal Volume in CubicFeet 747 �, z all , EXISTING 1 HR.-FIRE BARRIER FINISHED AS SPECIFIED. ALL qiR �_ __ ___ I�� `� RefrigerantType: R404A PENETRATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL DETAILS. _- - ---- -=- o RefrigerantClassification: Al THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY LABEL EACH SIDE `D O 10-3 8W1/a U SHEET TITLE: Per building code,amount of refrigerant(R448A) OF THE DEMISING WALL ABOVE THE CEILINGS W/2"HIGH J allowed per occupied space is 31.0 LETTERS AND SPACED EVERY 12'-0".THE FOLLOWING I SEE ENLARGED PLAN& M WORDING IS RECOMMENDED"1 HOUR FIRE AND SMOKE /r DETAILS ON A-5.2 D 24.0 lbs. Per 1000 cuff BARRIER PROTECT ALL OPENINGS" I 104 III I 1 Q EQUIPMENT X= amount of refrigerant allowed(before X _ 31 I 3 11103 I A-5.3 Ir leak detection system is required)forthis 747 - 1000 - I 3 I MD o - - I A-5.3 WAITING AREA M w PLAN size walk-in would be: J \ 14V-5. 5/ X = (Max charge w/o leakdetectorreq'd. 23.1 l i \ � - NEW DOOR&&6AME IN EXISTING OPENING A-5.3 28 p SCHEDULE 31 0 W Amount of charge insystem: 6.9 I o I w Refrigerant DetectorRequired: FF NOo PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 Z 101 s� J Q DATE 01-08-2020 EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN J 1«F HERWISE) EQUIPMENT PLAN (UNLESS NOTED OTL SHEET NO. 1o SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" Q W F ■ SHEET 12 OF 12 0 E n. z W A a y &, o Bulletin No., 5663 , a GERALD P. NOE ' .�� E �; , .tlf:� � ARCHITECT gin,• � z FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 e., �- y t" o'er C"r,.''": cw me'ro pizza,0-'mu' F s ^� � 4fA 399 LUCERNE DRIVE , z SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 . " :, �- P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 ....,. n , :.a ".,. >'.. ,{:..6a' f 7.rg:" €z ;„,-sea " x:".. ffi• -� .:H,..i "'"vu 1,s v Ab u l .: #.�"� ,: ✓8`th,x`.�'". F iu�i..E'.+:y€. �f r ".. .. , ° mail@gpnarcht.com y @9p m g.. _ o, '� .. - &�' � r ,:.%t§ ,��. - ai', . '' .�'33.` -.sg.t O a X =Iasi a $ � s " " „ wra � � � .Iwoafiif 3 � 64 � � � ��, i .� � CHECKED DKH s; �, �T � "c� .�� . �� ,� ;,. m DRAWN BY: DKH G p .s a. `E:. :g' *'a`P+a ." '€ :f".;m`u e�fz :..$ x< :'A 0k p fixe t aft o rx'x Trig, x' 1 a ";� • (� :,- :':$: F .7 <: w !' 'fi3 *`«. .$.«iA'3..x<. .i'fi S..,x'" "4«x'6 1�;''..l.v+' �,Py»`"'po ax , •s r W THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF C SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE ,s r'4.:. r �: €E.::€. ,5 -: 'Y:�«�A I t4 �&"Wier .'. '�� G E Fi , : a .,E,, ,.,r " „a ., „ , x °„ w ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED w rksC-, '$ �.....a" a +c, i`; .,$.." s,,e:,,>:: .„"&„fl . ' ; a ..� ' d: ” m IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE 46 nwrki�a' t , z''.. ?. 1 .�,.<' '' �.,� x "$ Q WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. € = ( IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT �� w ,�•. UPON DEMAND , . :a #' t ,a� as z _ m&-Vli3QC` iia : $ a4.i a '� "o 'a��:a'yg'c;as '& 'n .__ 'Y .,. a a COPYRIGHT 2020 " 0%.6hi,16 70 v ,1 7_ k ,, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED P*aw Daw ' d `® - ` I , tv - " z 3 Q cr ° w OF o ,�p. CJS U) LDA �r z z ra g ED 0 w Hamonn, fel i r,� �..a. a ." : 0 (r 0 ° z Q U z 0 W REVISIONS: w Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY — . W ° ¢ a ., O 'I 0 a>.. (n ,. z FRANCHISEE NAME: ° fr KLE PIZZA 11, LLC. U) Tq LL: F „« € 0 cr KEITH EDWARDS = 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE F JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 w fr o PROJECT NAME: Q - 8556 z Q z too 000 U) INTERIOR Pj UP—FIT z 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD 0 ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 h 0 z O SHEET TITLE: J Q Q HOOD FIRE U Ir J SUPPRESSION 0] cn 0 DETAILS z 0 1�k W cr " W m t O PROJECT NUMBER 19-A229 DISCLAIMER =U DATE 01-08-2020 ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT (HALTON / VENT TECH) DRAWINGS WERE DESIGNED AND PROVIDED w SHEET NO. w BY A THIRD PARTY AND ARE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. GPN / GERALD P. NOE, ARCHITECT OR OUR CONSULTANTS ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR Ir DESIGN AND DESIGN INTENT OF THE KITCHEN HOODS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. z Q ,. 8 INSTALLATION OF ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT = Mori DESIGNER AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. A� 6 ■ 1 SHEET 12 OF 12 (� F PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 220000 - PLUMBING GENERAL CONDITION 2. Submittals are reviewed only for general compliance with the Contract 1. Indicate the proposed locations of conduits, equipment, and materials. PART 3 EXECUTION B. Fixed Height Pipe Stands: Polycarbonate resin bases; 1-1/2-Inch Nominal PART 1 GENERAL Documents. Dimensions, quantities and details are not checked during Include the following: 3.01 EXAMINATION Pipe: "U"-shaped cradle; 1-1/2 inch ID maximum pipe capacity, 1-9/10 inch 1.01 SUMMARY submittal review. Review of the submittals does not relieve the a. Clearances required for maintaining Code required working space. A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. OD maximum pipe capacity, 1-1/2 inch additional height per spacer, A. This section supplements all sections of the Specifications for Division 22 Contractor of the responsibility for providing all materials, equipment and b. Equipment connections and support details. B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities and construction that remains and maximum 3 spacers; total load u to 80 Ib; 6 b 6 inch base Model 1.5 ; 10 and shall apply to all phases of work hereinafter specified, accessories necessary for a complete and operational system meeting C. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. protect from damage. p p y ( ) 3-Inch Nominal Pipe: Self-lubricating polycarbonate roller supported by glass O shown on the Contract Documents, or required to provide a the requirements of the project and the intent of the Contract d. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. 3.02 TRENCHING v; complete installation of approved plumbing systems. Documents. The responsibility for coordination of substituted materials e. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. A. Notify Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected filled nylon roller rod in "U"-shaped cradle; 3 inch ID maximum pipe capacity, z MRI B. The Drawings, General Conditions and General Provisions of the Contract and equipment lies sole) with the substituting Contractor. f. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large work in area until notified to resume work. 3-7/8 inch OD maximum pipe capacity, 2 inch additional pipe clearance per 0 Y 9 9P 9 9 rn apply to this Section and the other Sections of Division 22 of the 3. Approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors on equipment into the building during construction. B. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet to angle of repose or less spacer, maximum 3 spacers; total load up to 100 Ib; 7-1/2 by 7-1/2 inch Z specifications. Where conflicts arise between these documents, the more the shop drawings. g. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations until shored. base (Model 3-R-2 or 3-R-4); 4-Inch Nominal Pipe: Self-lubricating w stringent provision will be applicable, subject to the interpretation of the 4. If the shop drawings deviate from the contract documents, the in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. polycarbonate roller supported by glass filled nylon rod; 4 inch maximum pipe A Engineer. Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the deviations in writing penetrations and installations. D. Cut trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. capacity, 5 inch OD maximum pipe capacity, total load up to 125 Ib; 7-1/2 a C. Furnish all labor, material, services, and skilled supervision necessary for accompanying the shop drawings, including the reasons for the 3.03 EXAMINATION E. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter. by 7-1/2 inch base (Model 4-R); 5-Inch Nominal Pipe: Self-lubricating the construction, erection, installation, connections, testing, and deviations. A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on the Drawings. F. Remove large stones and other hard matter which could damage piping or polycarbonate roller supported by glass filled nylon rod; 5 inch maximum pipe .11 adjustment of all materials and plumbing equipment specified herein, or B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag B. Verify all pipe locations and sizes in field prior to fabrication or installation. impede consistent backfilling or compaction. capacity, 6 inch OD maximum pipe capacity, total load up to 150 Ib; 9 by f shown or noted on the Drawings, and its delivery to the Owner, complete numbering. C. Verify all equipment locations in field prior to installation. Coordinate final G. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cu yd measured by 15-1/2 inch base (Model 5-R). in all respects and ready for use. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions and spare locations with all trades. volume. C. Strut-Type Supports: Single base with two threaded rods supporting hot GERALD P . N 0 E D. Products furnished but not installed under this section: parts lists. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS H. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. dipped galvanized horizontal channel strut; Size: 12 inch strut 1-5/8 by � 1. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by this D. Maintenance Data: Include assembly drawings, bearing data including A. Install all pipe, equipment, and accessories to preserve fire resistance rating I. Stockpile excavated material to be re-used in area designated on site. ARCHITECT 13/16 inch, pipe clearance variable up to 7 inch (Model 12 Base Strut); Size: I Contractor for installation by other Contractors, this Contractor shall replacement sizes, and lubrication instructions. of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR UTILITY PLACEMENT 16 inch strut 1-5/8 by 13/16 inch, pipe clearance variable up to 7 inch a furnish all such equipment, complete in all respects and ready for 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill 0 FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 p y p g 9 yy y 9 (Model 16 Base Strut); Base: Polycarbonate resin; total load up to 125 Ib; N installation. A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the A. Provide tests as necessary to establish the adequacy, qualit , safety, with eneral fill. v 2. Drawings, instructions, and manuals supplied with equipment Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. completed status, and suitable operation of each system. Tests shall be B. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for 7-1/2 by 10 inch or 9 by 15-1/8 inch base. furnished under Division 22, but installed under other Divisions shall B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this conducted under the supervision of the Architect. subsequent fill material. 2.03 ACCESSORIES be carefully preserved and turned over to the installing Contractor. section with minimum five years experience. approved by manufacturer. B. Install all equipment, devices, pipe, and materials securely and in a neat and C. Until ready to backfill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling A. Support Pads: 15-3/4 by 19-3/4 inch square, 1/8 inch thick, flexible PVC o 399 LUCERNE DRIVE E. Products installed but not furnished under this section: C. Products: workmanlike manner in accordance with all applicable standards and codes. into excavation. with carbon black additive for UV stabilization. v SPARTANBURG SC 29302 1. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by 1. Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the C. Install all equipment, pipe, and materials plumb and level and align and adjust 3.04 BACKFILLING B. Deck Plates: Square metal deck plate with curved up edges, to spread load W ' others, this Contractor shall provide all rough-in and supplies and purpose specified and indicated. for satisfactory operation. A. Fill up to finish grade or slab elevations unless otherwise indicated. and protect roof membrane; Thickness: 18 gauge; Material: Hot dip H P: 864.583.2215 F. 864.583.2265 shall connect such equipment to the plumbing systems. 2. Listed and classified by the local Department of Buildings and furnished D. Install all equipment, pipe, and materials in accordance with the B. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not galvanized; Size: 12 x 12 inch square; total load up to 200 Ib (Model DP-12); mail@gpnarcht.com 2. Drawings, instructions, and manuals supplied with equipment with an acceptance number, where applicable. manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. exceeding 8 inches compacted depth. Size: 18 x 18 inch square; total load up to 400 Ib (Model DP-18); Size: 24 Z gp furnished under separate Divisions but installed under Division 22 3. Listed and classified b the Landlord's and/or Owner's insurance carrier, E. Inspect all equipment, pipe, and materials for defects. C. Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 0 shall be careful) reserved and turned over to the Architect. Y / p P q Y 9 x 24 inch square; total load up to 800 Ib (Model DP-24). F- Y P where applicable. 3.06 ERECTION 8 inches compacted depth. C. Rollers: Roller 3: 3 inch sturdy polycarbonate roller, shaft 5/8 inches, end 0 1.02 DEFINITIONS D. All equipment and com components shall be free of all rust corrosion or an A. Rigging: D. Sloe rade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 ft, unless noted Z CHECKED BY: MMS P / Y 99 9 P 9 Y 9 diameter 1-7/8 inches. Roller surface has a 3 inch radius arch. Maximum 0 A. "Work" is hereby defined as, "The construction and services required by visible damage. All items not complying with this requirement shall be replaced 1. The Plumbing Contractor shall arrange for all labor and equipment otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. load cap acitY may polycarbonatenot exceed 150 lbs; Roller 5: 5 inch sturdy 0 DRAWN BY: CLS the Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and without any change in the Contract amount. required for the proper installation of the plumbing equipment in the E. Thrust bearing surfaces: Fill with concrete. w includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be roller, shaft 5/8 inches, end diameter 2-7/16 inches. Roller surface has a 5 cn P E. Equipment performance and accessories shall be as scheduled on the Drawings locations indicated on the Drawings. Where crane rental or other erection F. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated: Under paving, LIJ provided b the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The work and specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not prerequisite to is required, such costs shall be included in the Plumbing Contract, slabs-on-grade, and similar construction: 97 percent of maximum dr inch radius arch. Maximum load capacity may not exceed 150 lbs. _ P Y 9 P P q q 9 9 P Y I- may constitute the whole or a part of the project." inclusion in the Contract. Equipment and accessories specified in either unless specific arrangements are made with the General Contractor to density, At other locations: 95 percent of maximum dry density. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION = THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF B. "Furnish" is herebydefined as, "To supply and deliver, unload, and inspect location shall be included in the Contract. Provide all necessary accessories cover these costs. 3.05 BEDDING AND FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS ~ SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE PP Y P A. Determine that roof structure, roof insulation, and roof membrane are 3 for damage." and connections as required for a complete, functional system, including all B. Supplemental Framing: A. Use general fill unless otherwise specified or indicated. ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED 9 structurally adequate to support weight of pipe, duct, conduit, and supports � required components reasonably inferred to as necessary although such 1. Provide the design, fabrication, and erection of supplementary structural B. Utility Piping, Conduits, and Duct Bank: Bedding: Use granular fill; Cover with Z C. "Install" is hereby defined as, "To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, and hangers. w IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE components may or may not be specifically indicated in the Contract framing required for attachment of hangers or other devices supporting general fill; Fill up to finish grade elevation; Compact in maximum 8 inch lifts finish, cure, protect, clean, connect, and place into operation into the B. Install supports and hangers in accordance with manufacturer's M WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. Documents. plumbing equipment. Provide framing members of standard rolled steel to 95 percent of maximum dry density. w work." recommendations. w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON „ F. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting shapes, A-36 steel. Provide members welded to structural members C. Over Subdrainage Piping at Foundation Perimeter and Under Slabs: Drainage W D. "Provide is hereby defined as, To furnish and install.' requirements of this section. equal to the specification for the main structural member. Provide fill and geotextile fabric; Cover drainage fill with general fill; Fill up to finish C Install supports at maximum spacing of 10 feet unless closer spacing is a DEMAND. E. "Connect is hereby defined as, "To bring service to the equipment and G. Fill Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on actual materials "simple beam" type framing with end connections welded or bolted for grade elevation; Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. required due to weight of pipe or conduit contents or greater spacing is In make final attachment including necessary switches, outlets, boxes, used; Compaction Density Test Reports. shear loads. Use cantilevers when detailed or specifically approved by 3.06 TOLERANCES specifically allowed by manufacturer; space and adjust to support an equal w COPYRIGHT 2019 terminations, etc." 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer's approval is required for A. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 1 inch from required amount of weight; do not exceed manufacturer's recommended load limits. CL ALL RIGHTS RESERVED F. "Concealed" is hereby defined as, "Hidden from sight in chases, furred A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. location of supplementary framing. Use only certified welders. Design elevations. D. Remove roofing aggregate from area 2 inches larger than support base; M spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl spaces, B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. framing members for their actual loads, with allowable stresses specified B. Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from comply with roofing manufacturers requirements to maintain roofing warranty. cn or buried." C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in by AISC, without excessive deflection and with consideration for rigidity required elevations. E. Install an additional sheet of roofing material, support pad, or deck plate z "W_W=_ lace until installation. under vibration, in accordance with standard structural practices. Show 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL beneath each support base. 3r I I 11 G. "Exposed" is hereby defined as, "Not installed underground nor concealed P as defined by the Specifications." D. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining on shop drawing supplementary framing, including design loads, member A. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM F. Support Pads: Remove rock, aggregate, dirt and excess dust from area to be p D1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922, or ASTM D3017. covered by pad; Apply support pad on cleaned area; Center bases on top of a 1 lir� of I H. "Drawings" is hereby defined as, "All plans, details, equipment schedules, factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor size and location. storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. 3.07 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND PIERCING B. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing support pads. ENGINEERINGV) TEETER diagrams, sketches, etc. issued for the construction of the work." E. Equipment: Protect equipment from h physical damage b storing off site until A. Cutting o uncom acted material in accordance with ASTM D 698 "standard Proctor"), G. Deck Plates: Required for loads greater than 100 pounds per support; Locate L1J RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION.EXCELLENCE P Ys 9 Y 9 u g f openings and installation of sleeves or frames through walls and p ( ) _ 1. Subgrade Elevations: 4 inches below finish grade elevations indicated on centered under bases of pipe supports and hangers; Remove rock, aggregate, 1- 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 the project is ready for immediate installation. Provide temporary caps on all surfaces shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner. Openings shall be cut ASTM D 1557 ( modified Proctor"), or AASHTO T 180. 704.376.2999 • WWt TEGPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM drawings, unless otherwise indicated. dirt and excess dust from an area 2 inches larger than deck plate; Install � pipes to prevent debris from entering the pipe. only as large as required for the installation; sleeves and/or frames installed C. If tests indicate work does not meets specified requirements, remove work, 9 P L TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHTANDALL J. Finish Grade Elevations: 4 inches above subgrade elevations indicated on Y 9 q / P q with curved edges U . 0 OT H ER PROPERTY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN 1.10 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE9 P drawings, unless otherwise indicated. flush with finished surfaces and routed in lace. Surfaces around openings re lace and retest. CONCEPTS,DETAILS,RAND IDEAS.THESEEPRODUCED, DOCUMENTS,SPECS,IN W,OLE ORIONCEPTS,DETAli,AND 9 PP W IDEAS SMALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,ftEViSED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY 9 A. Additional warrant and guarantee terms in excess of this requirement are H. Pipe Supports: Center beneath pipe so that pipe is located squarely over and Y 9 q shall be left smooth and finished to match surrounding surface. 3.08 CLEAN-UP = REDISTRIBUTE TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS 9 ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMEN15ARE through cradle or hanger. Set pipe In SU art without dropping or CaU51nQ SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANDAREINTENDED FORARCHIVEAND specified within the individual sections of Division 22. B. Obtain written permission of the Architect En sneer before cutting or piercing A. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile. 9 g P p PP pp 9 RECORD PURPOSESONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLEORINPART A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, Electrical P / 9 9 P 9 undue impact. B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters and structural members. Use craftsmen skilled in their respective trades for B. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. P >-! WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. Code, Fire Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy Code, and all P I. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed b the roofing packaged water heating systems. Grade stock Ile area to revent standin surface water. 9 P Y 9 z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. other applicable codes, amendments, and ordinances. Also perform all cutting, fitting, repairing, patching of plaster, and finishing of materials P• P 9 0 C. Provide one year manufacturer warranty for pumps. includingcarpentry work, metal work or concrete work required for this work. C. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. This FLORIDA COA#26380 work in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and PART 2 PRODUCTS p y q Contractor shall contract with the factor authorized roofing contractor for L'-1 >4►►>a��►� the Authority Having Jurisdiction AHJ including Fire Marshal(s). C. Do not weaken walls, partitions, or floors with cutting. Holes required to be surface water. Y 9 0 0 ��1 Y 9 ( ) 92.01 SUBSTITUTIONS cut in floors must be drilled without breaking out around the holes. The END OF SECTION the specific roofing system applicable to this project. The use of an Z ..0"`C,rAAEIL, SC�,,,� B. Perform work in accordance with Landlord requirements, including any A. The manufacturers listed are listed to set minimum standards for quality, unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the < ....applicable. �G E N S 4 ,� PP design, and functionality. The products of other manufacturers may be SECTION 220516 - EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING penetration systems at this Contractors expense. a- . `.••�„ •'• � . C. Perform work in accordance with thea applicable utility companies serving requirements. • PP Y P g submitted, at the Contractors option, during shop drawing review unless PART 1 GENERAL 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 0 No 42283 ;. the project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper D. The Plumbing Contractor is responsible for patching of all openings resulting 0 .. P 1 9 Y P P P indicated otherwise. The products of other manufacturers shall meet or exceed 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. After system startup, correct any deficiencies that arise, including but not coordination of the work. from the installation or removal of plumbing equipment or materials. w � *:• :'�' all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor accepts all E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to A. Flexible pipe connectors; Pipe loops, offsets, and swing joints. limited to, improper location or position, improper seating or level on the roof, 0 D. Recognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of res onsibilit for costs and coordination issues arising out of the substitution p y p q PART 2 PRODUCTS lack of roof ads or deck lates, inade inadequate o eration, and as directed b 0 responsibility 9 prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. P P q P Y v �`4' '!r installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the of materials or equipment, and the coordination of such substitutions with all p J 2.01 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - COPPER PIPING Engineer. re uirements of these Specifications shall conform to the latest F. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials 9 � �'�', STATE OF 441- requirements P other contractors and subcontractors. matching ,existing materials and experienced Subcontractors. A. Manufacturer: Mercer Rubber Company Metraflex Company. END OF SECTION o :�O ,t, 14-Z' publications or standard rules of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. U.L. g g P . 4 • American Society for Testing and Ma TM American National)I PART 3 EXECUTION G. Fire and Smoke Partition Penetrations: The Contractor shall familiarize himself B. Inner Hose: Bronze; Exterior Sleeve: Braided bronze; Pressure Rating: 125 psi - Z 'r04 ;• C?R�l•b.•' �`.` y g Materials (ASTM), 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK with all fire rated construction and install his work so as to maintain the and 450 degrees F; Joint: As specified for pipe joints; Size: Use pipe sized SECTION 220548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND a �� I&/ 1p Standards Institute (ANSI), and National Electrical Code (NEC). A. Examine the Contract Documents as a whole for the work of other trades. integrity of the fire code rating. Maintain rating of fire rated and smoke units; Maximum offset: 1 inch on each side of installed center line; EQUIPMENT cn ,,;�,, N A -> _-t% 01/08/2020 E. The Contract Documents shall take precedence where the Contract Coordinate all work accordingly. rated construction. Seal annular space around conduits For fire and smoke Application: Copper piping. PART 1 GENERAL z0 Documents exceed code, Landlord, utility, or recognized standards B. Work lines and established heights shall be in strict accordance with 2.02 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - STEEL PIPING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES REVISIONS: y g 9 rated floors, walls and partitions, use UL listed material that maintains fire z requirements. architectural drawings and specifications insofar as these drawings and rated wall and floor integrity. A. Manufacturer: Mercer Rubber Company Metraflex Company. A. Concrete housekeeping pads; Vibration isolators; Seismic restraints. Z Ld 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES specifications extend. Verify all dimensions shown and establish all elevations 3.08 CLEANING AND REPAIR B. Inner Hose: Pressure Rating: 125 psi and 450 degrees F; Joint: As specified PART 2 PRODUCTS z plumbing P A. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the and detailed dimensions not shown. A. Clean lumbin arts to remove harmful materials. for pipe joints; Size: Use pipe sized units; Maximum offset: 1 inch on each 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY work under this Contract shall be obtained by the Contractor at his C. Promptly report to the Architect any delay or difficulties encountered in the B. Clean exposed surfaces of all pipe, equipment, and accessories of all dirt, side of installed center line; Application: Steel piping. A. Isolation Technology, Inc.; Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.; Mason Industries. 0 expense, unless otherwise indicated. installation of the work, which might prevent prompt and proper installation, PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 2.02 BASES (n B. All fees and schedulingassociated with obtaining an accurate water flow or make it unsuitable to connect with or receive the work of others. Failure debris, splatter, and other deleterious materials. Follow the manufacturer's A. Concrete Housekeeping Pad: Construction: Concrete as specified for flooring; LIJ 0 g recommendations for cleaning as applicable. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. P 9 P g; o test shall be at the Contractor's expense. to so report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of other trades as C. Repair or replace damaged pipe, equipment, and accessories, as directed by B. Install in accordance with EJMA (Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association) Design: 4" high above the surrounding finished flooring and 4" greater in w 1.05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS being fit and proper for the execution of this work. Standards. dimension that the equipment supported, or greater if detailed on the Ld and to the satisfaction of the Architect, where marring or disfigurement has A. The Contractor is responsible to obtain, fully understand, and coordinate D. Plan, lay out, and coordinate the work with all trades well enough in advance C. Install flexible i e connectors on i es connected to vibration isolated Drawings or when indicated. occurred. All pipe, equipment, and accessories shall be new. PiP pipes o the work with the complete set of Contract Documents. Any required so that it proceeds with a minimum of interference to work that has not 3.09 TESTING AND INSPECTION equipment.a ui ment. Provide line size flexible connectors. 2.03 VIBRATION ISOLATORS 0 corrections, including all associated costs, arising from issues caused by been completed and work that is in progress. Inform all trades of openings D. Install flexible connectors at right angles to displacement. Install one end A. Restrained Open Spring Isolators: Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal 0 A. Upon completion, the entire system shall be tested under operating conditions. 9 9 P � the Contractor's failure to understand and/or coordinate the work with required for the work and provide all special frames, sleeves, and anchor bolts immediate) adjacent to isolated equipment and anchor other end. Install in to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 / 1. All equipment shall be tested under service conditions and proven to Y J � the complete set of Contract Documents are the Contractor's sole required. The fire suppression system layout may be altered to suit the horizontal lane unless indicated otherwise. of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity, Spring - P operate properly and noiselessly. P conditions, prior to the installation of any work and without additional cost to E. Anchor pipe to buildin structure where indicated and as re uired to control Mounts: Provide with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene 0 responsibility. 2. All additional tests as required throughout this Specification shall be PiP 9 q z FRANCHISEE NAME: B. Work under these sections is diagrammatic unless indicated otherwise and the Owner. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this detrimental movement of piping. Provide pipe guides so movement is directed sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware; Sound Pads: Size for 9 completed with results reported back to the Architect/Engineer for P P 9• P P 9 3 is intended to convey the scope of work and indicate the general Contractor's responsibility. along axis of pipe only. Erect piping such that strain and weight is not on minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad < Y P 9 review. 9 P P Y P P 9 9 arrangement ofpiping, e ui equipment, and accessories. Follow these drawings E. Wherever pipe runs in or above ceilings or walls, the Contractor shall arrange connections or apparatus. isolators; Restraint: Provide heavy mounting frame and limit stops; For o 9 q P 9 B. Operate all equipment, after installation and connection. Inspect for improper PP KBE PIZZA, 11, LLC. in laying out the work and verify spaces for the installation of these the run of pipe in such a manner that it does not interfere with grilles, F. Provide support and equipment re uired to control expansion and contraction Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene (n Y 9 Y P connections and operation and correct deficiencies as required. PPq P materials and equipment. Wherever a question exists as to the exact diffusers, outlet boxes, luminaires, or other ceiling mounted items. of piping. Provide loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, or roved expansion coated springs. = q C. Inspection: P P 9 P P P 9 J PP P (- intended location of pipe, sprinklers, or equipment, obtain instructions F. Install systems, materials and equipment to provide for maximum headroom, joints where required. B. Spring Hanger: Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent P P P1. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain certificates of J q L from the Architect before proceeding with the work. where no ceiling height is established or indicated on the Drawings. Maintain G. Contractor may substitute grooved piping for vibration isolated equipment vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum P 9 inspection and approval from all City and State Authorities Having Y 9 P P 9o C. Notify the Architect En (neer for resolution if a discrepancy is discovered access to equipment requiring service when selecting mounting elevations. instead of flexible connectors. Grooved piping need not be anchored. deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity, Housings: Incorporate LIJ Y / 9 P Y Jurisdiction. P P 9 0- within the Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to notifythe G. Install systems, materials and equipment level and plumb, parallel and END OF SECTION neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators or w 3.10 PROJECT CLOSEOUT z KEITH EDWARDS perpendicular to building lines where exposed to view, unless otherwise rubber hanger with threaded insert; Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree I- Arch itect/Engin eer of discrepancies shall result in the resolution becoming A. Project Record Documents: At project closeout, provide one printed copy and 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE indicated. SECTION 220519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING hanger rod misalignment; For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized w the Contractor's responsibility and subject to the Architect/Engineer's one electronic copy of project record drawings to the Owner. Information housings and neoprene coated springs. V) JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 H. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor's PART 1 GENERAL 9 P � review and possible rejection. Should the Architect En sneer reject a contained on project record drawings shall include, as a minimum,: P J / g 1 responsibility. The Plumbing Contractor shall pay for all extra cutting and 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES C. Neoprene Pad Isolators: Rubber or neoprene waffle pads; Hardness: 30 X discrepancy resolution of which they were not notified, the Contractor is 1. Actual locations of all pipe, equipment, accessories, etc. 0 fully responsible to correct the installation, including all associated costs, patching made necessary by his failure to properly direct such work at the A. Thermometers and thermometer wells. durometer; Thickness: Minimum 1/2 inch; Maximum Loading: 50 psi; Rib1-1 2. Actual pipe sizes and elevations. correct time. PART 2 PRODUCTS Height: Maximum 0.7 times width; Configuration: Single layer. Z PROJECT NAME: until approval of the installation is given b the Architect En (neer. 3. Actual routing of all underfloor or below grade piping. Z PP 9 Y / 9 I. Perform all work in conformity with the Contract Documents and afford other B. Operation and Maintenance Data: At project closeout, submit to the Architect 2.01 Manufacturers: Manufacturers: Dwyer Instruments, Inc; FMC Technologies; D. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.4 inch deflection with a 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS trades reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work. Properly connect Venture Measurement Company, McCrometer; Moeller Instrument Co., Inc; threaded insert. 8556 A. Verifyall existing conditions prior to beginning work. two copies of descriptive literature, maintenance and operation data for all P y z 9 P 9 9 and coordinate this work with the work of other trades at such time and in equipment, accessories, and materials used. Include maintenance Omega Engineering, Inc. E. Glass Fiber Pads: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded glass fiber. 0 10 B. Any existing conditions indicated in the Contract Documents are based on such a manner as not to delay or interfere with their work. piping, 2.02 STEM TYPE THERMOMETERS PART 3 EXECUTION 0 information drawings provided by others and possibly limited field procedures, intervals, and parts list of each item installed under this contract. J. Manufacturer's instruction sheets shall be followed explicitly in the installation A. Thermometers - Adjustable Angle: Red- or blue-appearing non-toxic liquid in 3.01 INSTALLATION M ` verification. The Contractor shall adjust for actual field conditions at no Include all manufacturers guarantees and warranties. � of all equipment. Where manufacturer's instruction sheets conflict with END OF SECTION glass; ASTM E 1; lens front tube, cast aluminum case with enamel finish, A. Install in accordance with manufacturers Instructions. 0 41 I, additional expense to the Owner. Z review existing conditions requirements of these specifications or the Drawings, such conflicts shall be cast aluminum adjustable joint with positive locking device; adjustable 360 B. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights 0 t, 11 C. The Contractor shall visit the project site, revs g degrees in horizontal plane, 180 degrees in vertical plane; Size: 7 inch scale; substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with 0 INTERIOR against the Contract Documents, and familiarize himself with the work brought to the attention of the Architect/Engineer for clarification. SECTION 220501 - TRENCHING AND BACKFILL FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS temporary shims to final height. When full load is applied, adjust ' - �" prior to bidding and start of the work. By signing the Contract, the K. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing PART 1 GENERAL Window: Clear Lexan; Stem: 3/4 Inch NPT brass; Accuracy. 2 percent; p y g pp > dJ isolators to ( UP - FIT I P _ F I T manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. This 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Calibration: Degrees F and Degrees C. load to allow shim removal. z U Contractor acknowledges the site visit has been completed and the 9 P o Contractor shall contract with the factor authorized roofing contractor for A. Backfillin and com actin for utilities inside and outside the buildin PART 3 EXECUTION C. Support piping connections to equipment mounted on isolators using isolators 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD existing conditions are accepted. y 9 9 P g g' 3.01 INSTALLATION or resilient hangers to nearest flexible pipe connector. o D. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of major discrepancies in writing the specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of an 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the A. Provide sufficient quantities of fill to meet project schedule and requirements. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Provide flexible connections on all piping connections to equipment. 0 so the appropriate modifications to the design can be made without 9 Y P q P J q a delay to the project. The Contractor assumes full responsibility of penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need. B. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with E. Selection oft YP thickness and deflection of vibration isolation shall be by 0 0 adjusting for discrepancies of which the Architect is not informed. L. Although all such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all B. When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where largest appropriate scale. the vibration control manufacturer based on the specific equipment type and Q 9 9 equipment supplementary pp 9 p 9 p separately C. Install gages and thermometers in locations where the are easily read from size, as scheduled on the Drawings and indicated below. 0 SHEET TITLE: E. The Owner shall have first salvage right on all demolished a ui ment and su lementar or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to designated; Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile se orate) to 9 9 Y Y (- materials. The Contractor shall dispose of all demolished equipment and or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. prevent intermixing; Prevent contamination; Protect stockpiles from erosion normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical. END OF SECTION 0 M. Verify and coordinate all requirements and installation details of all materials and deterioration of materials. D. Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and materials the Owner rejects. Y q of F. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer of field discrepancies in and equipment that are to be furnished under other Divisions and installed or C. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as calibrate to zero. 0 writing so the appropriate modifications to the design can be made connected under Division 22 prior to rough-in. Conflicts arising from lack of indicated. E. Locate test plugs where indicated or required for measurement and balancing w without delay to the project. The Contractor assumes full responsibility of coordination shall be this Contractor's responsibility. As such, the Contractor D. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, of systems. m adjusting for discrepancies of which the Architect/Engineer is not is responsible to: sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. F. Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge V) E. Code requirements shall su ercede an conflicting requirements of this section. pipes smaller than 2-1 2 inch for installation of thermometer sockets. z PLUMBING informed. 1. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring q P y 9 q / 0 G. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under PART 2 PRODUCTS Ensure sockets allow clearance from insulation. o_ connections shall be made by using materials and methods to suit the other sections. 2.01 FILL MATERIALS END OF SECTION Ld Of actual conditions. 2. Determine connection locations and requirements. A. General Fill: Subsoil excavated on-site; Graded; Free of lumps larger than 3 w H. Where existing conditions are shown to be removed, by means of a 3. Sequence rough-in of plumbing connections to coordinate with inches, rocks larger than a inches, and debris. SECTION 220529 - HOH-PENETRATING ROOFTOP HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR 0° SPECIFICATIONS hatched pattern, on the Drawings, this Contractor shall perform all work installation of equipment. B. Structural Fill: Subsoil excavated on-site; Graded; Free of lumps larger than PLUMBING I- 3 inches, rocks larger than 2 inches, and debris. PART 1 GENERAL 0 required for removal. Existing pipe run-outs shall be removed all the way 3.02 COORDINATION DRAWINGS z C. Granular Fill - Gravel: Pit run stone; free of shale, clay, friable material and 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES back to mains and capped using appropriate methods. A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger; detailing debris. A. Pipe supports; Fixed anchor supports; Accessories. `" a I. Where existing work is to be modified, it shall be done in conformance major elements, components, and systems of plumbing equipment and D. Granular Fill - Pea Gravel: Natural stone; free of clay, shale, organic matter. PART 2 PRODUCTS PLUMBING DRAWING SCHEDULE )• = PROJECT NUMBER 20010 with these specifications. Materials used shall be same as existing except materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building a where specified otherwise. components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and E. Sand: Natural river or bank sand; free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1.07 SUBMITTALS access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of materials, and organic matter. A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Miro Industries Inc. DRAWING pr A. Sho Drawin s: F. Topsoil: Topsoil excavated on-site; Select; Free of roots, rocks larger than 2.02 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS DESCRIPTION SCALE DATE 01-08-2020 P 9 importance to the efficient flow of the work, including (but not necessarily 1/2 inch, subsoil, debris, large weeds and foreign matter; Acidity range (pH) A. Supports and Hangers - General: Provide with bases that rest on the roof NUMBER = 1. Furnish the Architect/Engineer shop drawing portfolios containing limited to) the following: of 5.5 to 7.5; Containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of 25 membrane and that have: Gently rounded edges to prevent damage to roof 0 names of manufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to be used on percent inorganic matter. membrane; 1 inch high raised edges; Drainage ports to prevent ponding; a SHEET NO. the project. Use manufacturer's specification sheets identified by Carbon black additive in polycarbonate, when used, for UV stabilization; P0.1 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS N/A number indicated on drawings or schedules. Indicate catalog number Provide loose fit aluminum pipe strap on all supports, specifically designed for iE on the cut sheets. As applicable, provide construction data, weight the support models below. Straps shall be loose fitting to prevent pipe from P0.2 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS N/A and dimensional data, performance data and listing data as part of being displaced from the support stand but without restricting movement for the shop drawing submittal. Provide shop drawings for: expansion and contraction. PO.3 SCHEDULES, LEGENDS & NOTES N/A a. Plumbing fixtures and equipment.LLL P0.4 PLUMBING DETAILS N A b. Plumbing materials and accessories. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. P1.1 FLOOR PLANS - PLUMBING 1/4"=1'-0" � ) 0 SHEET 1 OF 5 -- PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS L. All sanitary vent system terminations shall be a minimum of ten feet from SECTION 223000 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT :: SECTION 220595 - FIRE STOPPING FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS H. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: 2.07 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS an fresh air intake and twenty-five feet on medical facilities (hospitals, PART 1 GENERAL Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or A. Plumbing Piping - Drain, Waste, and Vent: Conform to MSS SP-58; Hangers Y y 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES FrF PART 1 GENERAL clinics, etc. field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, ) A. Water Heaters; Commercial gas fired water heaters; Circulators. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES M. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, penetrations and interruptions to fire pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples; split ring; Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Firestopping materials; Firestopping of all penbrush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich rimer to welding. and other openings Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and clevis; Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and PP Y P 2.01 WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS �' rated assemblies, whether indicated on Drawings or not, aN. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility 0 indicated. thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting hanger rods; Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook; Wall PP Y A. Water heater as scheduled on the Drawings. p PART in PRODUCTS covers. Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought companies. 2.02 COMMERCIAL GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS Z I. Inserts and Shields: Application: Piping 2 inches diameter or larger; Shields: steel clamp; Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp; Floor Support: Cast iron 0. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for A. Type: Automatic, natural gas-fired, tankless 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES finish painting. w Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts; Insert adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or P 9 B. Performance: Maximum working pressure: 150 prig; Equipment performance " A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements; Fire Ratings: Use any system P P. Paint all exterior above rade piping with a minimum of two coats of paint, PP once with ASTM E 814 or ASTM E 119. location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket; Insert steel support; Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper g P P 9 and accessories shall be as scheduled on the Drawings and specified herein. A listed by UL or FM or tested in accord color to match roof or wall surface to which it is attached; Copper pipe of penetrated assembly and minimum T configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as plated. Inclusion in both locations is not a prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. a that has F Rating equal to fire rating p Y Apply vin etch rimer immediate) followin cleanin EXT 5.5A Alk d Vinyl requirements. adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated; Insert material: Hydrous B. Plumbing Piping - Water and Gas: Conform to MSS SP-58; Hangers for Pipe PP Y YI P Y g g' y ' Equipment and accessories specified in either location shall be included in the Rating Equal to F Rating and that meets all other specified req Wash Primer MPI #80, Alkyd MPI #8, 9 or 94, Semi-gloss; Steel pipe: Apply MATERIALS calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring; Contract. Provide all necessary accessories and connections as required fora 2.02 alkyd metal primer immediately following cleaning. EXT 5.11) Alkyd: Alkyd Systems Inc; 3M Fire Protection Products; for the planned temperature range. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, complete, functional system. A. Manufacturers: A/D Fire Protection Sys Metal Primer MPI #79, Alkyd MPI # 94, semi-gloss; Plastic pipe: Apply alkyd p J. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe clevis; Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 Inches to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, C. Accessories: Brass water connections, drain valve, and ASME rated Specified Technologies, Inc. bonding primer immediately following cleaning. EXT 6.86 Alkyd: Bonding Primer GERALD P . N 0 E nt silicone penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire adjustable, clevis; Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable temperature and pressure relief valve and heat trap fittings for hot and cold B. Elastomeric Silicone Firestopping: Single or multiple component MPI v#17at or 69, Alkyd MPI #8, 9 or 94. in to the separations, fire stop penetrations to meet local code requirements. steel yoke, cast iron pipe roll, double hanger; Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: water connections; Water Connections: Brass; Dip tube: Crosslinked ARCHITECT elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; conforming Q. Excavate, bedding and backfill shall be in accordance with applicable sections r~ standard K. Pipe Exposed in Finished Spaces (less than 10 feet above finished floor): Steel channels with welded supports or spacers and hanger rods; Multiple or polyethylene (PEX) or brass; Drain Valve; Temperature and Pressure Relief " following: Durability and Longevity: Permanent; Color: Manufacturer'sof this Specification. 9 color. Finish with Aluminum, Stainless Steel, ABS or PVC jacket and fitting covers. Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Steel channels with Valve: ASME labeled. 3.03 SCHEDULES welded supports or spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll; Wall Support for R. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in D. Certification: As automatic storage water heater and for operation at 180 o FLORIDA REGISTRATION N0. AR93745 C. Foam Firestoppping: Single or multiple component foam compound; conforming e Contractor may use an of the following insulating materials, at his weather proof hood, unless of the meatless design and approved by the local Manufacturer's A. Th y Y 9 9 Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook; Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches jurisdiction and the local utility company regulates. degrees F (82 degrees C) for operation on combustible floors. to the following: Durability and Longevity. Permanent; Color: M option, provided the selected material meets with thea approval of all State, PP and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp; Wall Support for Hot S. The use of sanitary tee fittings will not be permitted. Utilize wye fittings in E. Controls: Automatic water thermostat with temperature range adjustable from standard color. local authorities and utilitycompany requirements. Verification of compliance D. Fibered Compound Firestopping: Formulated compound mixed with p y q P Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp lieu of tee fittings for all intersections of drainage piping. 110 to 180 degrees F (43 to 82 degrees C), automatic reset high z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE of the selected insulating material and thickness with all State and local with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron pipe roll; Vertical Support: Steel riser Durability and T. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, masonry walls and floors. Seal and temperature limiting thermostat factory set at 195 degrees , gas pressure incombustible non-asbestos fibers; conforming to the following y codes and utility company requirements is the sole responsibility of the clamp; Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, v SPARTANBURG, SC 2930 Longevity. Permanent; Color: Manufacturers standard color. installing Contractor. fire stop pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to regulator, multi ribbon or tubular burner, 100 percent safety shut-off pilot W E. Fiber Packing Material: Mineral or ceramic fiber packing insulation; conforming g nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support; Floor Support for Hot B. Plumbing Systems: Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut, nipple, floor fire separation required. All penetrations through footings and floors shall be and thermocouple. h P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.226 to the following: Durability and Longevity. Permanent. 1. Domestic Hot and Tempered Water Supply and Recirculation: sealed water tight. 2.03 IN-LINE CIRCULATOR PUMPS ITiQll�gpnClf Cht.COt11 p PP Y flange, and concrete pier or steel support; Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 U. Whereever piping is located within 1.5 inches of the nearest edge of studs, W. Manufacturers: All pumps as scheduled on the Drawings. ui F. Firestop Devices: Mechanical device with incombustible or silicone elastomer a. Glass Fiber Insulation: All Pipe: Thickness: 1 inch. 0 p Inches and Over: Adjustable cast iron pipe roll and stand, steel screws, and joists, rafters or similar members, provide minimum 0.062 inch thick steel X. Casing: Bronze, rated for 125 prig working pressure; Impeller: Bronze; Shaft: Z filler and sheet stainless steel jacket, collar, and flanged stops; conforming to b. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: Pie Size Range: o le for pedestrian P 9 concrete pier or steel support; Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, Allo steel with integral thrust collar and two oil lubricated bronze sleeve �_ the following: Durability and Longevity. Permanent; suitable P First 8 feet of pipe from fixture, up to 1 1/4 inch: Thickness: protective shield plates extending 2" above and below the pipe being Y g traffic or vehicular traffic where necessary. adjustable, copper plated. protected. Shield plates may be omitted on cast iron piping only. bearings; Seal: Carbon rotating against a stationary ceramic seat; Drive: CHECKED BY: MMS mineral fiber pillows; conforming to the following: 1/2 inch.; All Other Pipe: Thickness: 1 inch. 2.08 GATE VALVES Exterior Utility Service Only) Z G. Firestop Pillows: Formed m p 9 ( Y Y) V. Inserts: Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork; Provide inserts Flexible coupling. o DRAWN BY: CLS Durability and Longevity. Permanent. 2. Domestic Cold Water: A. Manufacturers: Conbraco Industries; Nibco, Inc; Milwaukee Valve Company. for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced Y. Performance: Equipment performance and accessories shall io as scheduled cUJ J 'red for tested assembly a. Glass Fiber Insulation: Pipe Size Range: All Sizes; Thickness: 1/2 B. U To and Including 3 Inches: MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze concrete beams; Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for on the Drawings and specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not � H. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, and Accessories: Type required Y P LIJ design. inch. trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder or threaded inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches; Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. Equipment and accessories specified = PART 3 EXECUTION b. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: Pipe Size Range: All ends. Provide extension to grade and valve box per local jurisdiction and locate inserts flush with slab surface; Where inserts are omitted, drill through in either location shall be included in the Contract. Provide all necessary OF 3.01 EXAMINATION Sizes; Thickness: 1/2 inch. utility company standards. Post-indicator type were used for fire protection concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel accessories and connections as required for a complete, functional system; = THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT s are read to receive the work of this section. C. Cooling Systems: service or when indicated on the Drawings. plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Electrical Characteristics: prior indicated i n the Drawings; Verify that proper 3 SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE A. Verify opening y 1. Cold Condensate Drains: C. 2 Inches and Larger: MSS SP-70, Class 125, iron body, bronze trim, outside W. Pipe Hangers and Supports: Install in accordance with ASME 831.9, ASTM F power supply is available prior to ordering equipment. Verify proper voltage, � ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED 3.02 PREPARATION 9 Glass Fiber Insulation: Pipe Size Range: All Sizes; Thickness: 1/2 disc flanged ends. Provide extension 708, and MSS SP-89; Support horizontal piping as scheduled; Install hangers phase and current rating of power supply and inform Engineer of any LILI Z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other a. G P 9 screw and yoke, handwheel, solid wedgeg of firestopping material. inch. to rade and valve box per local jurisdiction and utility company standards. to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent deviations prior to order, connection of equipment or start-up. Responsibility LIJ WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. matter which may affect bond pp g 9 liquid material leakage. b. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: Pipe Size Range: All Post-indicator type were used for fire protection service or when indicated on work; Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow; Use hangers for verification of proper power supply voltage and any product returns or w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON B. Install backing materials to arrestq 9 YP damage resulting from incorrect connections shall rest with this Contractor. 0 DEMAND. 3.03 INSTALLATION Sizes; Thickness: 1/2 inch. the Drawings. with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance END OF SECTION 2.09 BALL VALVES movement without disengagement of supported pipe; Support vertical piping at PART 3 EXECUTION Q with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. 3.01 INSTALLATION w COPYRIGHT 2019 A. Manufacturers: Conbraco Industries; Nibco, Inc; Milwaukee Valve Company. every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal A. Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by authority having SECTION 220720 - PIPING SAFETY COVERS tion 4 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, piping; Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, P 9 PART 1 GENERAL B. Construe provide multi le or tra eze hon ers; Prowde co er rated hangers and required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any. � glow 11 jurisdiction. bronze, two piece body, chrome plated brass ball, regular port, teflon seats P P P g pp P g B. Provide concrete equipment bases for all floor mounted plumbing equipment. - C. Install labeling required by code. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES supports for copper piping; Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION B. Piping Safety Covers. and stuffing box ring, blow-out proof stem, lever handle, solder or threaded PP PP P P 9� P 9 C. Coordinate with plumbing piping and related fuel piping, as venting, and z ends. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended p g P P 9 P P g' g g 3. 1 1 97' 1.1,, A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS electrical work as applicable to achieve operating system. 2.10 BUTTERFLY VALVES ceiling spaces are not considered exposed; Provide hangers adjacent to motor PP P 9 Yr END OF SECTION 2.01 MANUFACTURERS driven equipment with vibration isolation; Support cast iron drainage piping at D. Pumps: a A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Truebro, Inc. A. Manufacturers: Hammond Valve; Crane Co; Milwaukee Valve Company. 1. Ensure shaft length allows sump pumps to be located minimum 24 0 SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 2.02 PIPING INSULATION ACCESSORIES every joint. SE B. Construction 1-1/2 Inches and Larger: MSS SP-67, 200 psi CWP, cast or 3.04 APPLICATION inches below lowest invert into sump pit and minimum 6 inches w TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP A. Provide products that comply with the following: Americans With Disabilities ductile iron body, nickel-plated ductile iron disc, resilient replaceable EPDM A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus clearance from bottom of sump pit. w RELIABILITY•COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE PART 1 GENERAL P Act ADA Article 4.19.4; ANSI ICC A117.1, American National Standard for seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends, extended neck, 10 position lever handle. connections. 2. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. I- 704. 76.2999 CENTER DRIVE • SEGPA.00 • - INFO@TEGP .COM 8217 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES (ADA), / g and to isolate equipment, part of 3. Provide line sized isolating valve and strainer on suction and line sized 704376.2999 .TEGPA.COE+1 INFO@TEGPA. code. -wheel B. Install ball or butterfly valves for shut-off hot and tempered water piping; Domestic Accessible Buildings and Facilities; Requirements of applicable Building C. Provide ear operators for valves 8 inches and larger, and chain yLL TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HERESY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND ALL C. Plumbing piping insulation; Domestic p 9 9 P risers. soft seated check valve and balancing valve on discharge. o OTNEft PROPERTY RIGHTS TOTHESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN • Truebro Lav-Guard; Characteristics: Three-piece molded mounted over 8 feet above floor. systems, or vertical r in Cooling condensate drain piping insulation. B. Piping Safety Covers. operators for VOIVPS CONCEPTS,DETAI LS,AND I DEAS. PARTIHESE SWITH U SPECS,DESIGN M SION FROM DETAILS,AND cold water piping; g P P 9 P 9 Y P fl valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow 4, Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. � IDEAS SHALL NOT BEREPRODUGED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY PART 2 PRODUCTS assembly, minimum 1/8 inch wall thickness, with internal ribs to provide air 2.11 FLOW CONTROLS C. Install globe, ball, or buttery 9 YP BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TE Eft Support piping adjacent to pump Such that no weight is carried on ENGINEERINGGROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTSARE OR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION space between piping and piping insulation jaOR ARCHIVE AND cket, molded to receive control services. TER 2.01 REQUIREMENTS F p p p 9 P P 9 A. Manufacturers: ITT Bell & Gossett; Griswold Controls; TOCO, InC. RECORDSOLE RPOSESTY OF ONLY. ENGINEERING FILES SHALL.OTDARE INTEND F and D. Provide lug end butterfly valves adjacent to equipment when provided to pump casings. Provide supports under elbows on pump suction and RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPU7ERFILESSHALLNOTBECOPIEDIN WHOLE OR IN PART A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of manufacturer's snap-clip fasteners; Vinyl Material: Impact-resistant n � WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or -resistant molded closed-cell anti-microbial vinyl compound, UV-stable, B. Construction: Glass 125, Brass or bronze body with union on inlet, isolate equipment. discharge line sizes 4 inches and over. Z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A. 25/50, maximum, when tested stain temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet. non-fadin non ellowin having the following performance characteristics: E. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps. 5. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without o FLORIDA COA#26380 UL 723. gF Y 9 9 B. The Contractor may use any of the following insulating/jacketing materials, at Burning Characteristics: 0 seconds Average Time of Burning (ATB), 0 mm C. Calibration: Automatically control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over F. Provide plug or gas service rated ball valves in natural gas systems for vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individualw approval of all when tested in accordance with ASTM D 635; Thermal operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control, shut-off service. operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published z ++�J'.�p,�L S � his option, provided the selected material meets with thepp f Area of Burning (AEB), wh maximum minimum pressure 3.5 psi. maximum efficiency curve. Q +' l •• '`Y ��i State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification o Conductivity. K-value 1.17, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 177; P P G. Provide plug or gas service rated ball valves in propane gas systems for y ` ` compliance of the selected insulating/jacketing material is the sole Indentation Hardness: 60, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2.12 SWING CHECK VALVES shut-off service. 6. Align and verify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up. _J •••. \C,E NS •;d!"o p 7. Verify that proper ower supply I is available rior to orderin a ui meat. installing Contractor. 2240, using Type A durometer; Trap Assembly Cover: Three-piece assembly, A. Manufacturers: Hammond Valve; Nibco, Inc; Milwaukee Valve Company. H. Provide automatic flow controls valves in water recirculating systems where Y P P P PPY P 9 y P o No 2288 responsibility of the g g yp Verify proper voltage, phase and current rating of power supply and o .. 2.02 GLASS FIBER with removable clean-out nut enclosure; Angle Stop Covers: Formed with B. Up to 3 Inches: MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body and cap, bronze swing indicated. Owens Corning to valve without requiring cover removal; Configurations: disc with rubber seat, solder or threaded ends. I. Provide spring loaded check valves when located on the discharge of pumps. inform Engineer of any deviations prior to order, connection of w A. Manufacturers: Knauf Insulation; Johns Manville Corporation; d g hinged cap for access q g equipment or start-up. Responsibility for verification of proper power o - * = Corp; CertainTeed Corporation. In accordance with manufacturer's product data for project piping C. Over 2 Inches: MSS SP-71, Class 125, iron body, bronze swing disc, renewable 3.05 TOLERANCES supply voltage and an product returns or damage resulting from o _� ° ° 4Y P disc seal and seat, flanged or grooved ends. A. Interior Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertical) of PP y g y p g g o -:,-53%. STATE OF B. Insulation: ASTM C 547 and ASTM C 795; rigid molded, noncombustible; 'K' configurations indicated on Drawings; Color: China White, gloss finish; / Y incorrect connections shall rest with this Contractor. um service temperature: location indicated and slope to drain at minimum of 1/4 inch per foot slope, g• Refer to vibration isolation requirements specified in Vibration !solation :,<%,'.•'. `�. - L/�Specification. 850 degrees F; Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. wire-tie fasteners not permitted A. Manufacturers: Amtrol Inc; Cla-Val Co; Watts Regulator Company. unless noted otherwise mi the Drawings. P o *�� S 0 R °•° , + C. Insulation: ASTM C 547 and ASTM C 795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end PART 3 EXECUTION B. Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1 32 inch per foot and arrange to drain END OF SECTION Q ,r /O p,L ++ rain adhered to jacket; 'K' value: ASTM C 177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F; 3.01 EXAMINATION B. Up to 2 Inches: MSS SP-80, bronze body, stainless steel and thermoplastic P� 9� P / g internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded single union at low points. SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES � ��elter��,as>t��► 01/08/2020 Maximum service temperature: 650 degrees F; Maximum moieture absorption: A. Verify that piping configurations are correct type for piping cover component ends. 3.06 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL o 0.2 percent by volume. configurations specified. C. Over 2 Inches: MSS SP-85, cast iron body, bronze fitted, elastomeric A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Z REVISIONS: D. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to 3.02 INSTALLATION diaphragm and seat disc, flanged. B. Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali A. All plumbing fixtures as scheduled on the Drawings. W aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with A. Install products of this section in accordance with manufacturer's printed 2.14 RELIEF VALVES I caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). PART 3 EXECUTION Z ASTM E 96/E 96M of 0.02 perm-inches. installation instructions. C. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, 3.01 EXAMINATION No. DATE DESCRIPTION BY E. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. 3.03 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Pressure Relief: Manufacturers: Cla-Val Co; Henry Technologies; Watts throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual. A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of 0 p Regulator Company, AGA Z21.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, steel stem F. Insulating Cement/Mastic: ASTM C 195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool. A. Do not allow damage to installed products by subsequent construction D. Bleed water from outlets er ensure distribution and test for disinfectant fixtures. 0 and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated. w G. Fibrous Glass Fabric: Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd weight; Blanket: 1.0 Ib/cu activities; protect products until Substantial Completion. Replace any damagedP residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. ft Fibrous density, Weave: 5x5. products prior to occupancy. B. Temperature and Pressure Relief: Manufacturers: Cla-Val Co; Henry E. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. 3.02 PREPARATION Ld Technologies; Watts Regulator Company, AGA Z21.22 certified, bronze body, F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes Z H. Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish: Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with END OF SECTION teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure insulation, white color; Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: Vinyl emulsion type G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. o acrylic or mastic, compatible with insulation, black color; Outdoor Breather SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING actuated, temperature relief maximum 210 degrees F, capacity ASME (BPV IV) or 1.0 mg/L. 3.03 INSTALLATION Mastic: Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic, compatible with insulation, black PART 1 GENERAL certified and labeled. H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. o color. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 2.15 STRAINERS outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. B. Install each fixture using brass angle ball stop valves for hot and cold water I. color.tin Cement: ASTM C 449/C 449M. A. Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems: Sanitary sewer, A. Manufacturers: Armstrong International, Inc; Green Country Filtration; WEAMCO. 3.07 SERVICE CONNECTIONS connections as applicable. Non-metallic valves or non-ball valve type stops Insulating interior; Domestic water, interior; Natural as, interior. will not be accepted. Z FRANCHISEE NAME: 2.03 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION g B. Size 2 inch and Under: Threaded brass body for 175 psi CWP, Y pattern with 3.08 SCHEDULES A. Manufacturer: Armacell International; PART 2 PRODUCTS 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. A. Pipe Hanger Spacing: C. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with specified stops, B. Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying 2.01 The Contractor may use any of the following piping materials, at his option, 1. Metal Piping: reducers, and escutcheons. a 1. Class 150, threaded bronze body 300 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 inch p g' � K LE PIZZA, I 1, LLC. with ASTM C 534 Grade 1; use molded tubular material wherever possible; provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State and local a. Pipe size: 1/2 inches to 1-1/4 inches: Maximum hanger spacing: D. Install components level and plumb. V) um Service Temperature: authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the stainless steel perforated screen. E. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers, wall supports and bolts. � Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F; Maxim p 6.5 ft; Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inches. r barrier adhesive• selected piping.material with local requirements is the sole responsibility of C. Size 1-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Class 125, flanged iron body, Y pattern with F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant, color to match fixture. 220 degrees F; Connection: Waterproof vapor b. Pipe size: 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches: Maximum hanger spacing: 10 meric Foam Adhesive: Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with the installing Contractor. Verify the use of plastic piping systems with the 1/16 inch stainless steel perforated screen. G. Solidly attach floor mounted water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead. C. Elosto ft; Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inch. insulation. local jurisdiction. Non-metallic piping systems may not be used in any return D. Size 5 inch and Larger: Class 125, flanged iron body, basket pattern with 1/8 flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. a 2.04 JACKETS air plenum ceiling spaces. No exceptions. inch stainless steel perforated screen. C. Pipe size: 2-1/2 inches to 3 inches: Maximum hanger spacing: H. Install fixtures and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions � A. PVC Plastic. 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING PART 3 EXECUTION 10 ft; Hanger ad diameter: 1/2 inch. and in accordance with the ICC (IPC) or UPC. z KEITH EDWARDS 1. Manufacturers: Knauf Fiber Glass; Johns Manville Corporation; Owens A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74 service weight; Fittings: Cast iron; Joints: d. Pipe size: 4 inches to 6 inches: Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft; 1• When fixtures require both hot water and cold water supplies, provide the hot ~ 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE Corning Corp; CertainTeed Corporation. Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C 564 neoprene 3.01 EXAMINATION Hanger rod diameter: 5/8 inch. gaskets. A. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 1. Plastic Piping: water supply to the left of the cold water supply. � JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 2. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, g P 9 J. Install off-the-floor supports to conform to ASME A112.6.1M. off-white color; Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F; Maximum B. Schedule 40 PVC DWV Pipe: ASTM D 1784 or ASTM D 1785, Fittings: PVC 3.02 PREPARATION a. Pipe size: 1/2 inches to 6 inches: Maximum hanger spacing: 6 ft; 3.04 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS 0 Service Temperature: 150 degrees F; Moisture Vapor Permeability socket fittings and solvent cemented fittings (ASTM D 2665). A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inch. A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2.03 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. END OF SECTION openings before rough-in and installation. PROJECT NAME. 96/E 96M; Thickness: 10 mil; Connections: Brush on welding adhesive; A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight; Fittings: Cast iron; Joints: C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.05 CLEANING Z I I 8556 Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation. CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. 3.03 INSTALLATION SECTION 221006 - PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. Plastic: B. Schedule 40 PVC DWV Pipe: ASTM D 1784 or ASTM D 1785, Fittings: PVC PART 1 GENERAL 3.06 PROTECTION o B. ABS PI A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. o 1. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, socket fittings and solvent cemented fittings (ASTM D 2665). B. Provide non-conductingdielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Protect installed products from damage due to subsequent construction � off-white color; Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F; 2.04 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Drains; cleanouts; Backflow preventers; Water hammer arrestors; Interceptors; operations. Moisture Vapor A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88 ASTM B 88M), Type L (B), Drawn (H); Fittings: metals. Thermostatic mixing valves. B. Repair or replace damaged products before date of Substantial Completion. 11 Maximum Service Temperature of 180 degrees F; Moist p pp 0.012 perm inch when tested in accordance with ASTM E ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze; C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 3.07 FIELD INSPECTION U INTERIOR Permeability. p Brush on welding adhesive. Fittings: Cast iron, coated; Joints: ASTM B 32, alloy Sn95 solder; Joints: perpendicular to walls. A. Manufacturers: Conbraco Industries; Watts Regulator Company, Zurn Industries, A. Continue inspection during installation and testing. v 96/E 96M; Thickness: 30 mil.; Connections 9 9 C. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) formed aluminum sheet; 95-5 silver soldered joints (ASME B16.18/22) or pressure sealed joints with D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with Inc. B. Correct or replace all rejected equipment prior to installation. r� UP - FIT Thickness: 0.016 inch sheet; Finish: Embossed; Joining: Longitudinal slip joints EPDM-rubber, o-ring seal (Propress or Equal). use of space. 2.02 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS END OF SECTION O and 2 inch laps; Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with B. Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX A) by Wirsbo Aquapex: ASTM F876 and ASTM E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. A. Manufacturers: Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company; Watts Regulator �' 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD p Company, Zurn Industries, Inc. 2-1 factory attached protective liner; Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.015 FS77; Fittings: ASTM F1960, PEX-A cold expansion fittings, propex insert with F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, P Y bellows type ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 inch thick aluminum; Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0,010 inch thick corresponding propex ring. Minimum Bend Radius (Cold Bending): no less than joints, or connected equipment. B. Water Hammer Arrestors: Stainless steel or copper construction, v stainless steel. six times the outside diameter. Use a bend support as supplied by the PEX G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for sized accordance with PDI-WH 201, precharged suitable for operation in D. Stainless Steel Jacket: ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless steel; Thickness: tubing manufacture for tubing with a bend radius less than stated. Manifolds: installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. temperature range 34 to 250 degrees F and maximum 150 psi working d 0.010 inch; Finish: Smooth; Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch U onor Pro ex 1 or U onor Engineered Plastic EP Manifolds. All Manifolds H. Locate all valves and control elements in accessible areas wherever possible pressure. SHEET TITLE. / p p p g' ( ) PART 3 EXECUTION � thick stainless steel. manufactured with the appropriate sized Propex fittings. Provide red PEX pipe to avoid access doors. Provide access where valves and fittings are not 3.01 INSTALLATION a exposed or located in accessible areas. Provide ceiling access doors for a PART 3 EXECUTION for hot water, blue PEX pipe for cold water systems. 3.01 EXAMINATION 2.05 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE (3" and Below) access to all valves and control elements located above inaccessible ceiling A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. u A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. areas. Provide minimum 12 x 12 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout w B. Verifythat surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M Schedule 40 black; Fittings: 3" and larger shall plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout Co for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for shut off valves P g g P 3.02 INSTALLATION be ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A 234/A 234M, wrought steel welding for rodding of drainage system. co only. Provide rated access doors where installed in fire rated construction. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. type. Threaded fittings may be used on piping 2 1/2' and smaller, except Review locations prior to fabrication. PLUMBING once with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. where noted on the drawings or required by code to be welded; Joints: D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor for LLJ N B. Install in accord I. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less completely flush installation. C. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. Malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints (ASME 816.3) or pressure sealed than the maximum local frost depth cover. Install tracer wire on all plastic cc P p g' joints with EPDM-rubber, o-ria seal Pro ress-G or Equal) ANSI LC-4 . E. Install approved potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where LM SPECIFICATIONS D. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire 1 9 ( P q ) ( ) piping outside the building. contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines, janitor w system g g g B. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), Type K (A) or L (B) annealed; J. Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof rooms, fire sprinkler systems, premise isolation, irrigation systems, flush � ., a s tem includin fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, > and expansion joints. Fittings: Wrought-copper fittings brazed joints (ASME B16.50) or pressure assembly. valves, drink mixing stations, interior and exterior hose bibbs and all other t, �, 7- E. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Provide sealed joints with EPDM-rubber, o-ring seal (Propress-G or equal) (ANSI K. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing locations required by Codes. vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing LC-4). manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. F. Pipe relief from backflow preventer to nearest drain. and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with This Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor G. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot ri +� Q PROJECT NUMBER 20010 longitudinal laps a p p 2.06 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic; Insulate fittings, for the specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of an and cold water supply piping to all fixtures and equipment. joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as A. Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 Inches and Under: Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable P 9 Ys PP 1 PP Y p P g iron threaded unions; Copper tube and. pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the END OF SECTION soldered joints. penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. DATE 01-08-2020 adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive or PVC fitting *�k covers. F. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges B. Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 Inch: Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets; Copper Q SHEET N0. G. For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and tube and pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. X unions at equipment. C. Grooved and Shouldered Pipe End Couplings: Housing: Malleable iron clamps to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion; steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe; Sealing gasket: "C" shape composition sealing gasket. D. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. I 0 (, �� L______________=_L�_� __ . I I I �� SHEET 2 OF 5 PLUMBING LEGEND PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLUMBING NOTES WORK ABBREVIATIONS SERVICE CONNECTIONS L REMARKS 1. ALL PLUMBING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST NEW TAG FIXTURE TYPE DESCRIPTION ISSUE OF THE STATE PLUMBING CODE AND THE NATIONAL FIRE CODES DOMESTIC COLD WATER AAV AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE SAN VENT HW CW WHICH APPLY. -E DOMESTIC EXISTING COLD WATER AC ABOVE CEILING - ADB AUXILIARY DRAIN BOX W_1 BARRIER-FREE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE EQUAL TO AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL 3" 2" 1/2" FIXTURE RIM TO FINISHED FLOOR 2. ALL PLUMBING PIPING SHALL BE CLOSELY COORDINATED WITH STRUCTURAL 140 DOMESTIC 140' WATER AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR WATER CLOSET #2467.100, WHITE, VITREOUS CHINA, ELONGATED BOWL, TANK TYPE, MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 17". SYSTEM, MECHANICAL SYSTEM AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TO INSURE PROPER o i4oHwR DOMESTIC 140' WATER RETURN BF BELOW FLOOR TANK-TYPE 1.1 GPF, FLOOR MOUNTED, BOTTOM OUTLET, 12" ROUGH-IN. SEAT LOCATE FLUSH LEVER ON WIDE COMPLIANCE WITH CODES AND INSURE THAT ALL TRADES WILL NOT CONFLICT cn BF-1 BACKFLOW PREVENTER SHALL BE EQUAL TO CHURCH MODEL #950OSSCT, ELONGATED WHITE SIDE OF STALL. WITH EACH OTHER. W F FILTERED WATER BFF BELOW FINISH FLOOR OPEN FRONT SEAT LESS COVER. WATER CLOSET SHALL BE PROVIDED 3. IF ANY SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT IS SUBMITTED AND APPROVED WITH BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT/HOUR WITH CHROME PLATED SUPPLY WITH LOOSE KEY STOP EQUAL TO PLUMBING CONNECTIONS OTHER THAN THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND A SANITARY BS-1 BREAK ROOM SINK McGUIRE #172. SCHEDULES, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO a BV BALANCING VALVEPROVIDE PROPER PLUMBING CONNECTIONS TO THIS EQUIPMENT AT NO -------- VENT I$_ CENTER LINE L-1 BARRIER-FREE LAVATORY SHALL BE EQUAL TO AMERICAN STANDARD "LUCERNE" 2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. RL STORM DRAIN (ABOVE SLAB) C-1 WATER COOLER/FOUNTAIN LAVATORY MODEL #0355.012.020, VITREOUS CHINA, WALL HUNG, THREE HOLE SD STORM DRAIN (BELOW SLAB OR GRADE) CB-1 CATCH BASIN WALL HUNG PUNCH, 4" CENTERS, CONCEALED WALL HANGER. PROVIDE FAUCET 4. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT GERALD P . N 0 E CO CLEANOUT EQUAL TO AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL #2275.503 CENTERSET LOCATIONS OF DOORS, WINDOWS, WALLS, FIXTURES, ETC. CD CONDENSATE CV CHECK VALVE FAUCET WITH LEVER HANDLES, 0.5 GPM AERATOR. PROVIDE LAVATORY ARCHITECT CW COLD WATER COMPLETE WITH GRID DRAIN, PREWRAPPED INSULATED, CAST BRASS, 5. ALL CLEANOUTS SHALL HAVE TOPS ESPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR SPECIFIC GW GREASE WASTE DC DOWNSPOUT COVER OFFSET TAILPIECE AND P-TRAP WITH CLEANOUT (EQUAL TO McGUIRE FLOOR FINISHES SUCH AS CARPET, TILE, ETC. UNLESS OTHERWISE FLORIDA REGISTRATION N0. AR9374 D DRAIN DN DOWN #PW215OWC) AND CHROME PLATED SUPPLIES (EQUAL TO McGUIRE SPECIFIED. v DW DISHWASHER #175). P SUMP PUMP DISCHARGE EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 6. ALL FLOOR CLEANOUT, FLOOR DRAIN AND CATCH BASIN TOPS SHALL BE D PIPE TURNING DOWN ECO EXISTING CLEANOUT HD HUB DRAIN HUB DRAIN SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN MODEL #ZN-415 WITH TYPE SEE _ _ _ COVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DAMAGE. 399 LUCERNE DRIVE ES EMERGENCY SHOWER/EYEWASH "I" STRAINER. DWGS. v SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 _. PIPE TURNING UP ET-1 THERMAL EXPANSION TANK SEE PROVIDE TRAP GUARD 7. VENTS WILL BE COLLECTED ABOVE THE CEILING AND EXTENDED THROUGH w EW EMERGENCY EYEWASH FD FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR DRAIN SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN MODEL #ZS-415 TYPE "B" - - - THE ROOF AT AS FEW POINTS AS POSSIBLE. VENT PENETRATIONS SHALL H P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 El PIPE CAP DWGS. CONNECTION AS REQUIRED. FIXTURE SUPPLY WITH SHUT-OFF EX EXISTING 6' SQUARE POLISHED BRONZE STRAINER, SEDIMENT BUCKET, VANDAL AVOID MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INTAKE AIR LOCATIONS PER CODE maiiC�gpnarcht.com FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT PROOF & TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION, DEEP SEAL P-TRAP. REQUIREMENTS. z 0 -;.�- SHUT-OFF VALVE FD FLOOR DRAIN CHECK VALVE FPH FREEZE PROOF HYDRANT _ _ _ PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER 8. EXCEPT WHERE PIPE SPACE IS PROVIDED OR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL FS FLOOR SINK FS FLOOR SINK FLOOR SINK SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN MODEL #FD2376-T, 3/4 DWGS. CONNECTION AS REQUIRED. SUPPLY, WASTE AND VENT RISERS SHALL BE RUN IN WALLS AND PARTITIONS. o CHECKED BY: MMS GRATE. PROVIDE FLOOR SINK WITH P-TRAP. DRAWN BY: CLS �� - EXPANSION VALVE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR BALANCING VALVE GCO GRADE CLEANOUT FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT FLOOR CLEANOUT SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN MODEL #ZS-1400-VP. SEE _ _ _ GAS/WATER TIGHT ABS PLUG V) GI GREASE INTERCEPTOR CLEANOUT. DWGS. 9. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED AT VALVE LOCATIONS TO PROVIDE w PRESSURE REDUCING/REGULATING VALVE GV�I GREASE WASTE SANITARY _ - - ACCESS TO CONTROL VALVES. COORDINATE TYPE AND LOCATION WITH � _ HB HOSE BIBB TP TRAP PRIMER TRAP PRIMER SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN MODEL #Z1021 WATER SEE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. OF STRAINER SAVER, P-TRAP PRIMER. DWGS. THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT THE HCP HANDICAP --i I-- UNION HW HOT WATER WALL CLEANOUT SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN MODEL ZS-1468, SEE _ _ _ � SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF � WCO WALL CLEANOUT # GAS/WATER TIGHT ABS PLUG 10. PROVIDE FOR ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING CLEANING OR ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED HWR HOT WATER RETURN ACCESS COVER AND PLUG. DWGS. ADJUSTMENT. Z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE T -p -- GAS COCK INV: INVERT ELEVATION _ _ p GAS REGULATOR IMB ICE MAKER BOX. GCO CLEANOUT TO CLEANOUT TO GRADE SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN MODEL #ZS-1400. SEE GAS/WATER TIGHT ABS PLUG 11. P.C. SHALL PROVIDE A PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE WHERE WATER MAIN w WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. GRADE PROVIDE CLEANOUT IN 18"x18"x6" CONCRETE PAD. DWGS. w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON KW KITCHEN WASTE ENTERS BUILDING IF PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI. SET PRV @ 75 PSI. SAFETY OR RELIEF VALVE L-1 LAVATORY Q DEMAND. --4S MBH MILLION BTU :r- SOLENOID VALVE HAL CONTRACTOR w COPYRIGHT 2019 OS&Y VALVE MS-1 MOP SINK GAS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED MC MECHANICAL 101FD FLOOR DRAIN NIC NOT IN CONTRACT GAS PIPING NOTES PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR GAS BURNER DATA RECOVERY FLUE SELECTION BASED ON z ^ HD HUB DRAIN OD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN UNIT GPM SIZE REMARKS/OPTIONS TAG DESCRIPTION MODELQ --® FLOOR SINK ORL OVERFLOW ROOF LEADER GAS TYPE INLET GALLONS MBH RECOVERY TOTAL TOTAL TYPE MANUFACTURER 1. GAS PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST NUMBER OW OIL WASTE SANITARY N P PRESSURE STORAGE INPUT GPM/RISE ISSUE OF THE INTERNATIONAL OR STATE FUEL GAS CODE AND NEPA o TRENCH DRAIN OWS OIL WASTE SEPATATOR �I RCP-1 RECIRCULATION PUMP WH-1 BUILDING X 7" WC 0 380 7.8/80' 1 7.8 3"PVC NORITZ BC380-SV-ASME-NG NOTE 1, A,C,D,F STANDARD N0. 54 WHICH APPLY. w TEETER�h�G�lEIF�tINGGROUP, .A, RD ROOF DRAIN 55007 CENTS DRIVE - SAUTE•DEDICATION•EE,NC EN17 RD ROOF DRAIN ADDITIONAL OPTIONS AS NOTED) 2. GAS PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES = 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 OPTIONS (ALL UNITS) DESCRIBED IN NFPA NO 54. ANY OTHER TEST AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL ~ 704.376,2999 WWW.TEGPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM OFco FLOOR CLEANOUT RL ROOF LEADER • CODE APPROVED VACUUM BREAKER, TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE A: CONCENTRIC VENT KIT FOR EACH HEATER. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. TEETERENGINEERINGRIGGROUP,HESE PA DOCUREBY RESERVESYASSOITS MON UW COPYRIGHT AND ALL S-1 SINK - GAS INSPECTION DEPARTMENT OR GAS COMPANY SHALL ALSO BE PERFORMED. o OTHERPROPERTVRIGHTSTOTHESEDOCUMENTS,ANYASSOCIATEDSPECIfICATIONS,DESIGN IPco END-OF-LINE CLEANOUT AND INTERGAL OR FIELD SUPPLIED HEAT TRAPS. SHOCK ARRESTOR B: WATER HEATER ASSEMBLIES ARE MANIFOLDED TOGETHER PROVIDE PIPING MANIFOLDS. LLJ IDEAS CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOC UM ENTIED IN HOLE ORINGN PAT,NORESHLLAND SA 3. MINIMUM GAS PIPING SIZING SHALL BE 3/4". ENGIN ERIN ROUP,EPRODUCENY LEREVISED,ORC COMPU ER OLEOOF THESE DOR SHALL HEY BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER IC AND p--IlWco WALL CLEANOUT THERMAL EXPANSION TANK ON CW MAKE-UP. SEE TANK SCHEDULE. EOLEPRRINGGROTEETE ENGINEERINGROU,PA.ANDAREESOfTHESED000MENTSARE SS SANITARY C: PROVIDE CONDENSATE NEUTRALIZATION KIT ON CONDENSATE DISCHARGE LINE. RECORD SES ONLY ENGINEERING SHALL.AND ARE INTE"DED FOLE OR IN ART RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FFR SHALE NOT RE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART SH-1 SHOWER SERVICE BALL VALVES ON HW/CW MAINS / WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. PRESSURE GAGE D: WATER HEATERS SUPPLING KITCHENS SHALL BE N.S.F. APPROVED. 4. GAS PIPING COLOR LABELS: z SD STORM DRAIN zo TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. EXTERIOR: THERMOMETER E: ELECTRONIC IGNITION CONTROLS (120/1 /60). COORDINATE WITH E.0 FLORIDA COA#26380 TD-1 TRENCH DRAIN A. LABEL ALL GAS PIPING 'GAS/PRESSURE" ON PIPE AT 5-0' CENTERS. LSA-"A" TP TRAP PRIMER F: POWERED EXHAUST/ELECTRONIC IGNITION (120V/1b/60) COORDINATE WITH E.C. B. COLOR: ON ROOF PAINT WITH TWO COATS OF YELLOW ENAMEL, ON VERTICAL '��,><sti,<ieft��►�� _._. T&P TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER (REDUCED PRESSURE) TW TEMPERED WATER NOTES: WALLS PAINT TO MATCH WALL COLOR. a �`'t1GttA NTER DOUBLE CHECK TYP TYPICAL INTERIOR: n :� tC E•N BACKFLOW PREVE ( ) 1. INSTALL WATER HEATER PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE ALL CONNECTION POINTS IN THE FIELD. �.•'�� •'•�' U-1 URINAL A. LABEL ALL GAS PIPING GAS/PRESSURE , SPACING AND COLOR PER 0 - -- METER (GAS OR WATER) V VENT ANSI/ASME A13.1 CODE REQUIREMENTS. o No 422$3 PUMP VB VACUUM BREAKER 5• o w EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE GAS PIPING SUPPORTS: ---�-� FPH BML TE`N'�A��UFIFi1DRkTCATES PDI SIZE) VLV VALVE EXTERIOR: VS VENT STACK A. PIPING ROUTED ON ROOF SHALL BE STRAPPED TO MANUFACTURED SUPPORTS '. STATE OF :•�+# � .✓ -{ FPHB FREEZE PROOF WALL HYDRANT BOX VP VENT PIPE SELECTION BASED ON "QUICK-BLOCK" OR EQUAL. GAS SUPPORTS SPACED PER NFPA 54 7.2.5.2. :fl O R I Q�;••'� ,� VOLUME DIAMETER HEIGHT o REMARKS INTERIOR: VTR VENT THRU ROOF DESCRIPTION ¢ ,r'`r��'S••.,,,•.�•'� i� -+� HB HOSE BIB VI/-1 WATER CLOSET TAG (GALLONS) (INCHES) (INCHES) MODEL A. PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED BY CLEVIS HANGERS W/ THREADED ROD OR �Qjp,��G r�+ -� TRAP PRIMER WCO WALL CLEANOUT MANUFACTURER NUMBER UNI-STRUT SYSTEM. GAS SUPPORTS SPACED PER NFPA 54 7.2.5.2. z ts�e►if M-IIA0► 01/08/2020 FS 4 TI' WH-1 WATER HEATER -+ FLOW SWITCH - FS#1 WP WASTE PIPE ET-11- i i i I BLADDER TYPE 2.0 8" 12 1/2" AMTROL ST-5 NOTE 1 6. GAS VALVES SHALL BE ANSI/CSA APPROVED, 125 PSI RATED; 2 PIECE, FULL o REVISIONS: DIRECTION OF FI-OW WS WASTE STACK PORT, BALL VALVES W/BRASS BODY AND BALL. PROVIDE W/ LEVER HANDLE. -� EJ - EXPANSION JOINT NOTES: 1. INSTALL EXPANSION TANK ON IN-COMING COLD WATER PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. 7. PROVIDE UNIONS, FLANGES OR COUPLINGS AT CONNECTION TO ALL VALVES Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY AND EQUIPMENT. DO NOT USE DIRECT WELDED OR THREADED CONNECTIONS Z PIPE ANCHOR TO VALVES, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER APPARATUS. w PIPE SLEEVE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION PUMP SCHEDULE 8. PROVIDE NON-CONDUCTING DIELECTRIC UNIONS WHENEVER CONNECTING � DISSIMILAR METALS. 9. PROVIDE DIRT LEG, GAS VALVE AND GAS REGULATOR AT EACH PIECE OF o REVISION NOTES CAPACITY ELECTRICAL DATA SELECTION BASED ON TAG DESCRIPTION TYPE REMARKS/OPTIONS EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION WITH-IN 36" OF EQUIPMENT. USE 0 POINT OF CONNECTION NEW TO EXISTING MODEL VENT-LESS REGULATORS INDOORS WHEN POSSIBLE. ROUTE VENTED REGULATOR � ® GPM HEAD (ft.) HP V PH HZ MANUFACTURER NUMBER VENTS TO EXTERIOR. cn G) DOMESTIC WATER RISER DESIGNATION RCP-1 HOT WATER RECIRC. PUMP IN-LINE 2.0 17 1/12 120 1 60 BELL & GOSSETT PL-30-B NOTE 1,2 W FRANCHISEE NAME: WASTE RISER DESIGNATION s OPTIONS ALL RCP UNITS) OPTIONS (ALL SUMP UNITS) ADDITIONAL OPTIONS (UNITS e AS NOTED GAS LOAD REQUIREMENTS SECTION OR DETAIL N0. AQUA-STAT & NIGHT TIMER 30"X30"X30" BASIN BY G.C. A: OIL-MINDER ALARM/CONTROL SYSTEM KLE PIZZA, 11 , LLC. Ln SECTION OR DERAIL LOCATED ON THIS SHT. FLANGED PUMP DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE B: • C• TAG DESCRIPTION QTY I MBH TOTAL MBH • BALANCING VALVE & CHECK VALVE 0 DISCHARGE BALL VALVE MAINTENANCE BALL VALVES ON BOTH SIDES OF PUMP --- D - w • WATER HEATER 1 380 380 ui PIPE LABEL LEGEND SHOCK ARRESTOR TABLE NOTES: PIZZA OVEN 1 340 340 1. SET AQUA-STAT WITH SET POINT 10 DEGREES BELOW SYSTEM SUPPLY TEMP. � KEITH EDWARDS w 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE PLAN DESIGNATION PIPE LABEL SELECTION BASED ON 2. INSTALL RECIRCULATION PUMP PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. TOTAL BUILDING LOAD MBH 720 (n JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 TAG PDI WH2O1 FIXTURE REMARKS CW DOMESTIC WATER DESIGNATION UNITS MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER MIXING VALVE SCHEDULE GAS PIPE SIZING Z PROJECT NAME: HWR DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN SA#1 AA 1-3 SIOUX CHIEF 660 NOTE 1 Z 8556 SELECTION BASED ON SA2 A 4-11 SIOUX CHIEF 652-A NOTE 1 MAXIMUM MINIMUM PRESSURE • TABLE: 2017 FLORIDA FUEL GAS CODE TABLE 402.4(5) # REMARKS/OPTIONS SS SANITARY SEWER TAG DESCRIPTION • TOTAL GAS INPUT: 720 MBH Of G GAS/PRESSURE SA#3 B 12-32 SIOUX CHIEF 653-B NOTE 1 GPM GPM LOSS MODEL MANUFACTURER • INLET PRESSURE: 2.0 PSI SA#4 C 33-60 SIOUX CHIEF 654-C NOTE 1 NUMBER • PRESSURE DROP: 1.0 PSI � � INTERIOR SA#5 D 61-113 SIOUX CHIEF I 655-D NOTE 1 MV-1 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE 3.5 .25 5 LEONARD 270-LF NOTE 1, A • LENGTH: 75 LN/FT 0 ui NOTES: OPTIONS WLL UNITS) ADDITIONAL OPTIONS (UNITS AS NOTED) • FITTINGS FACTOR: 20% UP - FIT ABOVE WILL BE LABELED PER ANSI/ASME A13.1 NOTES: Z ALL PIPING WITH THE DESIGNATIONS A / LEAD FREE NSF VED A: ASSE 1070 APPROVED, SET ® 100' F. INLETS/ OUTLET, MOUNT BELOW FIXTURE • TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH: 90 LN/FT NON-POTABLE SYSTEMS WILL BE LABELED PER IPC SECTION 608.8 1. INSTALL ARRESTORS PER PDI WH2O1 AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE T'STAT ON TEMPERED LINE 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD PIPE SIZE (INCHES) CAPACITY (MBH) o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 NOTES: 3/4 1,010 J FOOD SERVICE PLUMBING SCHEDULE ,. INSTALL MIXING VALVE PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ALL PIPING AND VALVES PER 0&M MANUAL. 1 1,850 Q 1-1/4 3,810 Q SHEET TITLE: WASTE H.W. GAS GAS INTERCEPTOR SCHEDULE 1-1/2 5,700 DESCRIPTION VENT C.W. NOTES/OPTIONS 2 11,000 ow TAG CONN. MBH DIRECT INDIRECT 110' 140' INLET/ FLOW CAPACITY SELECTION BASED ON 2-1/2 17,500 w OUTLET REMARKS/OPTIONS J 1 REFRIGERATOR, PIZZA PREP - FS - - - - - - - 3 30,900 °-z° TAG DESCRIPTION SIZE RATE WATER GREASE SOLIDS OIL MODEL SCHEDULES y GPM MANUFACTURER 4 63,100 0 7 CONVEYOR OVEN, DOUBLE DECK - - - - - - 340 - (INCHES) ( ) (GAL) (LBS) (CU/FT) (GAL) NUMBER w 12 HAND SINK 2" - 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" - - - 2 UNITS, PROVIDE MIXING VALVE MV-1 GI-1 GREASE INTERCEPTOR 4 75 125 653 19.2 - SCHIER GB-75 NOTE 1,3 LEGENDS DESINGNER NOTE: w 13 1 COMPARTMENT VEGGIE SINK - ITS - 1/2" - 1/2" - - FILTERED WATER, WATER FILTER WF-1 OPTIONS (ALL UNITS) ADDITIONAL OPTIONS (UNITS AS NOTED) m (OPTIPURE FX11+CR) PROVIDED BY OWNER DISCHARGE BACKWATER VALVE IN SEPARATE VALVE BOX A: NEMA 4X ALARM PANEL, SEE NOTE #2, SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION "� ' >. z NOTES 17 3 COMPARTMENT SINK - FS - 1/2" - 1/2" - - - -- B: PROVIDE H-20 TRAFFIC RATED RELIEVING SLAB PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT LOCAL WATER HARDNESS IS LESS THAN 3 C: PROVIDE EXTERNAL, VENTED FLOW CONTROL ® SCHEDULED FLOW RATE. GRAINS PER GALLON. IF WATER HARDNESS IS GREATER THAN 3 GRAINS PER .Am" Q 8 DISPLAY CASE, REFRIGERATED - FS - - - - - - - PROJECT NUMBER 20010 D: MOUNT ON FLOOR, TERMINATE WASTE LINE TO FLOOR SINK W/ AIR GAP. GALLON, PROVIDE WATER SOFTNER FOR DISHWASHER. 32 MOP SINK 2" - - 1/2" - 1/2" - - - NOTES: DATE 01-08-2020 713) ICE MAKER W/O BIN - FS - 1/2 - - - - PROVIDE ASSE 1022 BACKFLOW 1. INSTALL INTERCEPTOR PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE ALL CONNECTION POINTS IN THE FIELD. - - - - - - - 2. PROVIDE AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARM SYSTEM THAT INDICATES HIGH WATER LEVEL (VISUAL ONLY) AND HIGH-HIGH WATER LEVEL (AUDIBLE AND VISUAL) OF WATER LEVEL IN BASIN. A SILENCE PROVIDE ASSE 1022 BACKFLOW CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE AUDIBLE ALARMS. LEVEL SENSOR(S) TO BE INTRINSICALLY SAFE. LEVEL SENSOR FLOATS TO BE MADE OF STAINLESS STEEL. POWER TO THE CONTROL Q SHEET NO. 7C COFFEE/TEA MAKER 1/4" uj PLUMBING EQUIPMENT NOTES: PANEL IS TO BE [ 208 ] VOLT, [ 1 ] PHASE BY E.C. CONTROL/POWER WIRING FROM PANEL TO PUMP PROVIDED BY P.C. AND INSTALLED BY E.C. 1. IT SHALL BE THE PLUMBING CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBLITY TO MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM 3. PROVIDE SCHIER MODEL SV24-1_4 GREASE WASTE SAMPLING PORT. KITCHEN/BAR EQUIPMENT TO THE PLUMBING MAINS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. 2. THE PLUMBING CONNECTION SCHEDULE ON THIS PLAN RELATES REQUIRED CONNECTIONS TO INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT ONLY. 0 3 3. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO "KITCHEN EQUIPMENT COMPANY" CUT SHEETS FOR ALL ROUTING OF FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND EXACT ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS. 4. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT ALL FLOOR SINKS FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. 5. ALL FLOOR DRAINS ARE WASHED BY HOSE BIBBS LOCATED IN BATHROOMS AND KITCHEN. SHEET 3 OF 5 DOME STRAINER GRATE FLOOR SINK FLOOR DRAIN FINISHED Z FINISHED FLOOR GRATE FLOOR z O n• OF) °' - 4.. s COUNTERSUNK SLOTTED . . ° v a e s. v CLEANOUT PLUG W PIPE • CAULK OUTLET LINK-SEAL TYPE CENTURY-LINE SLEEVE _ THERMOPLASTIC MODEL CS (PROVIDE FIRE RATED -� _ _ w GERALD P . N 0_ E_ SEALANT IN FIRE RATED WALLS) SLEEVE AND ANCHOR INSIDE CAULK CA ARCHITECT CLEANOUT COVER COLLAR (WATERSTOP) I STAINLESS STEEL LINK-SEAL TYPE WALL PENETRATION TOP VANDALPROOF o FLORIDA REGISTRATION N0. AR93745 L MODEL LS SEA WALL - ° �� L 4" DEEP SEAL1/2" CW TO �a DEEP SEAL P TRAP- TRAP PRIMER "P" TRAP Z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE STAINLESS STEEL SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 ESCUTCHEON PLATE LEAD SEAL v WHERE LOCATED FERRULE P: 864.583.2215 86 om83.2265 ABOVE GRADE CAULKING N mall gpnarch WALL CLEAN-OUT DETAIL FLOOR SINK DRAIN DETAIL TYPICAL FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL Z !�SLEEVIATEXTlR10RWALLS 2 3 scALE: NONE 4 scALE NONEZ CHECKED BY: MMS SCALE NONE NOT o NOTE: P.C. SHALL PROVIDE TRAP GUARD AT DRAINS NOT WASHED � DRAWN BY: CLS P.C. SHALL PROVIDE TRAP GUARD AT DRAINS NOT WASHED BY A HOSE BIBB. TRAP GUARD = ZURN #Z1072. w BY A HOSE BIBB. TRAP GUARD = ZURN #Z1072. N PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER IF REQUIRED BY AHJ. PRIMER PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER IF REQUIRED BY AHJ. PRIMER = ~ ZURN MODEL #Z1022 OR APPROVED EQUAL. ZURN MODEL #Z1022 OR APPROVED EQUAL. � THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED Z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE Ld WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON CD DEMAND. a 019 1. PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT ALL IF HORIZONTAL BRANCH IS LESS THAN 20' w COPYRIGHT RES ERVED ELBOWS AND TEES AND AT SPACING LONG, PROVIDE ONE WHA AT END OF LINE ALL RIGHTS RES INSTALL PER PDI SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE BELOW. PIPING STANDARDS AND V) SHALL BE SLOPED AND ROUTED TO MANUFACTURER'S GAS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONDENSATE PREVENT TRAPPING CONDENSATE Z PIPING (EXCEPT AT DIRT LEGS) AND TO FACILITATE CONDENSATE DRAINAGE. PDI SIZE "A" IF BRANCH IS GREATER THAN 20' LONG, � 2. GAS PIPING AND PENETRATIONS THRU PROVIDE ANOTHER WHA IN MIDDLE, EACH EC. SIZED FOR HALF THE FIXTURE UNITS w RELA ER N� �G , ROOF SHALL BE CALLED FOR IN SP = 55007ICENTE DRIVE SUIT •DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE � 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE SUITE 140 CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 SECTION 15 OR AS REQUIRED BY 7ETEREN.2999 :7EGPA>CONt INFO@TEGPA.COM 0 TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND ALL LOCAL CODES. o COTHER ONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND ANDIDETH THESE DOCUNENTS,S ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN I JWW CONCEPTS,DETAtlS,ANDIDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND w IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY Ln BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER 3. PIPE STAND SHALL BE MIRO, IND. OR SOLEPGINROPERTY OPERRIN6TY0GROTE PA.ANY ENGINEERING ANDGROUP, COMPUTER RESOFTHED DOCUMENTS ARE EQUAL "PILLOWBL L B MODEL 1.5 OR RECORD OPERTYOFTE ONLY. ENGINEERING UP,PA.ANDERE INTENDED HOLE OR INFANT o- RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART TO 1 L " LLO (UP TO 3"), AND 4(U & WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. PIPE --ROOF MEMBRANE 4-RAH FOR 4", 6-RAH (5 TO 6")• J TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. STAND AS CUSHION TO FIXTURES o '�`tvl%iilfr,t,ORIDACOA#26380 HOT OR COLD LLJ UNION 4. DO NOT ATTACH PIPE STANDS TO ROOF. WATER SUPPLY A � _Q ,"tt` lG� ,.....�C,y MECHANICAL J r'' "GEN 5'' © � GAS SIZE AS UNIT PIPE SIZE MODEL N0. MAX. SPACING TO FIXTURESO ` •'�, ••.•� !� INDICATED ON PLANS • 4" 1.5 6' SINGLE FIXTURE' I w No 42283 7SPECIFICATpf� AND 1" 1.5 = GAS SHUTOFF I It/4» 1.5 g SI•: STATE OF VALVE 1 t/2„ 1 5 10, TO FIXTURES 2" 3-R 10' MULTIPLE FIXTURES GB-7S75 GPM Grease Interceptor for Ir door/outdoor Use z �, cS�'•••....•••'� ,% - 15' RES _. z !f ifs t� �`1,+ ��' 01/08/2020 21/2 3 R TO FIXTURES III r MIN 6" 3" 3-R 13' o DIRT LEG Z REVISIONS: 4" 4-R, 4-RAH g' 6 z PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS BY SIOUX CHIEF, PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, WATTS OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT WITH PISTON AND 5" 6-RAH 13' 0-RING CONSTRUCTION, HAVING PDI #WH-201, ASSE #1010 AND ANSI #A112.26.1M CERTIFICATION. INSTALL IN HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL POSITION, BUT NEVER UPSIDE _ /J z PIPING SUPPORT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY ON ROOF. 6" 6-RAH 10' DOWN. INSTALL IN LINE WITH WATER FLOW DIRECTION IF POSSIBLE. SIZE THE UNITS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR PER THE TABLES SHOWN ABOVE. '�` z € " 4t{ _ y w as ria L�RHAMMER ARRESTORSPORT DETAIL 6 ASAND CONDENSATEPIPESUP SCALE NONE o Z FRANCHISEE NAME: Q CALCULATIONS --- ' � KLE PIZZA, II, LLC. Step 1: Flow rate to grease interceptor Step :Crease Production _ = __ s V) (lower of pipe size and total fixture flaw rate) Number of meals served per day: 200 _ Grease production value: Pizza Restaurant ~ Recirculation system Tota!fixture flow rate: 42.4671 GPM (medium!Tlo(lafware:0,025 bs per SEIV{ri�� Im This unit-is cert(/"sed to a.SrFlE alt'4.ta.3(Type C)and SA 0481.1 and includes satwhen at Miami DEN are tailency d in rierequirements O an internal fig v control.External tiaw control with vent not required. kora at[seat 2 rseyifa at a inataiiea ire aeriraa w Notes: Pipe size flow rate(3 in): 35 GPM Days between pump-outs: 90 days Ld Ld -f-' KEITH EDWARDS 1.Size the pump to provide a maximum of thmughthe system att0ftofhead plus piping GPM 200x0.025X90=450lbsofFOCa 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE Hot water Return lossesoptions --- w Adjust the flow using aglobe valve and verify the �(areL�S� rUduGtpt7t7Standard _ � JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 NORITZ tripe size flow rate per Manning's formula Servings per day p Cold Water Supply flow rate with the maintenance monitors. Tankiess Gas 2.Pump Control Signa(is the preferred method 6" 154 mm)plain end inlet/outlet ❑C24WP H2 J load rated pickoble cast iron O Water Heater S to control the recircviation pump. YEtlU�Y.�r;s/S�?BCVs•`O8r7 pump-outs =�r�c2S8 Location:indoor/outdoor autdaor ❑ i For pumps larger than SiGW,a relay connection must OLltpi.t installation:cibove/k'�elav✓r�rnde (straight-through) cover-iti3Or)0 Lbs. PROJECT : Fixtures be used.if the Pump Control Signal is Hak used, Fkm Rags J Greasy apac`s,fe9. ®6'(150 m r)plain end(Hirt/outlet ❑CO24: e r f�rana clan psn�collar kit Z ROJEC NAME J9- ! '� an Aquastat may be used to control the pump. 75 Clef A(1.7 cit :653 Lbs•. (triple- utiet) El PPS`r uarspnut Port Q r I 3.Use an Aquastat if the water heater is not control- 5rslids Capanityl9 gal- [�6"(190 rnrrt)male thread inlet/otatlet (_1 AKf:High Water Anchor Fit Vl ling the pump. LiquidCapacity*125 gal (stainless steel/straight-through) Field Cast Risers o_ E t--- - --- Set the Aquastat to 10°F below the set output MODELDescription: Polyethylene Grease Interceptor Weight Ids. 5" z,3 ~ __--- L a7iy} temperature. Expansion Tank „ Connections:4"(100 rnrn)plain encs 1 J�FO ra igrht- Fixed a abet.{st thrrugh i [_) U II (Instal/according 4.Noritz recommends the use of an isolation KitL1 LAIN-EA-24'2"(5Q rr )plain end fitting (_.]LR24 >23" :3F3° Isolation __ rs with the installation. Dimensions,Length:46", Width.3211, Height: 38.5 Cower:bolted t�risf vaater tight campsite > 38„_fix„ af Kit('4} II to local code] These kits include an integrated shut-off and serv- with 16,000 Ib.load rating ❑PLAIN-EA-34.3"(1 x mm)plain end fitting [ 5R24(xa) H "II toe valve with unions arxf a pressure relief valve. p r� Flaw Dates/Grease Capacities:75 GPM/653.0 Lbs ❑rPT_ A_2d�'x '(7 x Ufa mn,)FI>r fitting ❑sR24+LR24 >43'-5 ° �' Li z INTERIOR Liquid Capacity: 125 gal -I PPT-EA-34:A."x 3"(Ino x 75 rnm)FPT fitting ❑LRxa(x2)> a"-az° o I -i�F Gas.Supply U Globe Approval z UP - FIT I A uastat'3 '^q � ) Valve - E Pump I 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD Pump Control 8igna!('2j - Pump("1) - ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 _ _____a FIXTURE INFORMATION w , ----------- Relay o Relay for Pump ®a (if larger 85 Watts) Q tionai 8.10 Gallonrif 9 R ------------------------ Storage - - ---- 120VAC y tr I:iyl .. . -..- .. -_.- ------------------------ ttT ?iCOtP'C��,�z..t�r >Tr,lr°•; � c:•a ,..�ar:�r.�t:�:: Q Storage Tank a s P a 9GPPd s 18 x24 x12 673 g HEFT TITLE (To alleviate cold water sandveich) RI " 3 gal ML WLt • t_ 3 Comp Multi-Ccampa tmank Three Bo... 1 25.25 GPM 5 . a I Hot Water w t • i Hand Sink Hand Sink 2 1,13 GPfvt 12,27 GPM 3 1r)"x 14"x 6" 3.03 gal " .>sx: , ,> i- Q 0 ILLcs 1 9.35 GPM l 1fi.7 GPM 3 24"x 24"x 10" 2 ,94 gal O s-m Mop Sink Mop Basin ' Aquastat Wiring Use Honeywell Aquastat Prep Sink Prep Sink One Bowl 1 5.6x1 GPM 111.22 CPM 2 t F"x 18"x i 2" 14.96 gal Page t of 4 J M (Model L6006A or L6006C) Z 0 m to DETAILS NOTE: w of LIJ SEE PO.03 FOR RECIRULATION PUMP SCHEDULE. M ,. Z J PROJECT NUMBER 20010 . Y to DATE 01-08-2020 U Q SHEET NO. w I- L Z_ SHEET 4 OF 5 NOTES THIS SHEET 1 SEE SHEETS P0.1 - PO.4 FOR SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ), 9�/ O ( PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE WITH NEW SPECIFIED FIXTURE.Fr1 � CA } RECONNECT NEW FIXTURE TO EXISTING PLUMBING SUPPLIES AT FORMER C �,'�ILL�I,�I�",11�.lL��'1L�1.�I,,.1'I,I;i,I,5!L I,��II�,;LL',!1I�l,�I',"LLI�I,_I�':,:_-I1;I,I.�I I�'11";,1,;��_�,1'iL A::I,,�I,L-i�I I�I��6,k�.I,I,.�1�.1,,�1,;1.�::�.:,_._1_"_-\�,—,.II:Ii-LL�I'_,I LL�:IILI iIz�1.1,.:,"6_,',"I 1,d�d;L�Il,`�-;L�I,".1-.I"�_�1",,,ii!I 1I�I�_.'I-,.,,��L.:��I N.�:1��,L�-.',-:,�_ijL_1IIL��\.-.L"1,-11..1l�!�1".1.:i,1I..,,._1.,_4..II�Iz-".�k1§'-.cL,.I�:��II1I1,k';I;i�i�.�I..�"�I��I—"1LI�_.L�,1(._Z!11II��"I1,I'II�'%tI�,�LI�1'4�i.1,.��IL,��III,�111'\L�I1,1"I I,I'III,,1zI�I1 LLI'IIL1 j1:'06I L 1_6�l,zI1��.LL:'L..1E_-';��Z--LL"L.,1, LnZ ka Vw 14 fb rn VLw '.1 NPp PPN 111, WU AE �1) LLL FIXTURE LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. - g INSTALL GREASE INTERCEPTOR GI-i. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PER ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE SEALED WATER TIGHT A MANHOLE COVER. 0 TIE NEW SANITARY SEWER INTO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE OF EQUAL OR LARGER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, INVERT ELEVATION AND � FLOW DIRECTION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST THE NEW WASTE LINE AS GERALD P . N 0 E REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER TOP IER HEX SYSTEM. MAINTAIN CODE MINIMUM PIPE SLOPES. H ARCHITECT cn 44 05 PROVIDE NEW SANITARY CLEANOUT AT TRANSITION FROM A 3" TOA 4". 0 FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. EE ICO EI © INSTALL 3" GREASE WASTE LINE FOR SCHIER PUMPOUT PORT. TURN UP IN 9 WALL TO 18" AFG, STUB-OUT W/ THREADED CAP. z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE (E)1"G 0 EXISTING CONDENSATE FROM EQUIPMENT TO HD, DISCHARGED W/ CODE 0 SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 E 2"VTR DN APPROVED AIR GAP. COORDINATE ROUTING WITH OTHER TRADES. x P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 6 (-�--- 13 CONDENSATE SHALL NOT BE RUN OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. mail@gpnorcht.com RE7 4 O �� ® TIE NEW 1" DOMESTIC WATER LINE INTO EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER LINE OF z " \ E 1" EQUAL OR LARGER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO I- O M,.. NE AS REQUIRED TO o i MESTIC WATER LI - -".. 2 1, _, . ON. ADJUST THE NEW DO CHECKED BY: MMS i . O ' -z -""" __ _. _. WATER SYSTEM. z . " ~' " " "" ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO THE TING DOMESTIC 32 - o DRAWN BY CLS x � ��'�„ :, E,? - ET-1 9 INSTALL TANKLESS WATER HEATER ON WALL AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 4' F`= , E 1" 2PSI O REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT WATER HEATER LOCATION. PIPE w CD 1 ) (380 MBH) _ LL 1LzILL LLL II LLL II �r' m . FCO " , ATER HEATER CONDENSATE TO THE MOP SINK BELOW THE WATER HEATER ~ DRAWING IS AN INST 1 F, » 3"BS i , C� 1°� t = 9 10 N ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE A CODE APPROVED THIS RUMENT OF °" O4 4 E 3, _,. ..:_�. E 4 w ' AIR GAP ON THE CONDENSATE DISCHARGE. - SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE L,,"II LII;I r�:I:I;t,�LI_LI" �,I",LL,L Li�IIIII:I,�-zI.�,: ",�LI� tI� 4,�I�—I.II I,LL L I!L� ,, ::.:IIL. �ffI_I"�1II1.L��1" N>I.,IIL-.:1,L�.11LL:�.L1I._��,.:�z_'a.1 L�iI I'I L_L,6 II'!I1,.'_,1IILL I "I,�"1 .LII'1N I11 1L,II,�,_ ',:�,1�'1`��]_, 1I �_'--,."LII:,1"T�.I1L-ILL,I'�I''1611I :�_1L"�I1�'�"I4""1IEiIII''I"L'�__��""L''1:'I�L\1%,-_IL,L.��,i i,rL.�1LL'"l�1"�L___,',-1,,1l_-,1 ::-�'"L,,,_:"L�I��1I1lL_�LI�-,L'�i�I,_�IL_'1�,L.'I l:L,L1'L" ,� O 1 ,,, CT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED i' = _ 0 E EXTERIOR WALL. INSTALL VENT TERMINAL 32 2 �RCHITE `' GI-1 E 2 VTR z�P. (380 MBH) 10 INSTALL CONCENTRIC VENT TO TH MINATIONS SHALL Lz, I ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE ��"'s O- � „� ._, '� 15 �, o AND MESH WIRE SCREEN ON CONCENTRIC VENT. THE TER -LLiL.L�.,L�1l,,�-'1,,,z,LI.1."�I Ll'I.I:-�4111.�1�,I".,.l:LLI��,�LL,�,.I,1;�L�'.,:I L�1 L I'�i,.II 1,,),��.,1,l�.L 1l7,�I1I,"..i�z1t�Il,1,."1II,"_',�_,,.,I,,',3.�I-�,J,,LII1"��I1I,�:I 11,:�,�71I.1iI��I1�I.55II1��L"I,�i��;IIi I/.�-,,L;"'L1��,.—1U.L1.j�ItI L"'.Ii�II,i','.�1-,e'L I I�e.I�L�'I.I�I I;LliII1111I�."I iLL�.'��1L'".1'_.-�11L�'��ILII I1I\IlIL_I1iII�c-LI IIIL:�5II11�I"IIIII I5�,I�I LI L,�II15��I,II��§II�y""';I'L iI_I,'11L"II��",L"-'-,LI�'--L,-",,"�,_.%LI1-,,IL I.,'_I.II.I. W 1 , " ' CV WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT O 0 0 �Z FCS BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UP01 ,�!�11:�,,�"l.1I,L,,I.I-�3LL'L.11;,.,L"....,I�1LL,..1,1I.L-11�'��.I'II iII0�,�--II'"�I.:;�I I.I�.I II�LI,�.!,i�1/.1.�i 1'I,1I,1,111,,.51�I 1 I1 Z'-1I�1l,",.IiIII�lI�I1I:z z-I��.1,.e1L,l.._.I�,.I��.,z_.5L�i,,�iIL�,,��',��',�II�,_L I,"LI,_,A�a,lI:,:lI J"�.��I,I;-�"'1"�`t1I-'-'1I_'_1�1_'1LIJ,I"-.I:�L:�I,'.L15t`,�.'�"I,"��1_.L,-,�I,�..I,1-11..L,�',L':,,I 1-LI'I,__�1ILL,-I.L1,Ll1.L,I-II''',L11i_LLl�l1',.I'",,1,n- ( �-- G BV CODES. DEMAND. ,. a� 17 / E 2"VTR - - - - -1 I� .��/I 1",_',-I-I 1--.,II I'l"l"lliI-I I�'_—I'l�l 1„,, 1. , . -- 8 AFF. ROUTE BEHIND LAVATORY AND n.. .; - - t,/ 140 11 ROUTE HW LINE DN IN WALL TO 1 0 �� ., 8 0 LING w COPYRIGHT 2019 .- ,,� '�"_ _ 2,, TURN BACK UP TO ABOVE CEI L RIGHTS RESERVED ,.- FCO ., EFS. / "” >, ALL (-�— .... ..__ N _"-"- F> - 4 -""", � �.. , I�, � "� HEIGHT OF WF-1 WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. m f ' -.:- -' 17 12 COORDINATE MOUNTING L ' O _. 1_111. ..: -". � ,"_ �E�,a - 4 E2 O ' 1 13 EXISTING GAS METER BY UTILITY COMPANY, TIE EXISTING GAS INTO NEW GAS z ��I�I111 ��" �� ;,;:, (E)1 J OR w METER SEE SHEET PO 3 FOR TOTAL GAS DEMAND PLUMBING CONTRACT Q a- c� SHALL COORDINATE METER LOCATION AND PRESSURE WITH THE LOCAL 0 ,�. - ICAT IS C� 12 2 " UTILITY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF THE DELIVERY PRESSURE IND ED w a 0 , 12 0 } TRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE w ITMGNER1D D o A ,,, - ; ,; -.-., " c, CHATECIT ENGINEER MMEDIATEL ON = FS AR �- E 4" 5500 77 CENT RIVE SUITE 140 r- 7043B6L2999ERD WW ,TEGPA.COM CH NFO@TEGPA.COM \7 ' `� at, " ,,, ( ) --"' "`? 13 "" "' .:% „,q... ':C LL TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT ANO ALL , GW O 13 INSTALL GAS SOLENOID VALVE (NO) ABOVE CEILING. TIE VALVE INTO HOOD : 3 "l'" "•, OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS TOTHESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN , �; MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 230000 - HVAC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATORS 3.04 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE F. Intumescent Putty. Compound which expands on exposure to surface heat r� �) PART 1 GENERAL A. Rooftop Equipment: Protect units from physical damage by storing off site A. Restrained Open Spring Isolators: A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design gain; conforming to the following: 1.01 APPLICABILITY until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of 1. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. 1. Potential Expansion: Minimum 1000 percent. (A A. This section supplements all sections of the Specifications for Division 23 units. vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire 2. Durability and Longevity: Permanent. Z and shall apply to all phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying cross sectional area of duct. 3. Color: Manufacturer's standard color. O Drawings, or required to provide a complete installation of approved HVAC chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. capacity. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. G. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows; conforming to the following: Z Ito systems. C. Protect dampers and accessories from damage to operating linkages, 2. Spring Mounts: Provide with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from 1. Durability and Longevity: Permanent. � 1.02 DEFINITIONS blades and finishes. inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated objectionable drafts and noise. H. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, and Accessories: Type required for tested q A. "Work" is hereby defined as, "The construction and services required by the D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in hardware. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that assembly design. a Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and includes place until installation. 3. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect PART 3 EXECUTION � all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by E. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining requirements for neoprene pad isolators. volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. Do 3.01 INSTALLATION the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The work may factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor 4. Restraint: Provide heavy mounting frame and limit stops. not use diffuser, grille or register integral dampers for balancing A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance � constitute the whole or a part of the project." storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. 5. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings adjustments unless the plans do not indicate duct mounted devices. with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. 1.10 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE and neoprene coated springs. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive B. Do not cover installed firesto In until inspected b authority having � GERALD P . N 0 E B. "Furnish" is hereby defined as, "To supply and deliver, unload, and inspect PP 9 P Y Y 9 0 for damage." A. Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in B. Spring Hanger: changes required at no additional expense to the Owner. Vary branch air jurisdiction. HARCHITECT Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent quantities by damper regulation. C. Install labeling required by code. rA C. "Install' is hereby defined as, "To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, B. Provide one year manufacturer warrant for pumps. vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 G. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter finish, cure, protect, clean, connect, and place into operation into the y y P P D. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature C. Provide three year manufacturers warranty for solid state ignition modules. of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature FLORIDA REGISTRATION N0. AR93745 work." D. Provide five year manufacturers warranty for compressors, heat exchangers, capacity. for 50 percent loading of filters. before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. v D. "Provide" is hereby defined as, "To furnish and install." condensing units, and electronic air cleaners. 2. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting H. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust E. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent-cured materials are being 9 E. "Connect" is hereby defined as, To bring service to the equipment and PART 2 PRODUCTS requirements for neoprene pad isolators or rubber hanger with dampers for design conditions in all operating modes as indicated in the installed. H make final attachment including necessary ductwork, piping, wiring, etc." 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS threaded insert. sequence of control. END OF SECTION 0 399 LUCERNE DRIVE F. "Concealed" is hereby defined as, "Hidden from sight in chases, furred A. The products of other manufacturers shall meet or exceed all 3. Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment. I. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust w SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl spaces, or requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor accepts all 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings dampers to check leakage. SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION x P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 buried." responsibility for costs and coordination issues arising out of the and neoprene coated springs. J. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at PART 1 GENERAL F' substitution of materials or equipment, and the coordination of such C. Neoprene Pad Isolators: extreme conditions and at all intermediate operating conditions specified in 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES m a II C�? n arch t.COm G. "Exposed" is hereby defined as, "Not installed underground nor concealed as � gp defined by the Specifications." substitutions with all other contractors and subcontractors. 1. Rubber or neoprene waffle pads. the sequence of control. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air A. Duct insulation. o �I B. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork, piping or a. Hardness: 30 durometer. flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. B. Duct liner. 0 H. "Drawings is hereby defined as, 'All plans, details, equipment schedules, insulation materials at his option, provided the selected material b. Thickness: Minimum 1/2 inch. 3.05 SCOPE diagrams, sketches, etc. issued for the construction of the work." P / C. Insulation jackets. Z CHECKED BY: MMS 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and any C. Maximum Loading: 50 psi. A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (if present on the D. Supply, return or exhaust ducts in ceiling spaces. PRAWN BY: DRH A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, Electrical utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the d. Rib Height: Maximum 0.7 times width. project): E. Supply, return or exhaust ducts in interior unconditioned areas. selected material is the sole responsibility of the installing 2. Configuration: Single layer. 1. HVAC Pumps; Boilers; All Air Handling Equipment; All Packaged F. Supply, return or exhaust ducts in exposed locations. � Code, Fire Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy Code, and all other applicable codes, amendments, and ordinances. Also perform all work Contractor. D. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.4 inch Heating and/or Cooling Equipment; All Coil; All Heat Exchanger 1.02 FIELD CONDITIONS = PART 3 EXECUTION deflection with threaded insert. Terminal Heat Transfer Units; Air Terminal Units; Air Inlets and A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of l- in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK E. Glass Fiber Pads: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded glass Outlets adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. M THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) including Fire Marshal(s). A. Examine the Contract Documents as a whole for the work of other fiber. 3.06 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE B. Perform work in accordance with Landlord requirements, including any trades. Coordinate all work accordingly. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Report (as applicable to the project): hours. �__ ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED Tenant Criteria Manuals and Lease Exhibits, where applicable. B. Promptly report to the Architect any delay or difficulties 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. Summary Comments: PART 2 PRODUCTS w IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE C. Perform work in accordance with the applicable utility companies serving encountered in the installation of the work, which might prevent A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Design versus final performance 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. the project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper and proper installation, or make it unsuitable to connect B. On closed spring isolators, adjust so side stabilizers are clear under w prompt P P P 9 J b. Notable characteristics of system A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON coordination of the work. with or receive the work of others. Failure to so report shall normal operating conditions. a- D. conRecognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of P p g C. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate amount of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, 0 DEMAND. 9 g constitute an acceptance of the work of other trades as being fit C. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating building pressurization or UL 723. Q installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the requirements and proper for the execution of this work. weights substantially different from installed weights, block up d. Nomenclature used throughout report and test conditions. B. Manufacturer: Knauf Fiber Glass; Johns Manville Corporation; Owens Corning w COPYRIGHT 2019 of these Specifications shall conform to the latest publications or standard C. Plan, lay out, and coordinate the work with all trades well enough in equipment with temporary shims to final height. When full load is B. Electric Motors and drives: Corp.; CertainTeed Corporation. p g =, rules of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.), American Society for Testing advance so that it proceeds with a minimum of nterference to work applied, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal. P P ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PP J 1. Manufacturer; Model/Frame; HP/BHP; Phase, voltage, amperage; 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE � and Materials (ASTM), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and that has not been completed and work that is in progress. Inform D. Support piping connections to equipment mounted on isolators using - nameplate, actual, no load; RPM; Service factor; Sheave A. Insulation: ASTM C 553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. � National Electrical Code (NEC), National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), all trades of openings required for the work and provide all special Isolators or resilient hangers to nearest flexible pipe connector. Make/Size/Bore. 1. 'K' value: 0.31 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM (n American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers frames, sleeves, and anchor bolts required. The HVAC system layout E. Provide flexible connections on all piping and ductwork connections g z may be altered to suit the conditions with engineer approval, prior to equipment. Refer to other sections of this Specification for the 2. V-Belt Drives: Identification/location; Required driven RPM; Driven C 518. (ASHRAE), and the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Y 9 PP PP sheave, diameter and RPM; Belt, size and quantity, 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F. Q Association SMACNA . to the Installation of any work and without additional cost to the acceptable types of flexible connectors to be used. q y P 9 ( ) C. Cooling and Heating Coils: 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight. 0 Of I a E. The Contract Documents shall take precedence where the Contract Owner. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this F. Selection of type, thickness and deflection of vibration isolation shall B. Vapor Barrier Jacket: w P 1. Identification/number; Manufacturer P Documents exceed code, Landlord, utility, or recognized standards Contractor's responsibility. be by the vibration control manufacturer based on the specific cn TEETERENGINEERING , y g 2. Air flow, design w RELIABILITY•COLLABORATiON•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE and actual 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. requirements. D. Perform all work in conformity with the Contract Documents and equipment type and size, as scheduled on the Drawings and 9 = afford other trades reasonable opportunity for the their indicated below. 3. Air pressure drop, design and actual 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.029 ng/Pa s m (0.02 perm inch), F_ 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES PP Y e execution o 704.376.2999 • WWW.TEGPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM 4. Entering and leaving air DB and WB temperature, design and actual when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96 E 96M. L1_ TEETER ENG IN EERING GROUP,PAH ERE BY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND ALL A. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the work work. Properly connect and coordinate this work with the work of 3.02 SCHEDULES g g P g 0 OTHER PROPERTYRIGHTS TOTH ESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN other trades at such time and in such a manner as not to dela A. Equipment Isolation Schedule: Minimum deflection as sized b the isolation 5. Water flow, design and actual (if applicable) 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND under this Contract shall be obtained by the Contractor at his expense, Y ( Y w IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY or interfere with their work. equipment manufacturer. 6. Water pressure drop, design and actual (if applicable) C. Vapor Barrier Tape: N EBE N DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER unless otherwise indicated. ) 1. Kraft paper reinforced with lass fiber am and bonded to aluminized � ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE SOL 1.05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS E. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the 1. Fans, axial and centrifugal. 7. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual (if P P 9 Y RECORDOPERTYOFTENLY,ENGINEERINGGROUP,SHALL.ANDARE INTENDEDFOLEORIVEAND RECORD PURPOSESONLY,COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLERC IN PART film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. > WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. A. The Contractor is responsible to obtain, fully understand, and coordinate roofing manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this a. Small fans up to 22" diameter wheel: applicable) J D. Air Moving Equipment: D. Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. the work with the complete set of Contract Documents. Any required Contractor's expense. This Contractor shall contract with the factory 1) Rubber Mount or Hanger g1. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic, compatible with insulation, black o FLORIDA COA#26380 corrections, includingall associated costs, arising from issues caused b authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system 2. Packaged roof to equipment. 1. Manufacturer; Model number; Serial number; w 9 Y 9 P 9 Y 9 Pcolor. V1111 �iee� the Contractor's failure to understand and/or coordinate the work with the applicable tma this resultJent removal and replacement unauthorized ofthe roofing a. Above grade roof structures: Arr2. Air flow, actual E. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gage. a `,to',GOAELS 1'.%� complete set of Contract Documents are the Contractor's sole Y P 1) Base: Roof Curb. P 2.03 DUCT LINER ■% .......... 'S' ,# responsibility. penetration systems at this Contractors expense. 2) Isolation: Full perimeter Neoprene Pad between curb and units. Provide 3. Inlet; Discharge; Total static pressure (total external), specified and A. Insulation: Incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C 1071; flexible a- ;■ ;'��G :�7i�i B. Work under these sections is diagrammatic unless indicated otherwise and F. All temperature control wiring, thermostat wiring, damper interlock restrained spring vibration isolation curbs when indicated on the Drawings. actual blanket, rigid board, and preformed round liner board; impregnated surface o N 4 is intended to convey the scope of work and indicate the general wiring, control panel interlock wiring and miscellaneous low voltage END OF SECTION E. Air Distribution Tests: and edges coated with acrylic polymer shown to be fungus and bacteria X *:, 0 2283 arrangement of ductwork, piping, equipment, and accessories. Follow these wiring associated with the equipment furnished or installed under 1. Air terminal number resistant by testing to ASTM G 21. o drawings in la in out the work and verify spaces for the installation of this contract shall be furnished and installed b the mechanical 2. Room number location o ; * W g y g y p Y SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC / 1. Apparent Thermal Conductivity Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. -p these materials and equipment. Wherever a question exists as to the exact contractor or his sub-contractor. All wiring installed under this PART 1 GENERAL 3. Terminal type 2. Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. STATE di" :'t�1 intended location of ductwork, piping, or equipment, obtain instructions from contract shall be in full compliance with the National Electical Code, 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 4. Terminal size 3. Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm, o :(D'' 4L: the Architect before proceeding with the work. all State and local codes and requirements of the Electrical A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of airs stems. 5. Area factor minimum. �r ��' . ` P 9 9• j 9 Y o . 4 ,, . !�i& C. Notify the Architect for resolution if a discrepancy is discovered within the Specifications for this project. 1. Air handling units; Packaged heating and/or cooling equipment; Fans. 6. Design velocity 4. Minimum Noise Reduction Coefficients: ¢ -.0 0 .�R 1....�C., % Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of 3.02 A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on the Drawings. (Exhaust and supply); Coils; Terminal equipment; Air inlets and 7. Design air flow a. 1/2 inch Thickness: 0.30. cn illxt,pN M_'_,4%'` 01/08/2020 discrepancies shall result in the resolution becoming the Contractor's y g outlets. (Diffusers, grilles, louvers, etc.) 8. Test (final) velocity b. 1 inch Thickness: 0.45. z responsibility and subject to the Architect's review and possible rejection. B. Verify all equipment locations prior to rough-in. Maintain adequate 9. Test (final) air flow 0 P Y J P J B. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. C. 1-1/2 inches Thickness: 0.60. � Should the Architect reject a discrepancy resolution of which the were not equipment service clearance per manufacturer and code. 10. Percent of design air flow z REVISIONS: 1 P Y Y C. Independent agency requirements. 9 d. 2 inch Thickness: 0.70. w notified, the Contractor is full responsible to correct the installation, C. Verify routing of all ductwork and piping in field prior to fabrication END OF SECTION w Y P 1.02 SUBMITTALS B. Adhesive: Waterproof, fire-retardant type. z includingall associated costs, until approval of the installation is given b or installation. Verify adequate clearance with structure, light PP 9 Y A. Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB C. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad or impact applied with NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY the Architect. fixtures, and ceiling heights. supervisor for approval within 30 days after award of Contract. Provide TAB SECTION 230595 - FIRE STOPPING FOR HVAC SYSTEMS integral, or press-on head. Z 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS D. Verify that proper fuel and power supply is available for connection. PART 1 GENERAL Agency ualifications. PART 3 EXECUTION in 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS g Y q w A. Verify all existing conditions prior to beginning work. B. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 3.01 INSTALLATION o B. An existing conditions indicated in the Contract Documents are based on A. Install all ductwork, pipe, equipment, and accessories to preserve A. Firestopping materials. Firestopping of all penetrations and interruptions to Y 9 testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve PP 9 PP 9 P P A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions and NAIMA National � information drawings provided b others and possibly limited field fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using fire rated assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, and other w 9 P Y P Y specified performance. g Insulation Standards. > verification. The Contractor shall adjust for actual field conditions at no materials and methods specified. o enin s indicated. z J 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Submit to the Construction Manager within two weeks after completion openings B. Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature: 0 additional expense to the Owner. of testing, adjusting, and balancing. Provide reports in bound manuals, 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 0 C. The Contractor shall visit the project site, review existing conditions against A. Provide tests as necessary to establish the adequacy, quality, g' J g' p A. Fire Testing: Provide firesto in assemblies of designs which provide the P P 1 9 9 complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification 9� PP� 9 9 P 2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. o the Contract Documents, and familiarize himself with the work prior to safety, completed status, and suitable operation of each system. scheduled or specified fire ratings when tested in accordance with ASTM E I- P at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets P 9 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct biddin and start of the work. B signing the Contract, the Contractor Tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the Architect. 814 and ASTM E 119. (n g y g g 3.05 CLEANING AND REPAIR and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, an indicating penetrations. - acknowledges the site visit has been completed and the existing conditions thermostat and equipment locations. 1. Listing in the current classification or certification books of UL or FM 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, are accepted. A. Clean fire suppression parts to remove harmful materials. t will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. Y g 9 J 9 P z FRANCHISEE NAME: P B. Clean exposed surfaces of all ductwork pipe, equipment, and 2. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, 9 P P flexible connections, and expansion joints. a D. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of major discrepancies in writing P P Pand date of calibration. 2. Current evaluation reports published by CABG, ICBO, or pOCA will be C. Insulated ducts conveying air above ambient temperature:accessories of oil, dirt debris, splatter, and other deleterious Y 9 POf so the appropriate modifications to the design can be made without delay P 3. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 1. Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. 0 K LE PIZZA 1 LLC. to the project. The Contractor assumes full responsibility of adjusting for materials. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning 3. Submission of actual test reports is required for assemblies for which P J P Y J 9 recommends a report format use that;. otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std P q 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel cn discrepancies of which the Architect is not informed. as applicable. none of the above substantiation exists. P 111. and seal ends of insulation. _ 1.07 SUBMITTALS C. Repair or replace damaged ductwork, pipe, equipment, and B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this � accessories, as directed b and to the satisfaction of the Architect, 4. Include the following on the title page of each report: P Y P 9 P 9 D. External Duct Insulation Application: A. Shop Drawings: y a. Name, address and telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and section and: 1. Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints 0 1. Furnish the Architect shopdrawing portfolios containing names of where marring or disfigurement has occurred. Alpipe, equipment, and p J g 1. Approved b Factor Mutual Research under FM Standard 4991, P J J o 9 P 9 Balancing Agency. PP Y Y with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. LIJ � manufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to be, used on the project. accessories shall be new. Approval of Firestop Contractors, or meeting an two of the following P J b. Project: Name; location; Engineer; Contractor, Report date. PP P 9 Y 9 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3.06 PROJECT CLOSEOUT z KEITH EDWARDS Use manufacturer's specification sheets identified by number indicated 1.03 WARRANTY requirements: 3. Install without sag on underside of duct. Use adhesive or mechanical f- on drawings or schedules. Indicate catalog number on the cut sheets. A. Project Record Documents: At project closeout, provide one printed a. With minimum five ears documented experience installing work 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE 9 9 A. The Balancing Contractor shall be prepared to return to the site at no Y P 9 fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift duct off trapeze 41 ,JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 Asa applicable, provide construction data, weight and dimensional data, copy and one electronic copy of project record drawings to the of this type. � PP 9 additional cost to re-adjust air quantities as required to provide uniform YP hangers and insert spacers. � voltage ratings, performance data, listing data, um curves, fan Owner. Information contained on project record drawings shall b. Where required, licensed b authority having jurisdiction.9 9 P 9 pump temperatures, eliminate drafts and objectionable noises during the first year q Y Y 9 J 4. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor of include, as a minimum: curves and sound data as part of the shop drawing submittal. of occupancy, including one full heating and one full cooling season, after C. Approved by firestopping manufacturer. barrier adhesive. 0 2. Submittals are reviewed onlyfor general com liance with the Contract 1. Actual locations of all equipment, ductwork, air inlets/outlets, C. Code requirements shall supersede an conflicting requirements of this PROJECT NAME: g p the acceptance of the final balancing report. q P Y 9 q 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators o Documents. Dimensions, quantities and details are not checked during accessories, etc. section. z q 9 to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. a submittal review. Review of the submittals does not relieve the 2. Actual routing of ductwork with sizes and elevations. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED D. The Contractor shall examine the Drawings for the architectural work to E. Duct and Plenum Liner Application: z11 Contractor of the responsibility for providing all materials, equipment 3. Actual locations of control devices including valves and volume identify all fire rated, partitions, floors and assemblies and apply the 8556 P Y P 9PP Y 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. 0 and accessories necessary for a complete and operational system dampers. PART 3 EXECUTION appropriate fire stopping materials and systems to maintain the fire rating 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA � meeting the requirements of the project and the intent of the B. Operation and Maintenance Data: At project closeout, submit to the 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS of the partition, floor or assembly penetrated based on the construction HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible for spacing. Z)Contract Documents. The responsibility for coordination of substituted Architect two copies of descriptive literature, maintenance and A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: conditions depicted. 3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. of materials and equipment lies sole) with the substituting Contractor. operation data for all hvac quipment, control systems, accessories, PART 2 PRODUCTS Z Y 9 1. AABC MN-1, AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. z � ..AL 3. Electrical Characteristics: Verifythat proper ower supply is available and materials used. Include maintenance procedures, intervals, and 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 0 INTERIOR p P P PP Y 2. ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing: Adjusting and 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air 0 prior to ordering equipment. Verif ro proper voltage, phase and current parts list of each item installed under this contract. Include all A. A D Fire Protection Systems Inc.; 3M Fire Protection Products; Specified P 9Y P P 9 Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and / Ys P flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. - rating of power supply and inform Engineer of any deviations prior to manufacturers guarantees and warranties. Refrigeration Systems. Technologies, Inc.; USG; Pecora Corporation; Grace Construction Products; 3.02 SCHEDULES Z UP - FIT order, connection of equipment or start-up. Responsibility for C. Maintenance Materials: At project closeout, furnish to the Owner the 3. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Nelson Firestop Products. A. The Contractor may use any of the following insulating materials, at his o verification of proper power supply voltage and any product returns or following: Environmental Systems. 2.02 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, o J53 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD damage resulting from incorrect connections shall rest with this 1. One set of replacement filters for all hvac equipment. 4. SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 Y 9• J 9 9 Y P Y q 0 Contractor. 2. The maintenance contract for the hvac system, if applicable. B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced 1. Fire Ratings: Use any system listed by UL or FM or tested in compliance of the selected insulating material and thickness with all State 0 B. Project Record Documents: Provide as specified. D. Test Reports: At project closeout, submit to the Architect two and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the Project. accordance with ASTM E 814 or ASTM E 119 that has F Rating equal and local codes and utility company requirements is the sole responsibility -J J P P P P 1 Y P Y q P Y C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturers descriptive copies of the following: to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to Q P P C. Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, 9 P Y 9 q of the installing Contractor. SHEET TITLE: literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and 1. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Report F Rating and that meets all others specified requirements. 1- P 9 including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate 9 P q B. Supply air ducts in ceiling spaces: 0 repair data, and arts listing. END OF SECTION 2.03 MATERIALS Q P P 9• scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 1-1/2 inches thick. D. Test Reports: Provide as specified. jurisdiction. A. Elostomeric Silicone Firestopping: Single or multiple component silicone 2. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. W 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 230548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING elostomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; conforming to the C. Su I return or exhaust air ducts in crawl spaces, attics or other D. TAB Agency Qualifications: P P 9 Supply, P � specializing g AND EQUIPMENT 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of following: unconditioned areas: A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Companys ecializin in manufacturing the J Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. PART 1 GENERAL systems specified in this Section with a minimum of five years 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 3 inches thick. m B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES V) P Y P 9 P 9 experience. 2. Color: Manufacturers standard color. D. Supply air ducts exposed in finished areas: z section, with minimum five ears experience. A. Vibration isolators. 2. Certified b one of the following: B. Foam Firesto in Single or multiple component foam compound; o Y P y g: PPP• 9� 9 P P P 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 inches thick. C. Products: B. Equipment: D_ MECHANICAL 1. Listed and classified b Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for g a. AABC, Associated Air Balance Council; upon completion submit conforming to the following: E. Return or exhaust air ducts exposed in finished areas: None. 1. Fans, axial and centrifugal w Y AABC National Performance Guaranty. 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. END OF SECTION � o' the purpose specified and indicated. 2. Packaged roof top equipment P P P b. NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau. 2. Color: Manufacturers standard color. t' ; w 1.02 SUBMITTALS SP ECI �I CAI TON S D. All equipment and components shall be free of all rust/corrosion or any C. TABB, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of National C. Fibered Compound Firestopping: Formulated compound mixed with ""'t m visible damage. All items not complyingwith this requirement shall be A. Product Data: Provide schedule of vibration isolator type Ener Management Institute. incombustible non-asbestos fibers; conforming to the following: � _ � 9 q 9Y 9 9 9 withlocation and load on each. E� Z replaced without any change in the Contract amount. 3. The TAB Agency must be a completely independent, third party 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. PART 2 PRODUCTS J E. Equipment performance and accessories shall be as scheduled on the balancing contractor with no financial, common owners or other ties 2. Color: Manufacturer's standard color. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Drawings and specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not a to the installing contractors. D. Fiber Packing Material: Mineral or ceramic fiber packing insulation; ,. PROJECT NUMBER 20010 prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. Equipment and accessories A. Isolation Technology, Inc.; Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.; Mason E.. TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by some conforming to the following: specified in either location shall be included in the Contract. Provide all organization as TAB agency. 1. Durability and Longevity: Permanent. 1.1 necessary accessories and connections as required for a complete, 3.02 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES E. Firestop Devices: Mechanical device with incombustible or silicone elastomer � DATE 01-08-2020 functional system, including all required components reasonably inferred to A. Air Handling Systems; Air Outlets and Inlets; Hydronic Systems: Adjust to filler and sheet stainless steel jacket, collar, and flanged stops; conforming _ as necessary although such components may or may not be specifically within plus or minus 15 percent of design. to the following: 0 of indicated in the Contract Documents. 3.03 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent; suitable for pedestrian traffic or a SHEET NO. F. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting A. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment vehicular traffic where necessary. w requirements of this section. devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. = B. Mark on the Drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. I I V 0 �, I/ �� ) SHEET 1 OF 7 �)) (�� MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 230713.13 - GREASE DUCT FIREPROOFING 3. Black polymer film supported by helically wound spring steel wire; 3.03 CLEANING 2.03 ROOF EXHAUSTERS AND VENTILATORS 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1 GENERAL fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove A. Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven as indicated, with spun aluminum housing; A. General: Roof mounted units having gas burner and electric refrigeration. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES a. Pressure Rating: 4 inches WG positive and 0.5 inches WG accumulated dust or clean with high power vacuum machines. To obtain resilient mounted motor; 1/2 inch mesh, 0.62 inch thick aluminum wire B. Description: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, A 111111 A. Fire resistant duct wrap for kitchen hood exhaust ventilation ducts (grease negative. sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which birdscreen; square base to suit roof curb with continuous curb gaskets. consisting of cabinet and frame, supply fan, heat exchanger and burner, 0 ducts). b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during B. Roof Curb: 20 inch high above the finished roof surface (compensate for controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and compressor, dry bulb Z B. Firestopping at duct penetrations through fire rated walls and floors. C. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 175 degrees F. cleaning. roof insulation thickness at fan location) self-flashing of galvanized steel or economizer and power exhaust fan where indicated on the Drawings, W 1.02 SUBMITTALS d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable 3.04 SCHEDULEScondenser coil and condenser fan. � aluminum construction with continuously welded seams, built-in cant strips, A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used. energy codes. A. Ductwork Material: insulation and curb bottom, and factory installed nailer strip. C. Electrical Characteristics: As scheduled on the Drawings. Disconnect Switch: A B. Certification: Evidence that the proposed fireproofing and firestopping are 4. Multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helically wound B. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials, at his C. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in housing for thermal Factory mount disconnect switch on equipment. a acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, 2.03 FABRICATION p g j overload protected motor. � PART 2 PRODUCTS a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches negative. local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of A. Cabinet: Steel with baked enamel finish, including access panels with D. Backdraft Damper: Motor actuated (or gravity damper if depicted on design 2.01 MANUFACTURERS b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. compliance of the selected piping material is the sole responsibility of the screwdriver operated flush cam type fasteners or doors with piano hinges drawings), aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset � A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 3M Fire Protection Products, Inc.; Unifrax C. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. installing Contractor. with locking handles. Structural members shall be minimum 18 gage, with P hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked, and line voltage motor drive, power access doors or panels of minimum 20 gage.F eWra Morgan Thermal Ceramics. 2.02 MATERIALS d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable 1. Low Velocity Supply (Heating Systems): Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. P 9 9 . GERALD P . N 0 E Yr P� 9 open, spring return. O A. Grease Duct Fireproofing: Material applied direct) to metal ducts and energy codes. 2. Low Velocity Supply (System with Cooling Coils): Galvanized Steel, B. Insulation: one inch thick neoprene coated glass fiber with edges 0 CO) ARCHITECT P 9 PP Y Y PP Y ( Ys 9 ) E. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and achievingtwo-hour fire rated separation when tested in accordance with UL 5. UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex Aluminum. protected from erosion. P keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm 2221 or ASTM E2336 b independent testing agency. adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass 3. Return and Relief: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. C. Heat Exchangers: Aluminized steel or stainless steel where indicated on the a Y P 9is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fan shaft with self-aligning 1. Surface BurningCharacteristics: Flames read index of 0 and smoke insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. 4. General Exhaust: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. P g g Drawings, of welded construction. 0 FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 P pre-lubricated ball bearings. H developed index of 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG 5. Outside Air Intake: Galvanized Steel. D. Supply Fan: Forward Curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with V-belt v P F. Kitchen hood exhausters shall be upblast with grease tray, ventilated double both blanket and foil. negative. 6. Kitchen Hood Exhaust, Type 1: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, drive, adjustable variable pitch motor pulley, and rubber isolated hinge 9 YP wall curb and hinged curb adapter base for cleaning. Hood exhausters shall 2. Combustibility Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with b. Maximum Velocity 4000 fpm. Constructed per NFPA 96. g P g' mounted motor or direct drive as indicated. Isolate complete fan assembly. H y P comply with requirements of NFPA 96 z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE ASTM E 136. C. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. C. Ductwork Pressure Class: E. Air Filters: 2 inch thick disposable media in metal frames. p 2.04 CABINET AND CEILING FANS 3. Flexibility Capable of being formed around corners and shapes b d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable F. Roof Mounting Curb: Galvanized steel, channel frame, insulated with gaskets, v SPARTANBURG SC 29302 y p g p y 1. Low Velocity Supply (Heating Systems): Scheduled System ESP+0.25", A. Centrifugal Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven with galvanized steel housing W hand. energy codes. round u to next higher pressure class. nailer strips. Provide roof curb of adequate height to provide a unit P 9 P lined with acoustic insulation, resilient mounted motor, gravity backdraft x P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 4. Surface: Foil or other damage resistant surface; fiber not exposed 6. UL 181, Class 0, interlocking spiral of aluminum foil; fiberglass mounting height of 12" or greater above the top of the roof surface with H 9 P 2. Low Velocity Supply (Systems with Cooling): Scheduled System ESP damper in discharge. after installation. insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. , the curb mounted to the building structure. Roof curb height must mail@gpnarcht.cam +0.5', round up to next higher pressure class. B. Disconnect Switch: Cord and plug in housing for thermal overload protected vi 5. Accommodation For Duct Access Doors and Panels: Capable of being a. Pressure Rating: 8 inches WG positive or negative. compensate for the roof insulation thickness to meet this requirement. z P g 3. Return and Relief: 1 inch. motor. 0 installed to achieve fire rating without impeding access. b. Maximum Velocity: 5000 fpm. G. Vibration Isolation Curb: Only when indicated on the Drawings. �. C. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 250 degrees F. 4. General Exhaust: Scheduled System ESP +1,0", round up to next C. Grille: Aluminum with baked white enamel finish or molded white plastic as 6. Acceptable Product: 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap; fire resistant inorganic P 9 9 9 2.04 BURNER E CHECKED BY: MMS d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or renter as required b the applicable higher pressure class. specified on the Drawings. Z blanket encapsulated with scrim-reinforced foil facing. 9 q Y PP A. Gas Burner:lnduced draft or forced draft type burner with adjustable B. Fasteners: Non-combustible; use one or both of the following to attach energy codes. 5. Outside Air Intake: 1 inch. D. Backdraft Damper: Gravity actuated, aluminum blade construction, felt ! 0 E. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and 6. Kitchen Hood Exhaust: See drawings for maximum fan static pressure edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked. combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut-off, DRAWN BY: DRH fireproofing to ducts: 9� intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic mold resistant. plus 50% additional. E. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and (n 1. Banding: Steel or stainless steel, 1 2 inch wide, minimum, and 0.01 100 percent shut-off pilot. w / END OF SECTION keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected so required = inch thick, minimum; with steel banding clips. 1. Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable for B. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment I- 9 P rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fan shaft with 2. Insulation Pins: Copper-coated steel impalement Ins, minimum 12 joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas = THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF PP P P SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings. for welded attachment, with galvanized steel self-locking by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE gage, 9 9 PART 1 GENERAL PART 3 EXECUTION 3 washers, 1-1/2 inch square or diameter; or equivalent sized 2. VOC Content: Not more than 250 g/L, excluding water. and slight delay, allow gas valve to open. ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED / q q 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 3.01 INSTALLATION I- cu head Ins. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of zero, smoke C. High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum Z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE cup-head developed of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. A. Air turning devices/extractors. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. w C. Access Panel Hardware: Galvanized threaded rods, sleeves, washers, and P permissible setting, de-energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature M WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. 4. For Use With Flexible Ducts: UL labeled. B. Volume control dampers. B. Provide sheaves required for final air balance at no additional expense to and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe alue. w wing nuts as specified in manufacturer's instructions. C. Flexible duct connections. the project. g P P � IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON D. Tape: Aluminum foil tape for sealing exposed fiber edges and repairing 5. Ductwork Exposed to the Weather: Hard cast VersaGrip 102, (VG-102), D. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures and P P 9 P 9 P g D. Duct access doors. C. Secure roof and wall exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to 0 DEMAND. tears in facing. UL 181-AM compliant duct joint sealer, as manufactured by Carlisle, independent of burner controls, with provisions for continuous fan operation. Q PART 2 PRODUCTS roof curb or structure. 2.05 EVAPORATOR COIL cn with fiberglass scrim tape reinforcement on all seams and joints, E. Firestopping: Material tested in conjunction with fireproofing, in accordance 2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES EXTRACTORS D. Extend ducts to roof and wall exhausters into roof curb or wall structure. w COPYRIGHT 2019 lateral and longitudinal. / A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized drain pan _, with ASTM E 814, to achieve fire rated penetration seal at duct A. Manufacturers: Krueger; Ruskin Company, Titus. Counterflash duct to roof or wall opening. and connection. o_ ALL RIGHTS RESERVED penetrations through fire rated assemblies. F. Hanger Rod: ASTM A 36/A 36M; steel; threaded both ends, threaded one P g B. Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or E. Install backdraft dampers (gravity or motorized as depicted on design B. Provide capillary tubes or thermostatic expansion valves for units of 6 tons � 1. Fire Rutin Same or renter than rutin of penetrated assembly. end, or continuously threaded. P Y P 9 9 g P Y aluminum construction; with individual) adjustable blades, mounting straps. drawings) on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. ca acit and less, and thermostatic ex ansion valves and alternate row 0 2. Acceptable Products: 3M Fire Barrier 1000 N S, 1003 S L, and 2000+ 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION y 1 g P g ) capacity P P / / 2.02 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS F. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing circuitin for units 7.5 tons coolin ca acit and lar larger. ? Silicone Sealants, as required b tested assembly. A. Fabricate, support and seal In accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct 9 9 capacity 9 q Y Y Manufacturers: L & DInc.; ilIdInc.; Ruskin ' A. anuacurers: ouvers Dampers, nc.; aor Industries nc.; usn manufacturers authorized roofing contractor at this Contractors expense. 2.06 COMPRESSOR PART 3 EXECUTION EXAMINATION material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated.Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct Company; Prefco Inc. This Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor A. Provide hermetic or semi-hermetic compressors, 3600 rpm maximum, PAR p P Of 1 o B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1 2 times B. Fabricate In accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - for the specific roofing system applicable to this project. The use of an resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. / Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of ressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge cwn �� B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular P Y P 9P.A. P P P Y Y C. Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. the enetrations systems at this Contractor's expense. service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. w RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE Engineer of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. elbows must be used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is D. Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum P p g g p 550077 CENTER DRIVE SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with lass fiber p PP p G. Hung Cabinet Fans: B. Five minute timed off circuit to delay compressor start. 3.02 PREPARATION g p g blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in wo 7048 NG NEEERRING GROUP,PA HEREBYERESSER S IT�SS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT OP RGHT AND 9 P 1. Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. C. Outdoor thermostat to energize compressor above 35 degrees F ambient. OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. insulation. 9 9 P 9 9 Y P prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 2. Install flexible connections specified between fan and ductwork. Ensure 2.07 CONDENSER COIL CONCEPTS, NOTB,RAND EPRODUCED, OUCETHSE OO,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR CONCEPTS,DETAILS,LTHEY C. Increase duct sizes gradually, exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever P B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended b the manufacturer for 9 Y 9 9 9 w BE DISRIBUTET BE REPRODUCER,REVISED, IN WRITTEN OR NFR M TEETER P 9 Y E. End Bearings: Except in round ducts 12 inches and smaller, provide end metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with subcoolin rows and (n BE DISTRIBUTED U ANY OTHER CTRONI WITHOUTCOMPUTER OMPUT RFIL PERMISSION THESE DOCUM TEETER achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 P PP Y 9 ENGINEERINGPERRY GROUP, ANY ENGINEERING ELECTRONIC AND,PA.ANDAREESOETHESE DOCUMENTSARE 9 P 1 bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or between ductwork and fan while running. coil guard. RSOL ECORD SESONLY.ENGINEERING GES SHALL ANDARE INTENDEDEOLEORIVEANR 3.03 INSTALLATION degrees convergence downstream. 9 9 RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART sintered bronze bearings. H. Provide gravity backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling fans B. Provide direct drive propeller fans, resilient) mounted with fan guard, motor � WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. D. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages 9 Y P 9 P P Y 9 i A. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as F. The contractor shall provide either a mechanical or electrical cable operated and as indicated. overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. Z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be P P indicated on the Drawings. system wherever dampers are located in non-accessible areas. END OF SECTION 2.08 MIXED AI 0R CASING FLORIDA COA#26380 lid ts h 4 icemented i inmum inch B. Perform all required regulatory duct leakage and weld tests in the presence mP joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat 1oints. . Mechanical cable operator system shall be similar and equal to Young A. Dam Dampers: Provide outside, return, and relief dam dampers with dam damper o erator LIJ ►►►►►��i��i of the code official, including but not limited to light tests and smoke E. Provide deed ,standard 45 degree lateral w e takeoffs unless otherwise indicated Regulator Company, "Bowden Cable Control" system including damper, SECTION 233700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS and pcontrol package to automatically vary outside air quantity. Outside de air Z ��t%% C AAEL` SC,-#1,e,., tests, to demonstrate the integrity of the duct construction prior to the g y flexible cable with casing and concealed ceiling regulator control. PART 1 GENERAL damper to fail to closed position. Relief dampers may be gravity balanced. J �� .•''�� r where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. 9 g g P P P Y 9 Y o y0ENs,..•(�,,�r,, installation of any insulation that prevents visual inspection of the ductwork F. Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is 2. Electrically operated damper control system shall be similar and equal 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES B. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets maximum leakage `:'�V � on all sides. C. Install fireproofing on entire surface of ducts indicated, except where smaller than louver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver area to United Enertech Corporation, "Power Balance" system including A. Rectangular ceiling diffusers. 5 percent at 2 inches pressure differential. C) � No 42283 p 9 P around duct. Use same material as duct, painted black on exterior side; motor operated damper, RJ-11 plenum rated cabling and flush ceiling B. Spiral duct mounted diffusers. C. Damper Operator: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil. w - * :• �• Contract Documents explicitly indicate 3-sided or 2-sided installation. or wall mounted RJ-11 jack in remote late. Include one hand held C. Grid core exhaust and return grilles. D. Damper Operator, Units 7.5 Ton Cooling Capacity and Larger: 24 volt with 0 D. At penetrations of ducts through fire rated assemblies walls, floors, roof), seal to louver frame and duct. j P 9 P P 9 P Y 9 0 Z p g ( ) 2.03 DUCT MANUFACTURERS battery pack operator pack to be delivered to the Owner upon 1.02 SUBMITTALS gear train sealed in oil with spring return on. 0 -__0: :[r extend fireproofing through the opening and seal annular space between completion of the balancing. A. Product Data: Provide data for equipment re uired for this project. Review E. Mixed Air Controls: Maintain selected supply air temperature and return -'53'. STATE OF 4U A. Metal-Fab, Inc.; SEMCO Incorporated; United McGill Corporation. P g• q P J PP Y P o- fireproofing and edge of opening with firestopping. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to dampers to minimum position on call for heating and above 75 degrees F 0 ..O '• ' � 2.04 MANUFACTURED METAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS YP 9 P P P 9 9 ; ,� •,fi p ,% �Z� E. Fasten fireproofing to ducts using either banding or insulation pins welded A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, ambient, or when ambient air temperature exceeds return air temperature. o �.•••'\ -. directly to surface of duct; do not use adhesives. A. Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. location, application, accessories, and noise level. g 2.09 INTEGRATED ECONOMIZER: P P Z r1`,` ,'' •,R�.•• C?,:IN F. Install fireproofing on supports and hangers unless hanger rods are at least reinforcing, and a dexible, and as sealing or operating d.pr Provide ssures ndicatedmaterial, gages B. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Economizer shall be furnished and installed complete with outside air and (n �,I1S;ONAL'-- % . P 9 P Z t��ri�►►► 01/08/2020 3/8 inch in diameter, spaced not more than 60 inches on center along B. Round Spiral Ducts: Machine made from round spiral lockseam duct with 1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE relief dampers and controls. 0 length of duct, and horizontal supports are at least 2 by 2 by 1/4 inch light reinforcing corrugations; fittings manufactured of at least two gages fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. Std 70. B. Provide low-leakage, opposed blade dampers F= REVISIONS: steel angle or equivalent SMACNA support system. heavier metal than duct. a. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide. B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L. 1. Meet all leakage requirements of applicable energy code. w G. Access Panels: Do not block access; install fireproofing so that panel can C. Double Wall Insulated Round Ducts: Round spiral lockseam duct with 2. Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Code requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this C. Economizer shall be capable of introducing up to 100% outdoor air for z be removed and reinstalled without damaging fireproofing. galvanized steel outer wall, 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation, perforated 2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS Section. minimum ventilation as well as free cooling. - 9 9 P Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY H. Seal all cut edges and ends and repair tears in facing using aluminum foil galvanized steel inner wall; fitting with solid inner wall. A. Manufacturers: Acudor Products Inc.; Nailor Industries Inc.; Ruskin Company, 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS D. Damper actuator shall be electronic, fully modulating design. 0 tape. D. Transverse Duct Connection System: SMACNA "E" rated rigidly class SEMCO Incorporated. A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type E. Economizer outdoor hood shall be pre-painted and fully integrated with the w END OF SECTION connection, interlocking angle and duct edge connection system with B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - of products specified in this Section, with minimum five years of unit. 0 Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. documented experience. F. Dry Bulb Control: Provide dry bulb sensor capable of measuring temperature sealant, gasket, cleats, and corner clips. w SECTION 233100 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 2.05 KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK, TYPE 1 C. Fabrication: Rigid and close-fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets PART 2 PRODUCTS of outdoor air and controlling economizer cut-in point at the most > PART 1 GENERAL A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ducts, install minimum 1 2.01 MANUFACTURERS economical level. High level cutoff shall be set per applicable energy code. Z 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Metal and Flexible, and NFPA 96. inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. A. Titus; Krueger; Price Industries; Nailor Industries Inc.; Hart & Cooley, 1. Provide economizer Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD). 0 A. Metal ductwork. B. Construct of 16 gage carbon steel or 18 gage stainless steel, using 1. Less Than 12 inches Square: Secure with sash locks. Ruskin, Greenheck. 2.10 OPERATING CONTROLS 0 B. Nonmetal ductwork. continuous external welded joints. 2. Up to 18 inches Square: Provide two hinges and two sash locks. 2.02 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Provide low voltage, adjustable thermostat to control heater stages in I- C. Round spiral ductwork PART 3 EXECUTION D. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. A. Type: Square, adjustable pattern, stamped, multi-core, or architectural sequence with delay between stages, compressor and condenser fan, and - D. Double wall insulated round ductwork. 3.01 EXAMINATION PART 3 EXECUTION plaque diffuser to discharge air in 360 degree pattern with sectorizing supply fan to maintain temperature setting. 0 E. Kitchen hood ductwork, Type 1 grease hoods. A. Examine drawings for the Architectural, Structural, Electrical and all other 3.01 INSTALLATION baffles where indicated. 1. Include system selector switch (off-heat-auto-cool) and fan control 3 FRANCHISEE NAME: F. Duct cleaning. trades prior to preparation of ductwork shop drawings and prior to the A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA B. Frame: Inverted T-bar type. In plaster ceilings, provide plaster frame and a p p p p g p switch (auto-on). 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS fabrication of an ductwork. 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and ceiling frame. (To allow lift-out removal of the diffuser without removal of 2. The Mechanical Contractor shall g 0 K LE PIZZA, 11 , LLC. - A. provide all control wiring between N A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written B. Resolve any conflicts encountered with the Engineer prior to fabrication. Flexible. Duct construction and pressure class. the plaster frame.) thermostat and unit control panel and any required remote sensors. permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in C. Identify on ductwork shop drawings any deviations in sizes or shapes made B. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after C. Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel off-white finish. 3. Locate thermostat in room as shown. F accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts, necessary by the obstructions of other trades. filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire D. Accessories: Opposed blade damper and multi-louvered equalizing grid with 4. Electric solid state microcomputer based room thermostat, located as only after approval of the Engineer. Sizes shown on design drawings are air 3.02 INSTALLATION and' smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 damper adjustable from diffuser face. indicated. Provide remote sensors when indicated on the Drawings. 0 dimensions. Contractor may increase duct size without engineer approval, inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as 2.03 SPIRAL DUCT MOUNTED DIFFUSERS a. Room thermostat shall incorporate: bi A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. provided all ceiling and shaft clearances can be maintained. Additional indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations w char es for increased duct size will not be accepted b the owner. B. Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain 9 P Y A. Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable blades, 3/4 inch minimum 1) Automatic switching from heating to cooling. = KEITH EDWARDS g P y sizes inside linin prior to fabrication. depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing with spring or other device to set ~ B. Report all conflicts with structure or other obstructions, prior to fabrication g C. Locate all dampers and control elements in accessible areas wherever p / P g p g 2) Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and w 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE of an ductwork. Suitable adjustments in the sizes of ducts shall be C. Install and seal metal and flexible ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC blades, horizontal face, double deflection. deviation from set point. Ln JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 y 1 Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. possible to avoid access doors. Provide ceiling access doors for access to B. Frame: 1-3/8 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket. 3) Automatic Start Capabilities: Controls shall be capable of � accommodated without any additional expense to the Owner. all dampers and control elements located above inaccessible ceiling areas. o- D. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers C. Fabrication: Heavy duty extruded aluminum, with factory off-white enamel automatically adjusting the daily start time of the HVAC 0 1.03 SUBMITTALS Provide minimum 12 x 12 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of finish. system in order to bring each space to the desired 1-1 0 A. Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing Y g P 0 systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure D. Damper: Air scoop damper/extractor shall be constructed of heavy duty occupied temperature immediately prior to scheduled Z PROJECT NAME: welds, and configuration prior to start of work for all systems. No ductwork dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. Q against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, aluminum. The air scoop damper to be operable from the face with a occupancy. shall be fabricated until engineer approved shop drawings have been D. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust 0 01 8556 install insulation material inside a metal ring. screwdriver. 4) Set-up for four separate temperatures per day. o received by the Contractor. Identify on ductwork shop drawings any systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air E. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal E. Rough Service: Provide front pivoted or welded in lace blades, secure) � deviations in sizes or shapes made necessary by the obstructions of other balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. 9 P P Y 5) Instant override of set point for continuous or timed 0 operating and maintenance activities. fastened to be immobile. trades. E. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and period from one hour to 31 da D F. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch g p g F. Mount flush to duct surface. Confirm duct diameter with the sheet metal oc B. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the 6) Short cycle protection. F_ and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. cn . W tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA LEAK - HVAC diffuser, grille, or register assembly. Do not locate dampers closer than 5 contractor (including internal insulation, if specified). Air dimensions are Z p g g (LEAK) G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. 9 g Y p 7) Programming based on weekdays, Saturday and Sunday. INTERIOR Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. feet or 10 duct diameters from the air terminal device, whichever is shown on the design drawings. 0 g H. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. 8) Switch selection features including imperial or metric 0 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTSreater. 2.04 GRID CORE EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES I. Support flexible duct runs every five feet in the horizontal direction to g display, 12 or 24 hour clock, keyboard disable, remote (fi UP - FIT A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, and NFPA 96 standards. F. At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible A. Type: Fixed grilles of 1/2 x 1/2 x 1 inch louvers. avoid dips and sags. P sensor, fan on-auto. Z B. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting J. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with one foot maximum length of duct connections immediate) adjacent to the equipment. B. Fabrication: Aluminum with factory off-white enamel finish. play shall include: o Y 1b. Room thermostat display 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD requirements of this Section. flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. G. At equipment supported by vibration isolators, provide flexible duct C. Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. 1) Time of day. o 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS connections immediately adjacent to the equipment D. Frame: Channel lay-in frame for suspended grid ceilings where face size Z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 K. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum 2) Actual room temperature. 0 A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those length of flexible duct held in lace with strop or clam Longer duct END OF SECTION exceeds 18 x 18 inch. 0 9 P P P• 9 3) Programmed temperature. recommended by sealant manufacturers. lengths are acceptable if depicted on the design drawings and allowed per E. Damper (if specified on drawings): Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade � g p P g g p 4) Day of k. B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation local code. A maximum of one 90 degree bend, or equivalent, will be SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS type with removable key operator, operable from face. weeZ) of duct sealants. PART 1 GENERAL PART 3 EXECUTION 5) System mode indication: heating, cooling, auto, SHEET TITLE: allowed in flexible duct runs. 0 PART 2 PRODUCTS1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 3.01 INSTALLATION off, fan auto, fan on. a L. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped 2.01 MATERIALS A. Roof exhausters. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 6) Stage (heating or cooling) operation. W polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering 0 A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A ductwork system. B. Kitchen range hood exhausters. B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in PART 3 EXECUTION LL 653M FST e B, with G90 Z275 coating. M. All exposed ducts in finished areas must be completely free from all dents C. Cabinet and ceiling fans. position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and li lighting 3.01 INSTALLATION w YP / 9 P P Y9 9 B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS, cold-rolled or imperfections in the galvanized coating and shall be sealed CAREFULLY PART 2 PRODUCTS arrangement. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 90A. m commercial steel. AND NEATLY with duct sealer completely contained within the joint. Duct 2.01 MANUFACTURERS C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. B. Mount units on factory built roof mounting curb providing watertight Z C. Aluminum Ducts: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); aluminum sheet, alloy wrap will not be permitted in exposed locations. If round duct is indicated A. Greenheck; Loren Cook Company, PennBarry, CaptiveAire. D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting a 3003-H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061-T651 or of in exposed locations, it must be spiral. No exposed duct sealer, tape or 2.02 POWER VENTILATORS GENERAL registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or curb level. Install roof mounting curb so that it bears on the building W MECHANICAL equivalent strength. longitudinal joints will be accepted in exposed finished areas. Line all A. Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 210 and bearing grille and register assembly. structure, not on top of the roof deck or roofing materials. Provide U D. Insulated Flexible Ducts: exposed supply air ductwork. the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. restraints where required by local codes. bi B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bearing AMCA END OF SECTION C. Provide cooling condensate drain piping and overflow piping if required) to V m SPECIFICATIONS 1. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials, at N. Kitchen hood exhaust, Type 1: Use stainless steel for ductwork exposed to 9 P P 9 ( P P 9 q ) ° Certified Sound Rating Seal. approved location. Condensate piping shall be Schedule 40 ~ his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of view and stainless steel or carbon steel for ducts where concealed. PP p p g galvanized steel C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. SECTION 237413 - PACKAGED OUTDOOR PAD MOUNTED UNITS - GAS FIRED i e, T e L co er tube, or PVC. Contractor shall verify the selected '� Z all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. 0. For all hood systems, perform all required regulatory duct leakage and weld pipe, YP PP y D. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested PART 1 GENERAL material meets with thea royal of all State, local authorities and utilit Verification of compliance of the selected ductwork material is the tests in the presence of the code official, including but not limited to light PP y � as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES company requirements. Verification of compliance Q sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. tests and smoke tests, to demonstrate the integrity of the duct p y q pliance of the selected piping PROJECT NUMBER 20010 2. Two ply vinyl film supported by helically wound spring steel wire; construction prior to the installation of any insulation that prevents visual A. Packaged pad mounted units. material is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. Condensate _1 fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. inspection of the ductwork on all sides. B. Thermostat controls. piping located within the building shall be insulated with 1/2 inch thick a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG P. Provide residue traps in kitchen hood exhaust ducts at base of vertical C. 3" concrete pad and base. glass fiber or flexible elastomeric cellular foam insulation. Only metallic DATE 01-08-2020 negative. risers with provisions for clean out. D. Economizer. piping systems will be allowed in return air plenum ceiling space. HE b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. Q. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing PART 2 PRODUCTS END OF SECTION 0 of C. Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F. manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractors expense. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ¢ SHEET NO. d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable This Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor A. Trane Inc.; Lennox Industries; Refer to Marco's Pizza National Accounts. _ energy codes. for the specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of an I- unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. a I I I , I I I V 0 <, 2 �� SHEET 2 OF 7 1 EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE (COOLING /W ELECTRIC HEAT) COOLING CAPACITY IFM COMPRESSOR (EA) ELECT. HEAT ELECTRICAL DATA OPERATING MANUFACTURER NOMINAL Z TAG AREA SERVED S.A. O.A. E.S.P. WEIGHT & MODEL CFM CFM (IN.WC) TC MBH EFFICIENY FLA NO. RLA LRA KW STEPS MCA MOCP VOLTAGE (MBH) (MBH) Z Z ERTU-1 TENANT SPACE 1600 145* 0.5 60.0 44.9 SEER 13.0 1.5 1 15.6 EX. 12.0 1 EX. 50 208V-30 EX. CARRIER 50TM005-501 4 w 0 208V-30 EX. GOODMAN CPC72XX30BX 6 ERTU-2 TENANT SPACE 2400 145* 0.5 60.0 44.9 SEER 13.0 1.5 1 15.6 EX. 12.0 1 EX. 5 A NOTES: 1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND MAINTENANCE UNITS. ENSURE UNITS ARE IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. REPORT ANY ITEMS FOUND TO BE INOPERABLE OR IN DISREPAIR TO OWNER PRIOR TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT. GERALD P N 0 E * MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RE-BALANCE EXISTING O.A. FLOW RATE TO NEW RATE INDICATED THIS SCHEDULE. o ARCHITECT H o FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 N U EXISTING MAKE-UP AIR UNIT SCHEDULE (COOLING /W ELECTRIC HEAT) o 399 LUCERNE DRIVE U SPARTA COOLING CAPACITY IFM COMPRESSOR (EA) ELECT. HEAT ELECTRICAL DATA 2215 F SC 29302 OPERATING MANUFACTURER NOMINAL ADDITIONAL F P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 TAG AREA SERVED S.A. O.A. E.S.P. WEIGHT AAON & MODEL OPTIONS CFM CFM (IN.WC) TC SC EFFICIENY FLA N0. RLA LRA KW STEPS MCA MOCP VOLTAGE mail@gpnarcht.com (MBH) (MBH) Z TENANT SPACE 1100* 1100* 0.5 72.0 72.0 SEER 13.4 4.9 1 24.0 EX. EX. EX. EX. 40 208V-30 EX. RQ-0058-V-FB09 5 - EMAU-1 o CHECKED BY: MMS TESTING: 0 DRAWN BY: DRH NOTES: A PERFORMANCE TEST SHALL BE CONDUCTED UPON COMPLETION AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL w 1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND MAINTENANCE UNIT. ENSURE UNIT IS IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. OF THE INSTALLATION OF A VENTILATION SYSTEM SERVING COMMERCIAL FOOD HEAT PROCESSING LIJ� REPORT ANY ITEMS FOUND TO BE INOPERABLE OR IN DISREPAIR TO OWNER PRIOR TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT. APPLIANCES. THE TEST SHALL VERIFY THE RATE OF AIRFLOW AND PROPER OPERATION. THE _ * MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RE-BALANCE EXISTING S.A. & O.A. FLOW RATE TO NEW RATE INDICATED THIS SCHEDULE. PERMIT HOLDER SHALL FURNISH THE NECESSARY TEST EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES REQUIRED TO THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF PERFORM THE TESTS. HOOD SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IMC SECTION 904.11. SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED Z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UP OUTDOOR VENTILATION AIR CALCULATION Q DEMAND. 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE:MECHANICAL- CHAPTER 4 TABLE 403.3.1.1 w COPYRIGHT 2019 CL Area Zone Air Zone Zone Primary System ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Zone Occupant BreathingSystem Occupant Uncorrected O.A. Intake Zone People Distribution O.A. Primary O.A. Ventilation Provided ®� I O.A. Calculated CalculatedO.A. Intake Flow Rate Note Floor Density Population O.A. Rate Zone O.A. Population Diversity System Zone i Rate R p ) (RaAj Effectiveness Flow Air Flow Fraction Efficiency (Ps) (D) (Vou) (VoT) O.A. CFM Z Area FT #/1000 ( P Z Flow (Vbz) E� 2 (Pz) (RP) (Ra) (Ez) (VOz) (VPz) (ZP) ( ) o (Az) FT I-'-' TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, Area 286 10 3 5 0.06 15 17 32 0.8 40 1300 0.03 1 22 1.00 289.14 289.14 290 1 100 W a i t i n g A re w RELIABILITY•COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE E RTU-1,2 321 4032 0.08 - I=- 704. 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE C0 • - INFO@T NC 8217 .COM 102 Kitchen 954 20 19 7.5 0.12 143 114 257 0.8 7 TEETER EN.2999 PA HEREBY.TYRESERVconn ILAW NFO@TEGPA.COM NA- Not Applicable V TEETERENPERTYRIGGROUP,HESEDOCURENTS,AITSCOMMONDSPCFICATIHTANDALL Q OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND L,,J IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY V) BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER NGIN ARE Notes: 6 `,C p • e ReCI rCUIatIn Systems. -_. -- - ------ - ---- _--- "'-_- RECORD A. CMPUTER FILES IC AND ALL NTT ECOFILESIE THESE DOCUMENTSPART a Buildin Code. Mechanical for Multiple Zone -- - - - - 3.1.1.2.3 of the 2017 Florid g ----- ----' '- SOLE ND PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED FOR ARCHIN A calculated i n accordance with section 403 - -- -- System ventilation &zone outdoor air c -- -- - - - _-- - 1. sv -- _-_ --_--- -_ - -_ -- - _ - -_-- _-_- Z RECORD TEETER YENGINEERING GROUP,P.A. - WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. 0 FLORIDA COA#26380 FLORIDA Z ,,,v„<��rltttt Q ��>>�10AEL tirC, i�� EXHAUST AIR CALCULATION ENERGY CODE MECHANICAL - TABLE 4033 ' �' � ' ''_• FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: . C N +« �� 2017 (2017 FloridaFlonda Building Code: Energy Conservation) o No 42283 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT w : '�` •"'�` AREA NUMBER NET AREA REQUIRED PROVIDED SERVED METHOD OF COMPLIANCE: o ,. ROOM CFM/UNI O.A. RATE EXHAUST EXHAUST U R 11011 NAME (SNET ) OF UNIT (CFM/SQ FT) (CFM) (CFM) BY PRESCRIPTIVE X❑ ENERGY COST BUDGET ❑ STATE OF � ' i t THERMAL ZONE: 2A o ��.' < p R 104 RESTROOM 44 1 50 - 50 50 EXIST. FAN EXTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 32' F. cn /S,S tO fV A i '',� / / winter dry bulb 02 12 2020 UNIT = WATER CLOSET OR URINALsummer dry bulb 94` F. Z � INTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS ~ z REVISIONS: BALANCE CALCULATION winter dry bulb F. Z AIR 50 summer dry bulb 75* F. NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY relative humidity 50% R.H. z SUPPLY AIR RETURN AIR OUTSIDE AIR EXHAUST � 1 02/12/2020 MECHANICAL COORDINATION DRH BUILDING HEATING LOAD TAG TYPE (CFM) (CFM) (CFM) (CFM) EXISTING a BUILDING COOLING LOAD EXISTING ERTU-1 EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT 1744 1599 145 N/A w 3 145 N/A MECHANICAL SPACING CONDITIONING SYSTEM o ERTU-2 EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT 2288 214 0 UNITARY EMAU-1 EXISTING MAKE-UP AIR UNIT 1100 N/A 1100 N/A description of unit EXISTING RTU W/ ELECTRIC HEAT heating efficiency SEE SCHEDULES Ln cooling efficiency SEE SCHEDULES 0 heat output of unit SEE SCHEDULES FRANCHISEE NAME: EF-1 RESTROOM EXHAUST, CEILING MOUNTED N/A N/A N/A -50 � cooling output of unit SEE SCHEDULES a BOILER KLE PIZZA, II , LLC. total boiler output of unit N/A V) KEF-1 KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN N/A N/A N/A -1050 CHILLER � N/A total chiller capacity LIST EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCIES 0 0 TOTAL 5100 3710 1390 1100 Equipment schedules with motors (mechanical systems) w TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL (CFM): 1390 (O.A.) - 1100 (E.A.) = 290 CFM (POSITIVE) motor horsepower N/A KEITH EDWARDS number of phases N/A 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE minimum efficiency N/A ``' JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 NOTE: AIR BALANCE BASED ON HVAC SYSTEM(S) AND KITCHEN HOOD RUNNING SIMULTANEOUSLY. motor type N/A :D # of poles N/A o PROJECT NAME: 501.2 APPLICATION COMPLIANCE / 506 ADDITIONAL PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE: Z ❑ 506.2.1 MORE EFFICIENT MECH. EQUIPMENT ❑ 506.2.4 HIGHER EFF DOMESTIC HW o 60 8556 ❑X 506.2.2 REDUCED LTG DENSITY ❑ 506.2.5 ON-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY n L 3;. ❑ 506.2.3 ENERGY RECOVERY SYSTEM ❑ 506.2.6 DAYLIGHT CONTROLS oINTERIOR U Z Plzzck UP - FIT DESIGNER STATEMENT: 1 0 To the best of my knowledge and belief, the design of this building complies o 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD with the mechanical systems, service systems and equipment requirements of Zo ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 the 2017 WHASCHON, Ing o e: erg Conservation. U _j 0 SIGNED: SHEET TITLE: U NAME: M. P.E. TITLE: MECHANICAL ENGINEER o w w J M U Z Lo MECHANICAL w w M SCHEDULES 0 z J Q PROJECT NUMBER 20010 DATE 01-08-2020 U Q SHEET NO. LL' V 0 SHEET 3 OF 7 CA z login MECHANICAL LEGEND W SYMBOLS (NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE USED) ABBREVIATIONS (NO (NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE USED) T ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ARE USED) SYMBOLS ca AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT SUPPLY AIR DUCT ® SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER AC AIR CURTAIN AD ACCESS DOOR RETURN RETURN AIR DUCT N AIR DIFFUSER AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR APD AIR PRESSURE DROP GERALD P . N O E EXHAUST AIR DUCT ,�- SIDEWALL, SPIRAL DUCT GRILLE ATC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS a ARCHITECT SUPPLY DUCT TURNING UP BC BRANCH CONROL BOX O 1" DOOR UNDERCUT, COORD /W DOOR SCHEDULE BE BOTTOM ELEVATION o FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 RETURN/EXHAUST DUCT TURNING UP POWERBHP BRAKE HORSE ® DUCT MOUNTED HUMIDITY SENSOR BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS U T WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT PER HOUR SUPPLY DUCT TURNING DOWN O CEILING MOUNTED TEMPERATURE SENSOR CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER CONDENSING/HEAT PUMP a 399 LUCERNE DRIVE O RETURN/EXHAUST DUCT TURNING DOWN CC COOLING COIL UNIT u SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 SD DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR CD CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE EXHAUST FAN H 583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 P: 864. R� RISE IN DUCT Cry CONDENSATE PUMP, 120V/10 CL CENTERLINE DISCONNECT mail@gpnarcht.COm CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE SWITCH INSIDE D DROP IN DUCT APR APR VALVE CG CEILING GRILLE Z 0 CHWS/R CHILLED WATER SUPPLY/RETURN Z CHECKED BY: M M S TRANSITION IN DUCT, SQUARE TO SQUARE CW CITY WATER (DOMESTIC) PREFABRICATED ° CP CONDENSATE PUMP BIRDSCREEN DRAWN BY: DRH SPLITTER DAMPER ROOF CURB c� DUCT ROUTED UP/DOWN D DRAIN BACKDRAFT DAMPER w DB DRY BULB TEMPERATURE C uj w OF TRANSITION IN DUCT, SQUARE TO ROUND DIA, 4 DIAMETER EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES, TYPICAL DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS ROOF EXHAUST DUCT 11 THIS DRAWING ISE INSTRUMENT TH � SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE DUCT CAPPED AND SEALED DN DOWN DWS DOUBLE WALL SPIRAL DUCTWORK ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED DWG DRAWING DUCTWORK WITH INTERNAL LINER (X"LINED) z W ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE EA EXHAUST AIR � WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. CEILING EXHAUST FAN (GENERAL EXHAUST) EAD EXHAUST AIR DAMPER CONC. PAD BY G.C. w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON DUCTWORK TRANSITION FROM HARD ROUND TO FLEXIBLE [ l EDP EMERGENCY DRIP PAN a DEMAND. SQUARE THROAT DUCT ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES (E) EXISTING OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT/HEAT PUMP (ER) EXISTING RELOCATED w COPYRIGHT 2019 O (ERR) EXISTING REMOVED AND ALL RIGHTS RESERVED SQUARE THROAT DUCT ELBOW WITHOUT TURNING VANES RELOCATED ROOF— MOUNTED ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE u UST FAN DETAIL OUTDOOR UNIT MOUNTING D E T A I L _ FULL RADIUS ELBOW E X 1 I A z ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN EF EXHAUST FAN 2 z FCU FAN COIL UNIT w cw FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION F FAN SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE FC FLEXIBLE CONNECTION � 45 DEGREE TAP G GRILLE w TE�T� ENGINEERING IN P.A. GF GAS FURNACE w 550071 CENTE:c�RIVE- SUI E•DEDICATION•rE,EXCELLENCE CONICAL TAP GL GLYCOL PIPING (BY OTHERS) � 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 CHARLOTrE,NC28217 HC HEATING COIL 704.376.2999 GROUP,PA W<B RTPAEL3t INFO@TEGPA.COM LL_0 TEETER ROPERERINGGROUP,HESE DOCUMENTS, ITS COMMON DLAW SP COPYRIGHT AND ALL SPIN-IN FITTING W VOLUME DAMPER BC FLEXIBLE DUCT HG HOT GAS PIPING O OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS REPRODUCED, REVISED,OR ASSOCIATED OR SH,L SIGN / HP HORSEPOWER CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAIL,AND w IDEAS SHALL NOT RE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY ENGINEERING N INEERIUTEDNGGROUP,ANV OTH ERPARTI ES ANDWITH OUTWRITTEN PER MISSIONFROM TEETER ART HWS/R HEATING HOT WATER SOLED OPERTYEETER NY ENGINEERING NGINEEELECTRONICIGROUP, COMPUTER ANDAFILES OFTHESE DOCUCHWEARE R ECORDOPER P SETEETER E COMPUTER FILEOUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED EO LE OR IVP AND ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCT SUPPLY/RETURN w ECORDPERMISSION" E MALL TEETOER ECOPIED IN ENGINE P, GROUP PPA. KEF KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. o FLORIDA COA#26380 VOLUME BALANCING DAMPER (L) LINED DUCTWORK uj LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY DUCT ��,stiiti�ii►�rrrI 'n BOTTOM REGISTER MUA MAKE UP AIR zc .�,► �C,t1AELC, rrR� MAX MAXIMUM J `'`� �.`'G�•N�•' Q r''r ROUND RUNOUT FLEXIBLE DUCT, . , :.•` �r'•.•rj, MA MIXED AIR 4' MAX. LENGTH MBH ONE THOUSAND BTUH 1/4"0 ALL THREADED o � N� X2288 SQUARE-TO-ROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKE-OFF U MD MOTORIZED DAMPER ROD SUPPORTS w � *;• ' MTD MOUNTED MOUNTED TO ' Q:�o NIC NOT IN CONTRACT STRUCTURE WITH TRANSITION oQ TRANSITION SPRING VIBRATION �� STATEOF NO NORMALLY OPEN DUCT (IF o :Ca NTS NOT TO SCALE ISOLATORS Ti5�4 O ROUND � .c1 •,• 0P.'� 4: <<< TEE WITH TURNING VANES AND SPLITTER DAMPER OA OUTSIDE AIR STRUCTURE. NECK REQUIRED) Z •�r 0• , O R ti 00 [� Ic, OAD OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER cn ��''rr►r© Aisti% 01/08/2020 ( OC ON CENTER EXHAUST DUCT SPIN TAP WITH MANUAL Z SQUARE ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES OSD OPEN SITE DRAIN VOLUME DAMPER o REVISIONS: PC PUMPED CONDENSATE Z PCR PUMPED CONDENSATE RETURN CEILING z S.A. BY PD PRESSURE DROP CFM EXHAUST FAN PH PHASE � N0. DATE DESCRIPTION LIJ R.A. SEE AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE PMU PAD MOUNTED UNIT SUPPLY ICFMI AIR QUANTITY REQUIRED RA RETURN AIR DIFFUSER1�9 � RAD RETURN AIR DAMPER CEILING EXHAUST GRILLE z E.A. RAG RETURN AIR GRILLE � (R) REMOVE SPIN TAP T 0 0 CFM z______0 PIPE UP R RETURN FAN �--- PIPE DOWN RS/RL REFRIGERANT CEILING MOUNTED FAN DETAIL ROUND NECK DIFFUSER SUCTION/LIQUID LINES �I ----0' VALVE IN VERTICAL RTU ROOFTOP UNIT 3 `t z FRANCHISEE NAME: GAS PIPING ON ROOF, SIZED PER PLANS SA SUPPLY AIR SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE w G—� SD SPLITTER DAMPER a KLE PIZZA, II, LLC..- -G- LC.—G_ — q GAS PIPING BELOW ROOF, SIZED PER PLANS SENS SENSIBLE TD TRANSFER DUCT = --CD—2 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING TYP TYPICAL Z--RS--Z REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE TOS TOP OF SLAB w UH UNIT HEATER o �---RL— REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE w VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME � REFRIGERANT HOT GAS LINE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE w KEITH EDWARDS Z---HG—� VAV BOX OR 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE VF VENTILATION FAN FAN BOX SEE NOTE j JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 VRV VARIABLE REFRIG. VOLUME V VOLTS VD VOLUME DAMPER \ VIF VERIFY IN FIELD SIDE OF DUCT z PROJECT NAME: W/ WITH — ¢ 8556 WMS WIRE MESH SCREEN RAI AIR FLOW FLEXIBLE CONNECTION o WO WALL OPENING TO TERMINAL BOX 0 (WR) WRAPPED DUCTWORK TTOCOF DIIF�FUSER - SEE NOTE N TO o INTERi0R z UP — EIT ZMANUAL VOLUME o ME DAMPER � 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD DAMPER FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION a ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 TO METAL DUCT 1 J '_ BRANCH TAKE-OFF SINGLE DROP a SEE NOTE SHEET TITLE: Q WDOUBLE�--THICKNESS SEE NOTE o o w PROVIDE INSULATION BLANKET AIR FLOW ON BACK SIDE OF DIFFUSER m � 0 MECHANICAL VANES cn SPLITTER DAMPER WITH LEGENDS 8c ROD AND LOCKING SLOT w SUPPLY � QUADRANT DIFFUSER DIFFUSER m OBRANCH TAKE-OFF FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO SUPPLY DIFFUSER 04 b4% z DETAILS NOTE: J 1. USE BRANCH TAKE-OFF 1OWHEN MAIN AND BRANCH DUCTS NOTE: ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO SHEET W � 9. PROJECT NUMBER 20010 ARE DIFFERENT DEPTHS METAL SHALL BE SECURED WITH NYLON STRAP AND 2 2. USE BRANCH TAKE-OFF(2)WHEN MAIN AND BRANCH DUCTS SHEET METAL SCREWS (MIN.). ,�- ARE SAME DEPTHS DATE 01-08-2020 TYPICAL Q SHEET N0, DUCTWORK DETAIL6 FLEX . CONNECTION DETAILS w (:5 SCALE: NONE v 0 SCALE: NONE SHEET 4 OF 7 rA Z 0 DIFFUSER TAG LEGEND A EX = EXISTING TO REMAIN RE = EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED N = EXISTING TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW \ GERALD P . NOE = EXISTING FLOW RATE TO REMAIN OH (BALANCE ALL NEW DIFFUSERS TO EXISTING RATE SHOWN) N ARCHITECT rx 0 FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 c 399 LUCERNE DRIVE w SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 i mail@gpnarcht.com Z Tt Z CHECKED BY: MMS 0 0DRAWN BY: DRH HOOD TESTING: A PERFORMANCE TEST SHALL BE CONDUCTED UPON COMPLETION AND W BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL OF THE INSTALLATION OF A VENTILATION SYSTEM SERVING : I 11 COMMERCIAL FOOD HEAT PROCESSING APPLIANCES. THE TEST SHALL VERIFY THE RATE OF AIRFLOW AND PROPER OPERATION. THE PERMIT HOLDER SHALL FURNISH THE NECESSARY THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF __. 14 I- TEST EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE TESTS. HOOD SHALL BE IN = SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE ACCORDANCE WITH IMC SECTION 904.11. € TYPICAL DE Z ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED _ h IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE _ w7/1 WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON � 0 DEMAND. _�� MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION(S) OF ALL NEW ERTU-2 w COPYRIGHT 2019 DUCTWORK WITH ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS. ALL NEW DUCTWORK SHALL BE CU ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ROUTED IN TRUSS CAVITIES, WHERE POSSIBLE, AND AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ELSEWHERE. l �_ y , (7 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION(S) OF ALL NEW I ROOF EQUIPMENT AND PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND TOcf) TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A. ENSURE THAT UNIT PLACEMENT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE LOCATED WITHIN 14 w RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE A STRUCTURAL ZONE CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING NEW EQUIPMENT. 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 EX TYPICAL ' EX 704.376.2999 • WVAM,TEGSPA,COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM „vim " ✓k (6 ' TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PAH ERE BY RESERVES S 0 OT H ER PROPERTY RIGHTS O THESE DOCUMENTSANYSOOCIATE MMON LAW 5 ECICOPYRIGHT A CATIONS,DESGN 2$6 ND ALL 2$6 CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDESSHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITE E N PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERINGGROUP,OU TEETER NY ENGINEERING ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER ANDAREESOFTHESE DOCUMENTSARE 11 11 RE ORDOPERTY OFTE NLY.ENGINEERING GES SHALL NOT BE COPIED I ED FO LE OR IVP AND JWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONCOMP TER FIFROMATEETTER ENGINEERING GGROUP,RPA NOTES THIS SHEET Z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. � ? FLORIDA COA#26380 �y t w t1�11ltlj INTERLOCK �stt �J�r O1 SEE SHEET M0.3 & M0.4 FOR LEGENDS, DETAILS AND SCHEDULES. W/ HOOD Q J`, `00AEL SC O EXISTING 5-TON RTU (ERTU-# TO REMAIN IN USE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON EXISTING RTU. EXISTING S.A. AND R.A. DUCT AND Q No 42283 DIFFUSER SYSTEMS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EMAU EXISTING DIFFUSERS TO BE LIKE NEW. RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO LOCATION rr'° INDICATED, EXTEND CONTROL WIRE AS NEEDED. f EX •: S 13 STATE OF 44/. O EXISTING MAKE-UP AIR UNIT (EMAU-1 TO REMAIN IN USE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR _ %O.�'•,�` �� SHALL CLEAN AND PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON EXISTING MAU. EXISTING S.A. DUCT AND 11 11 z *i,• L ......0RP C?` �~ _ . DIFFUSER SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. RELOCATE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES AS _.. Q '`�� ' REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW KITCHEN HOOD LAYOUT. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR �, 11 14 �'lrt0NA� 02/12/2020 SHALL CLEAN ALL EXISTING DIFFUSERS TO BE LIKE NEW. INTERLOCK WITH NEW HOOD. TYPICAL Z MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RE-BALANCE FLOW RATE OF UNIT TO BE 1,100 CFM S.A. EX Z REVISIONS: AND 1,100 CFM O.A. FOR NEW HOOD SYSTEM DEMAND. IF EXISTING UNIT DOES NOT HAVE THE CAPACITY TO REDUCE FLOW RATE AS DESCRIBED, INFORM ENGINEER OF RECORD 286 UP IMMEDIATELY FOR RE-EVALUATION. CO Z Z N0. DATE DESCRIPTION BY U ® PROVIDE NEW KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULED ON SHEET UP 1 02/12/2020 MECHANICAL COORDINATION DRH ©� 5 6 ERTU-1 LLI M0.3 AND COORDINATED FULLY WITH HOOD DRAWING PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD ®KE:-1 O 4T VERIFY THAT THE LOCATION SHOWN IS A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM ANY OUTDOOR INTAKE. 1050 > KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN AND HOOD ARE FURNISHED BY MARCO'S PIZZA DISTRIBUTING. Z dm 0 Rift n...r.� ✓ `bW4 WA ME tizL 3�E yGs i iN. .. O5 PROVIDE 10"0 GREASE EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO KEF-1 ON ROOF. GREASE DUCT SHALL I EX BE SCHEBLER FYRE-GUARD PRE-FABRICATED DOUBLE WALL, UL LISTED FOR GREASE 14 HOOD BY I �y o EXHAUST DUCTWORK APPLICATION, ZERO CLEARANCE DUCT, OR EQUAL. PROVIDE ALL O OTHERS , I 286 ~ TRANSITIONS, FITTINGS, EXTENSIONS AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. SUBSTITUTION OF FIELD TYPICAL cn I mm. 11 FABRICATED DUCTWORK SHALL REQUIRE APPROVAL OF PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO BID Ex EX z FRANCHISEE NAME: OR ANY WORK AND VERIFICATION WITH ENGINEER FOR SIZING OF DUCTWORK. I 11 �.. 6 PROVIDE GREASE CLEANOUTS IN ALL ELBOWS IN KITCHEN GREASE LADEN EXHAUST DUCT O AS REQUIRED BY MECHANICAL CODE. 11 'i '4` '° K LE PIZZA, 11 , LLC. 0 SEE KITCHEN HOOD AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS FOR HOOD SIZE, EXHAUST IEp RATES, ETC.. HOOD AND KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN ARE FURNISHED BY MARCO'S PIZZA ' LL DISTRIBUTING. HOOD SIZED AT 1,050 CFM EXHAUST RATE PER OWNER/EQUIPMENTo REQUIREMENTS. MAKE-UP AIR FOR HOOD EXHAUST PROVIDED VIA NEW ROOFTOP UNIT, TO ERTU-2 14 RTU-1. SEE SHEET MO.3 FOR RTU-1 INFORMATION. SEE SHEET M2.1, 2.2 FOR HOOD /Z TYPICAL KEITH EDWARDS SUBMITTAL INFORMATION. SHEET M2.1, 2.2 SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, ACTUAL h / w 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE SUBMITTAL SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MARCO'S PIZZA DISTRIBUTING. ' EX EX (n JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 8 CONDENSING UNIT FOR WALK-IN COOLER (COOLER AND CONDENSING UNIT BY OTHERS) 11' 286 286 LOCATED ON ROOF OF COOLER INSIDE BUILDING. PROVIDE WITH PREFABRICATED SUPPORT RAILS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF UNIT AND REFRIGERANT PIPING ROUTING WITH 11 11 PROJECT NAME: EXISTING CONDITIONS TO AVOID CONFLICT. SUPPORT RAILS, LOCATION, ETC. BY KITCHEN 10 a 8556 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. Z 0 Og EXISTING RESTROOM CEILING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. ENSURE FAN IS IN PROPER TO ERTU-1 f00 ow WORKING CONDITION. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO BE LIKE NEW. N 10 RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AS INDICATED. COORDINATE THERMOSTAT EXACT LOCATION ' N N 0 INTERIOR WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGHING IN OR RELOCATING. ADD OR EXTEND NEW CONTROL WIRE 10 150 8"o 8"0 150 AS REQUIRED. 13 13 0 Pizza UP - FIT 11 EXISTING DIFFUSER TO REMAIN. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EXPOSED F= 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD SURFACES TO BE LIKE NEW. COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR ANY PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. "` 14 Z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 N TYPICAL U 12 EXISTING DIFFUSER TO BE RELOCATED. ADD OR EXTEND NEW RUNOUT DUCT AS REQUIRED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO BE LIKE NEW. 13 150 Q COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR ANY PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. SHEET TITLE: 13 DIFFUSER LOCATED IN DINING AREA SHALL BE PROVIDED AS NEW TO REPLACE EXISTING O9 50F�` N __._. DIFFUSER AT SAME LOCATION. SELECT DIFFUSER STYLE TO MATCH EXISTING, ADJACENT 8°0 $''0 150 0 DIFFUSERS. PROVIDE WIHT NEW RUNOUT DUCT SIZED AS INDICATED AND CONNECT TO Li EXISTING MAIN. FIELD VERIFY TIE-IN POINT PRIOR TO ROUGHING-IN. COORDINATE FINISH 13 AND COLOR OF NEW DIFFUSER WITH OWNER PRIOR TO PURCHASE. 6"0 m 4 EXISTING SA/RA DUCTWORK TO REMAIN IN USE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN o L R _ INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF ALL DUCTWORK TO BE LIKE NEW. TYPICAE W l� O O R P A N f 50 r. c w A - m MECHANICAL g.n O yG� Z J PROJECT NUMBER 20010 V) 6 DATE 01-08-2020 U Q SHEET N0. POW w 1 FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL 1/4" = 1'-0" SHEET 5 OF 7 _.. ....... _._... .._..._ .. _, _ amaRIAL NOTM 3 100 NOT GI ALF DRAVA40A USE DOAENMON13 A8 NDICATEM F CUBEInONB vI CONTROL SHOULD ARIIBE,CLAM-Y WITH VEdr TECH ? 2µ PANEL PRIOR TO F�EASING FOR MANLFACTIFlICL p TAB PORT (OPTIONAL) 2 Tr a THM RBBPONE6IJTY OP THE I HANGER 131.3" NBTALL LING CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN ALL W ROD BUILDING 64.2" PEf m AND APPRovAL8 FROM ALL STATE BY DU TWORK NARROW AND LOCAL OFPICIIAL9 PRIR TO OI I (a OTHERS BYPTHERS I FLANGE 32.1" PROCEEDING VATH DWALLATIONL THEME BAFFLE TO BE FIELD WELDED DRAVANGS ARE TO BEFTYL AS BANG DESM I ONLY AND ANY SPATE OR L A0/1L ORDINANCE o FILTERS TO 14"x14" w 4 I I 1NHC2i B MOM FE1BiRCnVE SHALL PFENAL a � U � 12x2° GERALD P . N OE O s tr E THE ReePONe�m OF THE ' �, w 14" DWALLNO CONTRACTOR TIO CHMM ao o (- 33.6" 22.2" AL FBUILDIN113 AOCEM8 AM MM R I z � ARCHITECT NOTE: HOOD N�6ULLEOU�T TO,BE E111OUG Tr N AND o SHOULD BE HUNG w FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 'Y2"ABOVE 14" „ 4 VENT TEHAL CH SL.NOT BE FEBPO MMA o 15' /�a/L10O/i OVEN 1 s” 44.3 FOR WROPM EWDME CHIANc=1w=c PR OR � "ABOVE AFI vo ULIEB on•TEI THAN T11-11101111111 AS FRONT of xooD OVEN GP DUTALEoL p 399 LUCERNE DRIVE a AN NTAI®B Muer 111 NO CLOSER THAN 10 S P A R TA N B U R G, S C 29302 FEET FROM ANY Do-uweR cR vmr oun ur P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 OPTIONAL S.EX A W DUOT LAW BE CONETFLD lCTIE SIDEI mail@gpnorcht.com FROM A LOMIILB11 OF 10 C AIIIIJ IE LJOIID-T MI T WEMM EEL PITTED TIOHILY NHOW HO SKIRTS COLLAR AND OONTTiRJ01�.Y WELDED TO i I14'x14"DUCTWORK = 3 DECK OVEN HOOD.MOT CLEMOtrTBSHALL 0E Q CHECKED BY: MMS OPTIONAL N IDE SKIRTS IDE 11.5"x11.5"DUCTWORK = 2 DECK OVEN PROIVDED AT ISOM CH AIIIM N DEE01L CnSrALLNO OONTPACTbR LL SHAVEFY ANY z (��j FLANGE Edo- T 61r. 40R D1BF w o 010 THE f DRAWN BY: D R IH �0 .4 SHALL EXTEND A IIISIESII OF 40 NCHEB I w ADM ROOF SIS CIM TO BE REFERENCE Y�®TO ADJOROM MATERIAL. THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF OVEN I co MANUFACTURER SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE L 7.�PLYDUCTWOMSHALLHEFAMR11I ATED ; ARCHITECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED CUT SHEET _! FOR CORRECT MM1 EXHAUST HOOD INSTALLATION NACCORDANCE WRHTHEL.A719Sr81111ACNA > LIVACDt=rCONs IRIIJOTIONWrAHDIAW IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE APPLIANCE Q �� • CONSTRUCTED OF 18 GA. 430 • SUSPEND HOOD 1"-1.5"ABOVE INTENDED OWIETALAMPLDCEL®AND 84ALLM WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. EXHAUST INFORMATION EXTERNALLYNBu.ATTDAHDPROMDEDwITH' w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON DIMENSIONS ,/ STAINLESS STEEL WHERE EXPOSED. HANGING HEIGHT USING HANGER RODS. DESIGN DUCT SIDE SKIRT �a2�CONTROL D AT EACH a OVEN TYPE CFM W SKIRTS STATIC HEIGHT . INCLUDES (4) 12X20 ALUMINUM • MOVE OVEN INTO PLACE. DIBCHAFk�CTWl I € DEMAND. DOUBLE DECK OVE 1050 .28" 38.4" • LOWER EXHAUST HOOD INTO PLACE ON ¢ BAFFLE STYLE GREASE FILTERS. • S.ALL D04AUBr FANG,MAIMS'AM UNiH, I LISTED PER UL710. TOP OF OVEN PER INSTALLATION MANUAL. w COPYRIGHT 2019 a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED AFI TPANBF M FANS,LrM AM TO BE � a MAKE FINAL EXHAUST DUCT CONNECTIONS. e.Ecn�c,AL.LY NTE LOCK EX B.ECn1.AL U.L. LISTING OowslA moss TO nwwE AND NBrALL ALL .. 101530594PRT-001A NOTE: CONTROL PANEL ON REAR OF OVEN RECuri �A'�`�''""'C1i°� HOOD TYPE a VERY ALL 97FRMMAL LOIADS W11TH TYPE 1 NOTE: FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PROVIDEDARCHTrTE�T OP RBOORD� 71 ¢ Arw AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 10`T' DR'i1N"�''' "DSERVE'�A u BANG DEISM ONLY AND ANY SrATE OR �� TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P,A. RTUs MUST BE WIRED TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY LOCAL O 13960 E WHCH B MOFM = RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE I DURING HOOD OPERATION TO PROVIDE MAKE-UP RBBFRIC'11VE SHALL PFEVAL I- 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 ep �y�y ee.y/� 704.376.2999 • �hJ�+W.TEGSPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM AIR 1L R IB THE FMrC iii„ OF THE �' TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND ALL I/ARCHIIS I O OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTSTO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN '��•�'�T TT'F H € ' CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND I W IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY I 120/1/60 — KEY CI.E/1R/IWCE COQ AND NON (n BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER /gyp /y��p ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE i MINIMUM 15"1OR LRCM ..�RFeVeeR�/BIN =LAwwoornmort SOLE PROPERTYOF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANDARE INTENDED FORARCHIVEAND DISTANCE120" �-'n �–THE NATIIONAI PM PROTECTION WITHOUTRECRD WRITTENWRITTENRPO LY MPU ER PART ERMISSIONFIFROM LES ATEELL TER ENT BE GINEER NGIED IN W OGROUP,PA. VT-DU85HFA REMOTE MOUNTED BOX PANEL ABOOCIAIM N o TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. CONTROL FLORIDA COA#26380 EXHAUST FAN 12o/1/so `tii,L,a�ie►�t BUPPLY DUC:T EXF4WSr DUCT Y2. HOOD CONBTTSJCT10N18HALL BEN W GREASE DRAT 1 NOTE: ALL VENT TECH BC/InBC AST TE BUILDM c E,NPPX NBP z t�0 OAAEL sC•�'�., HINGED BASE F2 HOODS WEFT GIle E M U A-1 Ti BTCX�WHERE VIBBI.E: MN J �`�� , I� •F' •� 120V/1PH REQUIRED FOR CONTROL o . ' � S CONTINUOUS DOUBLE a s1 s1 PANEL. OPE OR MOFE OF NON-JVN BLESEGTIONSSHyL111S ALKiE 0 � •, �-- LAYER OF FYREWRAP ELITE MINIMUM `> LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (0-10VDC PLUS THE Fo11-OWNc� AL.UWS�®STLORIBOMMBGSTLALL v N042283 ' 1.5" GREASE DUCT INSULATION N COMMON) MUST BE BE FIELD EXTERIORSEA111BTCBEWEI.DEDLXXM U.1 *;+ �* DISTANCE ss s2 INSTALLED FROM CONTROL PANEL TO TIGHT. ? o (BY OTHERS, IF REQUIRED) 40 40VA = a i THE EXHAUST FAN AND TERMINATED IL ROOF I Et1VICE PLATFOFSIII(SI.GUARD AT BOTH ENDS. 2 STRANDS, 18SHALL �� •• STATE OF w. EXHAUST FAN ROOF CUR LA avoc.m 2 x • `';•• RAL M AND ACCESS TO T14DA MIE GAUGE MINIMUM SHIELDED, PLENUM PROVDED30NpACCOFDANCE WnH/IIICAWO o �.►fl'•,x, IoPwER RATED CABLE IS SUGGESTED. 2016 em _iQSN1BF•DMO. s 3 I ROOF DECK ¢ �i S Ca ti 's6TATE OF IIIINCHNIIIIAN,90001 ow - _2 -z NOTE: FINAL HOOD CONTROL TO OVEN FACTORY SIAC/MwAO1S cn ,t�fE�aN Ai s�i�►tr 01/08/2020 CONNECTION IS BY AUTHORIZED WIRING z O 00 8 P D44enni1ee41e44evs MIDDLEBY SERVICE AGENT OR OTHER 2011:MTENATIONAL CODE OA MRCHT 201E g AUTHORIZED PERSON. CLEARANCFE PRIM V0wnC`•AL O *ABLIgIML M � z REVISIONS: � w 1 NOTE: CONTROL PANEL MUST HAVE ITS Ex AUST FAN OOMBI •EBL�ACEFE'OIJCT10NT0TA8 z_ OWN DEDICATED DRY CONTACT FROM MOTOR POfLO1MS— `"'N' 3 CONTROLLER 24 CiAISYRAI L�ANT1�9F�r METAL(Ou024I' I z N0. DATE DESCRIPTION BY 2 ORA ANSUL SYSTEM. CAN NOT SHARE WITH PLC BPAC®TOFF 7FE coh6uerBF Aee®neL.Y HARNESS +2awc PROGRAMMABLE w ANY OTHER CIRCUITS. PROVIDED corimoiER 27 O F NSTALL�JO A VEnLAT10N D04AM W f SUPPLY AIR INTAKE o OVEN WIRING HARNESS BY -2awc B NOTE: CONTROL PANEL CAN NOT SYSTEAINTOANAMA WHIOHHASCERAN NOTE: MUST BE MINIMUM OF 120"' HAL � ROOF JOIST rf GND SG SHUT OFF OVENS. SHUNT TRIP 00 v ISTA DA DS OR CODESCIn'�1THAN THOM w FROM ANY EXHAUST VENT z n ci5ennifec41F4fev4 BREAKERS, FOR OVENS, NEED TO BE o > NIORHYH.LY ACCEPTED N THE FOOD > HANGING BRACKET- I 00 a1BF,UL,ET�C�ygTr z UNISTRUT (BY OTHERS) OVEN 1 CURRENT SNATCH 1 RED 1 3 TxD WIRED TO DEDICATED DRY CONTACT IN T cO C-4 TECH LOAT.MEADVI OF THEME o I 1 ANSUL SYSTEM. SPB�ATIONB N IWAL BERM 0 ON/OFF BLA I Dc FAB IWAT10N OF THE E100%MW BE NA CEILING TILES-----' 4 FALAM TO ADNIBL VErr TECH OF SPECF9C •'. N THE J0211 CURRENT SNATCH 2 RED I I 5 DLC 34 D Common E34 0-1 OVDC AT�nC NAL TCOBT$„an Z 0-10VDC DUCT SHROUD FRANCHISEE NAME: OPTIONAL OVEN 2 ON FF BLAc I 2 Ao.c E35 BDL I HANGING ROD SHROU I 6 Ao2 1, SHIELD T NOTE. 18GA SHIELDED �A � ¢ I I 36 SHIELD IS GROUNDED WIRE IS THE MINIMUM K L E PIZZA 1 I LLC. OPTIONAL DI.3 VARE SIZE TO BE CURRENT SNATCH 3 RED ON THE CHASSIS USED. FACTORY(ONLY AT THE (n 14"x14" WELDED DUCT USED (BYBLAc 1� CONTROL PANEL) WIRING �R� ACE (BY OTHERS) LEAVE 8 c CR NBILATEDE HANGING ROD 0111 M9e s• , t o ( LLI BY OTHERS) I, a 11 fa M99 MUA NONOOLIKNnl"'*T® 0. I z KEITH EDWARDS I OF 20MAXIMUM NORMALLY OPEN 3 (N.O.) DRY F ' ~ 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE HALTON HOOD CONTACT FOR MUA . I 41 MUA START/STOP START/STOP W DOA R 6S'uN'NBUL•AT®CLEAF1111�ICEPROND® JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 1 41 A A2 STANDOM F W NBILATED CLEARANCE E 1/2" - STEEL +24DC 24DC C DO.0 43 FAN INDICATOR LIGHT` / 24VAC PRESENT PER CHARM,THIS PRE E D0.2 GRN_ F1O NUTS (MINIMUM) �HOF�O�rAM�-M PROJECT NAME: 3 44 / MUA INDICATOR LIGHT FACTORY STICKERS DO.3 +GRN F9A RESPONSIBLE THAT PIROP61 CLEARANCES l Z 1/2" - STEEL AT REMOVE BEA JUMPER WIR 13 45 c \ / ARE MANrA��P�1 oOD� ¢ 8556 WHEN USING A WONT 0 46 VEN 1 INDICATOR LIGHT ANSUL WASHER (MINIMUM) 3 Do.a \ / +GRN_ APPROVED DRAWNO REOUFED I zo I TERMINALS 3 AND 4 4 OVEN MODELS 770,870,840. BOG 4 47 +/ \ FIRE FABF'ICATION I= DO.5 +GRN SYSTEM I I g VEN 2 INDICATOR UGH DRY �-1 U cove W IIF WHEN GProNAI DO.0 / COTACT t O 1/210 -ST SIDE SKIRTS ARE HOI I C Al.� D0.6 49 VEN 3 INDICATOR �GHT, /INrru L rn I ; - 49 ALL-THREAD ROD 2 17 so 7 ❑ APPROVED AS NOTED ov INTERIOR (MINIMUM) oo.c ... I Aft* UP - FIT c o 51 ❑ [MVANG 2 D0.8 Z TOGGLE SWITCH FOR •8 52 �= DA,'1'E= O 1/2" STEEL EXH FAN ON/OFF I NUTS (MINIMUM) (LOCATED ON FRONT OF PANEL) s1 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD IYSTENS 1/2" - STEEL $ o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 VERFICAMON OP HOOD HANOM J WASHER (MINIMUM) HE301-IT ABOVE F�FED FLXXM ¢ u�Fa E REcuAED FOR CORRE= j SHEET TITLE: FLAC OAffir OP PII E SYSTIM ? ¢ NOmEB, i ❑ HANOM ' O FEKdHT-SW F IOM FN�ED w w I FLOM TO LOWED EDGE:OF m NOTE: HANGING HARDWARE BY 0 �'HANOM Hec*Frr- Z OTHERS Ft-OOIi TO LOWER EDC+IE AS PREPARED BY w KITCHEN HOOD • VENT TECH Lli HOOD INFORMATION O Z J PROJECT NUMBER 20010 DATE 01-08-2020 DISCLAIMER SHEET NO. w ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT (CAPTIVEAIRE) DRAWINGS WERE DESIGNED AND PROVIDED BY A THIRD ~ PARTY AND ARE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. TEETER ENGINEERING ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR DESIGN AND DESIGN INTENT OF THE KITCHEN HOODS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION OF ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DESIGNER AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. SHEET 6 OF 7 ..0... .. ........ ... ....,.,..- 1 1 FAN ROOF CURB HINGE KIT INSTALLATION Z T TECH U P BLAST EXHAUST WELDED 20GA. GALVANIZED z VEN1) ASSEMBLE FAN PLATE WITH CURB PLATE AS SHOWN ON PIC. 1 i O ( CONSTRUCTION. �� z WITH HINGE f v I T • ROOF OPENING — THE MAXIMUM ROOF AND PIC.2 (IF PARTS ARE NOT ASSEMBLED). WHIZ 1 � w OPENING DIMENSION SHOULD NOT BE WHIZ E1 P�.2 NUT GREATER THAN THE ACTUAL TOP NUT WHIZ A OUTSIDE DIMENSION MINUS 2". BOLT THE ROOF OPENING MAY NOT BE THE FAN CURB FAN PLAT , . ' CURB PLATE ° VENTED STRUCTURAL OPENING DIMENSION. (RIGH PRA E (LEFT) (LATE l a /t CURB (LEFT) RIGHT SIDE SWING o GERALD P . N O E 3 zo GAUGE LEFT SIDE SWINGr STEEL 2) LEFT SIDE HINGE INSTALLAION– LINE CURB PLATE UP WITH THE o LU ARCHITECT CONSTRUCTION GREASE BOX INSTALLATION BOTTOM EDGE OF GREASE BOX AS SHOWN IN DETAIL A. SEE °z DETAIL A FOR POSITION OF FAN PLATE ON FAN BASE. REFER GD 3•FLANGE O 1) ATTACH VINYL DOWN SPOUT TO FAN. o FLORIDA REGISTRATION N0. AR93745 EXHAUST TO PIC 3 FOR POSITIONING DIMENSIONS. FAN PLACE GREASE BOX ON THE CURB, VINYL i z ROOF OPENING {� DOWN SPOUT SHOULD BE INSERTED IN RIGHT SIDE HINGE INSTALLATION– SEE DETAIL B FOR POSITION DIMENSIONS VINYL v HOLE OF COVER, LINE UP CURB PLATE OF FAN PLATE ON FAN BASE. REFER TO PIC 3 FOR POSITIONING. F 21 SPOUT 4 DETAIL"B" B AND BOTTOM OF GREASE BOX AS SHOWN z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE Q FAN BASE EDGE ON THE SIDE VIEW. MARK THE CUR6 SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 POSITION OF THE GREASE BOX COVER. PI FAN BASE ILABLEZ12 O" PLATE GREASE • (2) DISASSEMBLE GREASE BOX. SCREW ; P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 (LEf'f) BOX LOUVERSGREASE BOXCOVER TO THE CURB USING �FNSIDE mail@gpnarcht.com (OPTIONAL) (3) #14 x 3/4" SHEET METAL SCREW. 0 30'SLOPE �I I ASSEMBLE GREASE BOX. cuRe FAN , EDGE OF FAN PLATE PLATE (RIGHT) NOTE: BEFORE SWINGING FAN REMOVE VINYL ;, `� CHECKED BY: MMS ( ( z cuR6 DOWN SPOUT FOR LEFT SIDE SWING Nil PLATE IfYgII�Rl (INCLUDED) A DETAIL B ,I LLj DRAWN BY: DRH (RIGHT) DETAIL ; , l w CURB HINGE KIT z 2— FAN PLATES (LEFT & RIGHT) 3) SCREW THE FAN PLATE TO THE FAN BASE USING (12) #14x WEIGHT SONES 3/4 LG SHEET METAL SCREWS. ' 2— CURB PLATES (LEFT &RIGHT) e j THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF 97- 16s A 2— 3/8"— 16 x 1 1/2" WHIZ BOLTS SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE INSTALLER MUST / NOTE: IF THE SCREWS HIT THE CURB, THEN RUN THE SCREWS 1 ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED READ LABEL NEAR 6— 3/8" – 16 WHIZ NUTS FROM THE INSIDE THE FAN BASE. ALWAYS BE SURE THAT l ' Z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE aluminum and G90 Galvanized, DISCONNECT SNATCH! 24– #14 x 3/4" SHEET METAL SCREWS SCREWS DO NOT I T RFERE WITH CURB WHEN FAN SWINGS, �° g WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. MESSAGE ON LABEL S�IQIC 4 �• RUN '� drive, U and centrifugal exhaust •INSTALLER srlouLO GREASE BOX KIT w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON ETAIL A SUPPLY ENOUGH SCREW SCREW r II roof exhausters are engineered ELECTRICAL CORD FAN BASE a DEMAND. • TO LET FAN 1– GREASE BOX FROM FROM I laden vapors, fumes, and other MAKE COMPLETE MAKE 3– #14 x 3/4" SHEET METAL SCREWS INSIDE OUTSIDE COPYRIGHT 2019 Illy away from the building. The w ;entrifugal backwards inclined and IIE� a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED eels shall be balanced in two CURB I 0 REMOVE VINYL accordance with AMCA standard DOWN SPOUT CD 0 BEFORE SWING ity and Vibration Levels for Fans. THE FAN Z Tall be welded to the wheel inlet LINE LIP CURB ..,� ' PLATE AND BOTTOM "^d i all be ETL Listed and comply with of GREASE Box an shall bear the AMCA certified 4) SCREW THE CURB PLATE TO THE CURB USING (12) #14x 3/4 °I w � �� U air performance. LG SHEET METAL SCREWS. TIGHTEN NUT AND BOLT ASSEMBLY. ENSURE FAN SWINGS PROPERLY. = RELIABILITY•COLLABf3RAT10N•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,INC 28217 �.R ~ 704.376.2999 UUi111ERETEGPA.CO INFO@TEGPA.COM L_ TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON TAW COPYRIGHT y Q OT H ER PROPERTY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,AVIV ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN I CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS,THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND 3 w IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,ORCOPIEDINWHOIE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC ANO COMPUTER FILES OFTHESE DOCUMENTS ARE SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED FOR ARCHIVE AND RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. J TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A. GENERALIZED WIRING GUIDE FOR FIELD WIRING CONNECTION S 0 FLORIDA COA#26380 (� w T SWITCH, G ; ¢ .��C''�AI SC+ ''r�i RSHALL 670 NEMA L6-20P I �� •••� I I BREAKER ® ® o o ® ~` No 4283 '.•* (RIP R DI 1 ,RSHALL 670 SEE SHEET V3 :441 Z MW A"EMeA= NEMA L6-20P � STATE ©F TRIP BREAKER �'•• "!J 4 r`• �C Q.••\ .1 e Z s '' , 0 fl 1• .�C2 % 5VAC/1PH/60HZ— 11 cn rr�t+S`� `ti j>< �� 01/08/2020 OMMON). z !ETAIL FOR EMUA-1 IF. Z REVISIONS: '.ELECT SENSOR'S ;MINATION POINTS). �� TERMINAL BLOCK IN Z 0 9 10 N0. DATE DESCRIP110N BY 'ATED DRY ® ® CONTROLHALTPANEL SHOWN AS w w MMENDATIONS BY TO ANSUL o HALTON MM1 fED CIRCUIT/DRY FLn - ,IRcuIT. Z FRANCHISEE NAME: CIRCUIT BREAKER TION SHEET OF KLE PIZZA, II, LLC. :NT DETAIL FOR Ln CIRCUIT BREAKER O O ATION SHEET OF 7 i .NT DETAIL FOR w I o "1 w o- } 1. = KEITH EDWARDS IN'S SPEED _ENUM RATED ~ 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE N JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 )R CONTROL WIRING. ITERFERENCE WITH I UIT WITH LINE CIRCUIT SELECT SENSOR � P2RHK-120 NSu BREAKER ! PROJECT NAME: 3PH/60HZ, 3–WIRE rJ PANEL HORN/STROBE 0 9 Z _ECTRICAL CODE Q ¢ 8556 i �� -- of 00 0 POWER CAN BE O ONNECT TO "M98" ANSUL R-102 m 4 'UT 1) FROM THE FIRE Al O z CONTROL PANEL'S PROTECTION Z INTERIOR SYSTEN WITH 1 FOUR SWITCH O I (n ftzo t UP - FIT KIT (PART# OVEN #2 7 )N COVER), TO 423881) 1 1 7 ® i, 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD EYOR OVEN #1. ELATION MANUAL ? I o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 �— ® ® �� I U )N COVER), TO J 'EYOR OVEN #2 Q NOTE: HORN/STROBE MUST — f � � SHEET TITLE: LLATION MANUAL REMAIN ON SEPARATE DEDICATED v DRY CONTACT, BUT CAN SOURCE NUI 120VAC FROM SHUNT TRIP ® ® I o WIRING CONNECTIONS OF EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED ON SAID GUIDE. BREAKER CIRCUIT. ® ® L` Li m '.ONNECTIONS MUST BE ALL CONNECTIONS MUST BE TERMINATED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICIAN. RAL CODES. IN THE 0 ALL WIRING AND BREAKER SIZING SHOULD BE CONFIRMED BY A LOCAL LICENSED u Z WILL DICTATE TERMS ELECTRICIAN BEFORE INSTALLATION. u o KITCHEN HOOD I a ALL ELECTRICAL IF ALTERNATE WAS SELECTED, REFER TO INSTALLATION MANUAL OF ALTERNATE FOR 'GATHERED FROM INSTALLATION AND WIRING INSTRUCTIONS. ? AS PREPARED BY Uj Y A IF ALTERNATE WAS SELECTED REFER TO SPECIFICATION DATA SHEET OF ALTERNATE FOR VENT TECH m INFORMATION HIS IS IN NO WA _ _ ._ _., _. ONLY REPRESENTS VOLTAGE AND WIRE SIZING INFORMATION. __... __.,._ ,..... ..... ...,..... ..MIDDLEBY._.M,AR,SHALL'S..670,-.CO@1V�1�OR..,OVENS..,ARE...T3_BE_SHUT..OFF BY.-.ANSUL--SYSTEM---,---.__ ._.,_................ _.._ J DURING PROJECT NUMBER 20010 DATE 01-08-2020 DISCLAIMER SHEET NO. w ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT (CAPTIVEAIRE) DRAWINGS WERE DESIGNED AND PROVIDED BY A THIRD PARTY AND ARE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. TEETER 4 ENGINEERING ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR DESIGN AND DESIGN INTENT OF THE KITCHEN HOODS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION OF ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DESIGNER AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. SHEET 7 OF 7 - � cc - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260000 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 2 PRODUCTS 3.02 PREPARATION C. Neutral Conductors: 1.01 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 2.01 CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS: Provide conductor terminations rated A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings that are 1. Provide separate neutral conductors for: at a minimum of 75 degrees C in all equipment. removed. a. Branch circuits protected by ground fault circuit A. This Section supplements all Sections of the Specifications for 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS: The products specified in the Contract Documents B. Protect and safeguard any existing service lines and utility interrupter (GFCI) circuit breakers. Division 26, Division 27, and Division 28 and shall apply to all constitute the Basis of Design for the Construction Documents and structures. phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the Drawings, or set minimum standards for quality, design, and functionality. Other C. Coordinate utility service outages with utility company and the b. Branch circuits protected by arc fault circuit interrupter required to provide a complete installation of approved electrical products are (AFCI) circuit breakers. systems. P permitted to be submitted, at the Contractor's option, Owner. C. Branch circuits protected by shunt trip circuit breakers. Z during shop drawing review unless indicated otherwise. Any D. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing p B. The Drawings, General Conditions and General Provisions of the d. Branch circuits fed from feed-through protection of GFCI substitute products shall meet or exceed all requirements specified. systems in service as required for the sequencing of the work or Z Contract apply to this Section and the other Sections of Division Any costs and coordination issues arisingout of an substitution, receptacles. rA w 26, Division 27, and Division 28 of the specifications. Where Y the Owners need for continued operations. e. Branch circuits with dimming controls. � including coordination with all other contractors and subcontractors E. Maintain all existing power, telephone, and fire alarm systems in f. Branch circuits that serve emergency lighting equipment conflicts arise between these documents, the more stringent and any associated costs, is the substituting contractor's sole service until new system is fully operational, tested, and read for q provision will be applicable, subject to the interpretation of the responsibility. y such as emergency batteries or emergency lighting unit a Engineer. service. Notify all stakeholders (Owner, Authority Having Jurisdiction, equipment. C. Furnish all labor, material, services, and skilled supervision necessary PART 3 EXECUTION utility company, Landlord, etc.) at least 48 hours before partially or 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK P y g. Where indicated by the wire counts shown on the for the construction, erection, installation, connections, testing, and completely disabling system, disable systems only to make Drawings. adjustment of all materials and electrical equipment specified herein, A. Work lines and established heights shall be in strict accordance with switchovers and connections, and minimize all outage durations. 2. Multiwire branch circuits shared neutrals are � architectural drawings and specifications. Verify all dimensions shown 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK ( ) permitted where or shown or noted on the Drawings, and its delivery to the Owner, and establish all elevations and detailed dimensions not shown not otherwise indicated. GERALD P . N 0 E complete in all respects and ready for use. A. Maintain continuity of circuits as needed to provide power to a. Locate all multiwire branch circuits in vertically adjacent N D. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by this prior to rough-in. remaining devices, fixtures, or equipment not being removed. anelboard E ARCHITECT B. Promptly report any difficulties encountered in the installation of p pole spaces and provide circuit breaker handle GO Contractor for installation by other Contractors, this Contractor shall B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations as required to ties to simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded circuit furnish all such equipment, complete in all respects and ready for the work which might prevent prompt and proper installation. Failure accommodate new construction. Extend existing installations using conductors. 04 FLORIDA REGISTRATION N0. A to report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of other H R93745 installation. Drawings, instructions, and manuals supplied with materials and methods compatible with existing electrical D. Pull all conductors together into raceway at some time, do not v equipment shall be careful) trades as being fit and proper for the execution of this work. installations or as specified and required by Code. y preserved and turned over to the C. Coordinate the work with all trades so that it proceeds without damage conductors or exceed manufacturer's recommended 9 installing Contractor. P C. Remove all abandoned wiring, including all abandoned maximum pulling tension or sidewall pressure, and use suitable wire E. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by delay and minimizes interference to work that is in progress or has telecommunications and other low voltage cabling, to source of z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE not been completed. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall pulling lubricant where recommended by the manufacturer. p others, this Contractor shall provide all rough-in and supplies and supply. E. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA U SPART be this Contractor's responsibility. The Electrical Contractor shall D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit and abandoned conduit above w ANBURG, SC 29302 shall connect such equipment to the electrical system. Drawings, pay for all extra cutting and 70 using supports and methods approved by the Authority Having x P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.5 instructions, and manuals supplied with equipment shall be carefully 9 patching necessary by any lack of accessible ceilings. Cut abandoned concealed conduit flush with walls Jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure; do Z 83.2265 preserved and turned over to the Architect. coordination. and floors. not support from raceways, piping, ductwork, suspended ceiling �. mail@gpnarcht.com 1.02 DEFINITIONS Arrange all conduit runs in such a manner that it does not E. Disconnect and remove all devices, boxes, distribution equipment, support systems, or other systems and do not allow conductors or z A. Work: The construction and services required by the Contract interfere with grilles, diffusers, outlet boxes, luminaires, or other luminaires, and all associated mounting hardware and appurtenances cables to lay on ceiling tiles. o Documents whether completed or items while providing for maximum headroom. Maintain access to t p partially completed and includes that are not required to remain. F. Cut all cables per the manufacturer's recommendations and o equipment requiring service when selecting mounting elevations. F. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. z CHECKED BY: WILT all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be E. Afford other trades reasonable opportunity for the execution of Modif installation or terminate using suitable fittings including anti-short, insulated o provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. y provide access panel as appropriate. bushings where applicable. DRAWN BY: CLE The work may constitute the whole or their work and connect the work of other trades as to not delay or G. Dispose of all equipment not reused as part of the work. The Owner w Y part of the project. interfere with their work. shall have first salvage rights on all materials and equipment. G. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of slack at each outlet. Provide a Li B. Furnish: To supply and deliver, unload, and inspect for damage. minimum of 5 feet of slack where conductors are installed in w C. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, F. Explicitly follow all manufacturer's instruction instructions and 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR enclosures for future termination by others. � H. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wirewa protect, clean, connect, and place into operation into the work. promptly report any conflicts between the manufacturer's installation A. Repair construction and finishes damaged during demolition and = THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF D. Provide: To furnish and install. instructions and the Contract Documents. extension work. ys, E. Connect: To bring service to the equipment and make final G. Provide all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, B. Patch all openings resulting from the installation or removal of panelboards and other equipment enclosures. � SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and electrical equipment or materials. 1. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors and make f- ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED t attachment including necessary switches, outlets, boxes, splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into �? IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE terminations, etc. complete installation. C. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or raceways or make splices in conduit bodies. Z WRITTEN PER F. Concealed: Hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung H. Verify and coordinate all requirements and installation details of all that are to be reused. w MISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl spaces, or buried. materials and equipment prior to rough-in. Obtain and review shop D. Existing and Relocated Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces, remove J. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO connector. Provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate THE ARCHITECT UPON G. Exposed: Not installed underground nor concealed as defined. drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and all foreign material from interiors, check tightness of electrical 9 pore riate 0 DEMAND. connections, replace damaged P size, but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent Q H. Drawings: All plans, details, equipment schedules, diagrams, manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other p g d circuit breakers, and provide closure protective device, where conductors are larger than the equipment sketches, etc. issued for the construction of the work. Sections. Determine connection locations and requirements, sequence plates for vacant positions. 9 qui ment w COPYRIGHT 2019 1. Conduit: Conduit, and all required fittings, pull boxes, hangers, and rough-in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of E. Existing and Relocated Luminaires: Clean luminaire reflectors and terminations can accommodate. J K. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors w ALL RIGHTS RESERVED other supports and accessories related to such conduit. equipment, sequence electrical connections to coordinate with lenses per manufacturer's recommendations, replace all lamps with � P P using insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, or - , o, 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS start-up of equipment, and verify that proper power supply is new, replace any expired ballasts, and repair any broken electrical electrical tape for dry or damp locations. Use heat shrink tubing for U) I F A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, available prior to subcontractor's ordering equipment. Verify proper parts. Replace any existing luminaires with identical luminaire for o P wet locations. z Electrical Code, Fire Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy voltage, phase, and current rating of power supply and report any any existing luminaires that are damaged beyond repair. L Provide final connections to all equipment and devices, including � =M= v Code, and all other' applicable codes, amendments, and ordinances. discrepancies prior to order, connection of equipment, or start-up. END OF SECTION QIt P those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating Of Also perform all work in accordance with the Occupational Safety Responsibility for verification of proper power supply voltage and any system. o and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations, Americans with damage resulting from incorrect connections shall rest with this SECTION 260519 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES M. Provide all control wiring and communications cabling, whether or ENGco INEERING GROUP,OUP, . Disabilities Act (ADA), the Authority Having Jurisdiction, Landlord Contractor and any conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED not shown on the Drawings, per manufacturer's recommendations = RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE I- 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 requirements including Tenant Criteria Manuals and Lease Exhibits, be this Contractor's responsibility. PART 2 PRODUCTS and as required for a complete and operational system. w 704.376.2999 WUIVd<TE�SPA.COM INFO@TEGPA.COM and utility company requirements. 3.02 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT: Install all equipment, starters, switches, END OF SECTION TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P,PAHEREBYGPA,C ITS COMMON AW @TEGHTANDALL 2.01 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLES O OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS TOTH ESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN B. Recognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of receptacles, and boxes so that all parts are easily aCCBSSIble for TEETCONCEPTS,DETAILS,EERIGAND GOUP, THESEDOCUMENTS,RVES SPECS,DESIGN LAW TIAN AND installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the inspection, operation, maintenance, and repair. Provide access doors, A. Provide single conductor building wire installed in raceway unless W IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING N BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE requirements of these Specifications Shall conform to the latest fire rated where required, for concealed equipment. indicated otherwise, otherwise permitted, or otherwise required. PART 1 GENERAL SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED PoRARCHIVE AND publications or standard rules of Institute of Electrical and 3.03 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND PIERCING B. All conductors shall be copper conductors with 600V insulation; type 1.01 MAXIMUM GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE: 5 Ohms. RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART o WITHOUT TEETER TEETER ENGINEERING P.A. PA Electronic Engineers (IEEE), National Electrical Manufacturers A. Cut all openings in a neat workmanlike manner, only as large as THHN for dry and damp locations and type THWN-2 for wet required for the installation, and leave surfaces around openings locations. PART 2 PRODUCTS FLORIDA COA#26380 Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.), National C. Metal Clad Cable (Type MC): Permitted only for branch circuits in w Fire Protection Association (NFPA), American Societyfor Testingand smooth and finished to match surrounding surface. B. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new concealed locations and only when approved by applicable codes and 2.01 rods Es. SectionOalE ods oareenot permitted.tedameter, 10 foot long solid a tet`%'M LES Tr**,f�i Materials (ASTM), American National Standands Institute (ANSI), materials matching existing materials. amendments and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Exposed MC 2.02 CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRODES: 4 AWG, 20 foot long bare J .�� '�� ''�•� N,3'...ST.- National Electrical Code (NEC), National Electrical Safety Code C. Fire and/or Smoke Rated Assemblies: Become familiar with all fire Cable is not permitted; no exceptions. D_ �� ,�, �yO � •,fi,-*, copper wire. M 11 _ ; NESC), National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA), and and/or smoke rated construction and install work to maintain the 1• All MC Cable sheaths shall be listed and identified for 2.03 WIRE: Copper wire sized to meet NFPA 70 requirements. o0 � IVa 60568 American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). integrity of those ratings. grounding. 2.04 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES: Copper, copper alloy, or bronze ,,� � • ,r C. Code or utility company requirements supersede any requirements of D. Roof Penetrations: Coordinate with the Roofing Contractor to 2. All MC Cable shall be equipped with copper equipment mechanical connectors. o the Drawings and/or Specifications. The Contract Documents take provide an required roof grounding conductor. No exceptions. PART 3 EXECUTION Co ---33'.� ;O~` P Y q penetrations. D. Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable (Type NM • Type NM-B ,- STATE OF :4U precedence where the Contract Documents exceed code, Landlord, 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ( yp )' yp permitted only 3.01 INSTALLATION OF GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM o % utility, or recognized standards requirements. A. Install all equipment, devices, luminaires, and materials plumb, level, for branch circuits in concealed locations within individual dwelling A. As applicable to the project, provide all components required fora :O •'. zo 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES: Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and securely, and in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with units and only when approved by applicable codes and amendments complete o ••�' L p ;:�`. ., PAP., p grounding electrode system including bonding of metal ,• ( C} R ti . YV(%'�(�"� arrangements required for the work under this Contract shall be NFPA 70 and all applicable NECA and NEMA standards. and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Exposed NM Cable and NM underground water pipe, metal frame of the building, Q ,,,,iS"- "'D -'* N obtained by the Contractor at his expense. Cable used outside individual dwelling units is not �� aNAL �� B. Adjust all flush mounted equipment, boxes, cabinets, and enclosures 9 permitted; no concrete-encased electrode, metal aboveground water piping system, z 1JJrt�IltU` _-� 01/08/2020 1.05 TEMPORARY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION such that they are flush with finished wall or flooring material, exceptions. metal aboveground gas piping system, and rod electrode(s) per o A. Provide a temporary electrical service, including all required C. Replace or refinish damaged equipment, devices, luminaires, E. All conductors 12 AWG and smaller shall be solid. Conductor size 10 NFPA 70 requirements. [- equipment such as transformers, generators and fuel, panelboards, materials, and surfaces where marring or disfigurement has AWG is permitted to be solid or stranded. Use stranded conductors z REVISIONS: etc. as required b all trades. Coordinate q for all conductors 8 AWG and larger. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM H q Y power requirements for occurred. A. Without exception, provide insulated equipment grounding conductor z the temporary service with the General Contractor and the utilityF. Use 12 AWG conductors, minimum, for all circuits unless indicated D. Clean electrical parts to remove harmful materials. Clean exposed sized per NFPA 70 requirements within each feeder and branch z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY company prior to the start of construction. The Contractor is surfaces of all equipment, devices, luminaires, and materials and otherwise or as modified as follows: circuit raceway and terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or o responsible to develop all temporary service plans and specifications the interior of all boxes, enclosures, and cabinets of all foreign 1. 20A, 120V circuits longer than 75 feet: 10 AWG to offset bushing. 2 as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, submit those plans materials. voltage drop. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ISOLATED GROUNDING SYSTEM o and specifications as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, E. Paint all electrical equipment and materials located on exterior 2. 20A, 120V circuits longer than 150 feet: 8 AWG to offset A. Provide an additional isolated grounding conductor for circuits bi and to pay for all temporary service energy consumption. walls, on the roof where exposed to view, where visible from 6'-0" voltage drop. servingisolated round receptacles. Isolated > B. Provide all temporary lighting necessary to provide lighting levels in above rade from an 3. 20A, 277V circuits longer than 150 feet: 10 AWG to offset g P grounding conductors compliance with OSHA Regulations and as required by all trades. g y property line, and all exposed conduit to voltage dro shall be isolated from the isolated grounding receptacle to the o 1.06 CONTRACT DRAWINGS match the surrounding surfaces. Coordinate paint color with the 2.02 CONTROL CABLES isolated ground bus in the upstream panelboard. p Architect. A. All control cable conductor sizes, 3.04 TESTING o A. Obtain, fully understand, and coordinate the work with the complete 3.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION quantities, stranding, and shielding A. Measure grounding resistance using Fall of Potential Method or � set of Contract Documents. Any required corrections, including all A. Testing: Test the entire system under operating conditions over a as recommended by the manufacturer and required for the _ P g installation but no smaller than 18 AWG. Signal Injection Method. stavide additional rod electrodes as required o associated costs, arising from lack of coordination with the sufficient period of time to establish the adequacy, quality, safety, to reduce grounding resistance to less than the specified maximum ? FRANCHISEE NAME: complete set of Contract Documents is the Contractor's sole completed status, and suitable operation of all equipment, devices, B. Horizontal Applications in Conduit: Type CL2 unless otherwise permitted value. Z responsibility. required. END OF SECTION a systems, etc. Horizontal A B. Work under these Sections is diagrammatic and is intended to B. Inspection: Obtain all required certificates of inspection and C. K Applications not in Conduit: Type CL2P unless otherwise �o LE_ P I Z Z A . - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS convey the scope of work and indicate the general arrangement of approval. required. SECTION 260529 ' LSC equipment, conduit, and outlets. Obtain instructions from the 3.06 PROJECT CLOSEOUT D. Riser Applications: Type CL2R unless otherwise required. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED Architect/Engineer prior to rough-in wherever a question exists as A. Project Record Documents: Provide one printed copy and one 2.03 COMMUNICATIONS CABLES: See Section 271005. PART 2 PRODUCTS to the exact intended location of outlets or equipment. electronic copy of project record drawings to the Owner. Project 2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS 2.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS o A. Use twist-on insulated spring connectors, mechanical connectors, or w C. Promptly report and discrepancies discovered within the Contract record drawings shall reflect the actual "as-built" conditions and A. Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the rr Documents. Failure of the Contractor to report discrepancies shall shall include locations of all equipment, devices, and luminaires, compression connectors for conductor sizes 8 AWG and smaller. Do w not use push-in wire connectors as a substitute for twist-on supported weight, including the weight su were in conduit; do not use � KEITH EDWARDS result in the resolution becoming the Contractor's responsibility and circuiting arrangements, routing of all underfloor conduits, routingof perforated pipe straps as a means of support. w 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE insulated spring connectors. 2.02 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS W subject to the Architect/Engineer's review and possible rejection. conduits larger than 2 inches, locations and mounting heights of all JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 outlet B. Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors for conductor � Should the Architect/Engineer reject a discrepancy resolution of pull, and junction boxes, locations of all items requiringsizes 6 AWG and larger. p A. Use precast inserts, preset inserts, expansion anchors, or which they were not notified, the Contractor is fully responsible to maintenance and inspection, and locations of components and self-drilling anchors as approved by the Structural Engineer for o circuiting C. Use crimped terminals for all control circuit conductor connections. � correct the installation, including all associated costs, until approval g and switching arrangements of lighting controls. concrete elements. PART 3 EXECUTION Z PROJECT NAME: of the installation is given by the Architect/Engineer. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide one printed copy and one B. Use beam clamps, steel spring clips, steel ramset fasteners, or z p g portfolios electronic copy of o 3.01 PREPARATION: Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign 1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS: Furnish the Architect she drawing Aeration and maintenance data for all welded fasteners for steel elements. Q containing names of manufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to equipment, p materials before installing conductors and cables. 4 116 �� e ui ment, devices and luminaires to the Owner. Operation and C. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners for hollow masonry, z e used on the project. Provide 3.02 COLOR CODING o ro ovI e p 1 shop drawings for metering maintenance data shall include manufacturer's cut sheets, plaster, and gypsum board partitions. � A. Color code conductors as follows and maintain consistent color D. Use expansion anchors or preset inserts for solid masonry walls. o equipment, panelboards, luminaires, wiring devices, lighting controls, maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance intervals, wiring coding throughout project including branch circuit conductors. Y 0 enclosed switches, surge protection devices, and fire detection and diagrams, parts lists, manufacturers' warranties, certificates, and E. Use sheet metal screws for sheet metal elements and wood screws 1. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System for wood elements. alarm systems, including fully engineered drawings, voltage drop test reports of each item installed. z a. Phase A: Brown PART 3 EXECUTION o INTERIOR calculations, and battery calculations. Fire detection and alarm C. Maintenance Materials: Provide to the Owner two keysfor each 3.01 INSTALLATION f�`I��r ,•wl F 1 � i b. Phase B: Orange drawings shall bear the review stamp of the Authority Having different enclosure and cabinet, including panelboards, two spare C. Phase C: Yellow 0 Jurisdiction. Approval shall not relieve the Contractor from fuses of each type and size, and one fuse puller. A. Provide all required blocking and supplemental framing required to uS responsibility for errors on the shop drawings. D. Test Reports: Provide one d. Neutral/Grounded: Grey secure) support all materials. z UP - FIT P printed copy and one electronic copy of 2. 208Y 120 V, 3 hose, 4 Wire System y PP 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE all completed test reports to the Owner. / P Y B. Fasten supports to building structure and surfaces only. Do not o A. All components shall be listed and classified by Underwriters END OF SECTION a• Phase A: Black fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, conduit, or zo ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose and free of all b. Phase B: Red ceiling suspension wires. rust/corrosion or any visible damage. All items not complying with SECTION 260501 - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION c. Phase C: Blue C. Obtain permission from Structural Engineer before drilling or cutting o this requirement shall be replaced without any change in the PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED d. Neutral/Grounded: White structural members or before using powder-actuated anchors. Q Contract amount. 3. 240/120 VHigh-Leg Delta, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System D. Rigid) weld support members or use hex-bolts to ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX ~ SHEET TITLE: Y Y PP present neat o B. Unless otherwise specified, all equipment, devices, luminaires, and PART 2 PRODUCTS a. Phase A: Black appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Provide lock washers materials of the some type or classification and used for the some 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Materials and equipment for patching b. Phase B (High-Leg): Orange under all nuts. a purpose shall be products of the some manufacturer. Use only new, and extending work as specified in individual Sections. C. Phase C: Blue E. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. DRAWING LL o un-weathered, and unused material, except as specifically noted. d. Neutral/Grounded: White SHEET DESCRIPTION C. Equipment PART 3 EXECUTION 4. 240/120 V, 1 Phase, 3 Wire System F. Provide steel channel supports behind all cabinets and panelboards m performance and accessories shall be as indicated on 3.01 EXAMINATION located in damp or wet locations to stand enclosures 1 inch off the Drawings and/or specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is a. Phase A: Black not a prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract; equipment and A. Visit the project site, review existing conditions against the Contract b. Phase B: Red wall. M Z accessories specified in either location shall be included in the Documents, and familiarize himself with the work prior to bidding C. Neutral Grounded: White G. Provide supports for all low voltage wiring not routed in conduit. E0.1 a_ Contract. Provide all necessary accessories and connections as and start of the work. Verify existingconditions, field / END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS W ELECTRICAL 5. Equipment Ground: Green U) required for a complete, functional system, including all require measurements, and circuiting arrangements are as indicated and 6. Isolated Ground: Green with yellow stripe SECTION 260534 CONDUIT AND WIREWAYS E02 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS components reasonably inferred to as necessary although such that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned 3.03 INSTALLATION . wm SPECIFICATIONS com onents ma or ma not be s ecificall facilities. B si nin the Contract, the Contractor acknowledges the A. Circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. Arrange circuiting to PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED P Y Y p y indicated in the Y 9 9 PART 2 PRODUCTS E0.3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS I- Contract Documents. site visit has been completed and the existing conditions are minimize splices and include circuit lengths required to install 2.01 CONDUIT z 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Accept all materials on site accepted. connected devices within 10 feet of location shown. ; and inspect for damage and protect from corrosion and entrance of B. Promptly report any field discrepancies. The Contractor assumes full B. Combining branch circuits in a single raceway A. Size: As required by NFPA 70 for the conductors installed but no Qcl E0.4 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS SZ,,'° ¢ PROJECT NUMBER 20010 responsibility for adjusting for discrepancies of which the design 9 y Is permitted under smaller than specified. _ debris. Handle all materials in accordance with manufacturer's 9 the following conditions: B. Underground: 3/4 inch minimum rigid metal conduit, intermediate 1r, " instructions to avoid damage to internal components, enclosures, team is not informed. 1. Provide no more than six current-carrying conductors in a and finishes. C. Any demolition work indicated on the Drawings is intended to single raceway. Dedicated neutral conductors are considered metal conduit, Schedule 80 PVC, or Schedule 40 PVC. Metal E0.5 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 0 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE: Provide a complete parts and labor convey the scope of the demolition work involved. If demolition current-carrying conductors. conduits shall be galvanized or PVC coated. DATE 01-08-2020 warranty and guarantee on all systems for a period of one year plans are not included with the Drawings, the Contractor is 2. Increase size of conductors as required to account for C. outdoor Locations above Grade: 1/2 inch minimum rigid metal E1.1 responsible to demolish existing as required to allow for installation conduit or intermediate metal conduit. Nonmetallic conduit is not FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL from Owner acceptance of the completed facility. This warranty and p 9 q ampacity derating. guarantee shall cover all failures unless such failure is direct) and construction of the work, permitted above grade. Conduits shall be galvanized or PVC coated. Q SHEET N0. Y 3. Size raceways, boxes, etc. to accommodate conductors. 9 attributable to vandalism or causes other than defects in material D. Commencement of work means Contractor accepts existing E1.2 FLOOR PLAN - HVAC CONNECTIONS = or workmanship. conditions. E3__tE2.1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PLAN E3.1 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM .2 PANEL SCHEDULES - 0 ", J . SHEET 1 OF 10 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Within Slabs above Grade: 3/4 inch minimum rigid metal conduit, SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Wall-Mounted for 0-10 Volt Dimming: 2.01 RECEPTACLES intermediate metal conduit, or Schedule 80 PVC. Metal conduits PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED 1. Sensor: Wattstopper #FSP-211 unless indicated otherwise. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED A. All Receptacles: ' shall be alvanixed or PVC coated. Coordinate with the Structural PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. Lens: Wattstopper #FSP-L* as required for the application. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. Color as selected by Architect. g 3. Finish: White. 2.01 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS Engineer for restrictions and limitations on conduits installed in 2.01 NAMEPLATES: Engraved laminated plastic with 1/8 inch letters on Z g 4. Configuration Tool: Wattstopper #FSIR-100 unless indicated A. Description: Square D Type NQ for 240 Volt Class and Square D 2. Provide tamper-resistant receptacles where denoted 'TR" on O slabs above grade. contrasting background. Type NF for 600 Volt Class unless indicated otherwise. the Drawings and otherwise required. B. Exposed Wet and Dam Locations: 1 2 inch minimum rigid metal 2.02 LABELS: As required by regulatory agencies. otherwise. W P / 9 2.03 WIRE MARKERS: Cloth, tape, split sleeve, or tubing type. 2.04 TIMECLOCKS B. Voltage, Phase, and Current Ratings: As indicated or otherwise 3. Provide ground-fault circuit interrupter receptacles where conduit or intermediate metal conduit. Conduits shall be galvanized PART 3 EXECUTION A. Tork DZS series unless indicated otherwise. required. denoted "GFCI" on the Drawings and otherwise required. W or PVC coated. B. Input Voltage: Coordinate with the voltage of the control circuit. C. Short-Circuit Current Rating (SCCR): No less than the available 4. Provide receptacles with controlled receptacle marking where A C. Connections to Vibrating Equipment and Luminaires in Dry Locations: 3.01 NAMEPLATES: Provide nameplates with the unique equipment P g fault current. The Contractor shall determine the available fault denoted "CR" on the Drawings and where controlled by 1.4 loss 1 2 inch minimum flexible metal conduit. designation at each electrical distribution and control equipment C. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard enclosure suitable for the current where not indicated on the Drawings. automatic shutoff controls. Connections to Vibrating Equipment and Luminaires in Damp and enclosure, communication cabinet, and control device station. environment in which the timeclock is installed. 5. Provide identified weather-resistant receptacles for receptacles D g 3.02 WARNING LABELS: Provide all regulatory required and industry 2.05 TIMER SWITCHES: Tork #SS403 unless indicated otherwise. D. Bussing: As indicated. R Wet Locations: 1/2 inch minimum liquidtight flexible metal conduit. standard warning labels on all electrical equipment, including 2.06 OUTDOOR PHOTOCELLS: Tork #2101 unless indicated otherwise. E. Bonded Equipment Ground Bar: Provide for each panelboard. installed outdoors. E. All Other Dry Locations: 1/2 inch minimum rigid metal conduit, high-voltage, tested series rated combination, and arc flash hazard 2.07 INDOOR SWITCHING PHOTOSENSORS F. Isolated Ground Bar: Provide for each panelboard that serves 6. NEMA 5-15R unless indicated otherwise. intermediate metal conduit, or electrical metallic tubing. lobelin A. Sensor: Wattstopper #LS-102 unless indicated otherwise. isolated ground loads. B. Standard NEMA 5-15R Duplex: Hubbell #BR15 unless indicated GERALD P . N 0 E 2.02 FITTINGS: Provide listed fittings identified for use with the g o 3.03 WIRE MARKERS: Provide wire and cable markers at panelboard B. Power Pack: Wattstopper #BZ-150 unless indicated otherwise. G. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard enclosure suitable for the otherwise. H ARCHITECT conduit. gutters, pull boxes, outlet boxes, and junction boxes for each load C. Finish: White. environment in which the panelboard is installed; 5.75 inches deep, C. Standard NEMA 5-20R Duplex: Hubbell #BR20 unless indicated U, 2.03 WIREWAYS: Square D Class 5100 Type LDB for dry locations or connection. Indicate branch circuit or feeder number indicated on 2.08 INDOOR 0-10 VOLT DIMMING PHOTOSENSORS 20 inches wide unless indicated otherwise; surface or flush mounted otherwise. Class 5100 Type LDR for damp and wet locations unless wire number indicated on shop drawings. A. Sensor: Wattstopper #LS-301 unless indicated otherwise. as indicated. D. Interior GFCI Duplex: Hubbell #GF20 unless indicated otherwise. FLORIDA REGISTRATION N0. AR93745 Square D Cla YP Drawings and control P indicated otherwise; size as required by NFPA 70 based on COLOR CODE LEGEND: Provide identification label identifying B. Power Pack: Wattstopper #BZ-150 unless indicated otherwise. H. Cabinet Front: Surface or flush type as indicated with hinged door, E. Exterior GFCI Duplex) Hubbell 11 #IG20 unless indicated otherwise. v 3.04 CO 9 conductor fill and bending radius requirements. conductor color codes at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit C. Finish: White. flush lock, metal directory frame and finished in manufacturer's F. Isolated Ground Duplex: Hubbell #IG20CR unless indicated otherwise. PART 3 EXECUTION distribution equipment. D. Configuration Tool: Wattstopper #LSR-301-S unless indicated standard enamel. G. Surge Protection Receptacles: Hubbell #HBL5362SA unless indicated Z 3.01 INSTALLATION 3.05 INSTALLATION otherwise. I. Circuit Breakers: otherwise. 399 LUCERNE DRIVE A. Conceal all conduit in all interior and exterior areas, including A. Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines. E. Remote Control: Wattstopper #LSR-301-P unless indicated 1. Bolt-on thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers with H. Clock Hanger Receptacles: Hubbell #HBL5235 unless indicated v SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 exposed structure areas, unless the Architect provides specific B. Secure nameplates for distribution equipment visible to the public otherwise. common trip handle for all poles. otherwise. w 2.09 DISTRIBUTED LIGHTING .CONTROL SYSTEMS a. Provide Type SWD for lighting circuits. I. Other NEMA Configurations: As required by the load served. � P: 864 approval .583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 PP Permitting the use of exposed conduit. to the inside surface of door. B. Route any exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. C. Secure nameplates for distribution equipment not visible to the A. Room Controllers: b. Provide Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and 2.02 FACELESS GFCI: Hubbell #GFBF20; color as selected by Architect. mail@gpnarcht.com C. SubjRoute to the Architect's approval, conduit located above ceilings 1. Switching: - refrigeration equipment circuits. 2.03 MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY: Wiremold Plugmold 2000 Series with vi public to the front of the enclosure using screws, rivets, or g: receptacles at 6 inches on center unless indicated otherwise. 0 is permitted to be routed point-to-point provided it is secured and adhesive. a. Single-Relay: Wattstopper #LMRC 101 unless indicated C. Provide Class A ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) P � supported per NFPA 70 requirements and complies with END OF SECTION otherwise. where indicated or otherwise required. Provide all fittings required for a complete installation. Coordinate CHECKED BY: WLT applicable Codes and other requirements of the specifications. b. Dual-Relay: Wattstopper #LMRC-102 unless indicated d. Provide ground-fault protection of equipment (GFPE) device and channel finish color with the Architect. 0 pp 2.04 WALL SWITCHES D. Do not embed conduit in slabs-on-grade. Locate conduit a SECTION 260595 - FIRE STOPPING otherwise. where serving heat tracing or otherwise required. ca DRAWN BY: CLE minimum of 2 inches below the bottom surface of the slab to PART 1 GENERAL 2. 0-10 Volt Dimming: e. Provide combination type arc-fault circuit interrupter A. All Switches: w avoid future damage from cutting of the floor slab. 1.01 PREPARATION: Examine the complete set of Drawings and identify a. Single-Relay: Wattstopper #LMRC-211 unless indicated AFCI where indicated or otherwise required. 1. Color as selected by Architect. w E. Route conduit in slabs-above-grade from point-to-point. Do not all fire rated partitions, floors and assemblies and identify otherwise. _ ( ) 2. Horsepower rated when used as motor disconnecting means. � embedded in slabs. b. Dual-Relay. Wattstopper #LMRC 212 unless indicated f. Provide dual-rated combination type arc-fault circuit B. Single Pole Toggle: Hubbell #1221 unless indicated otherwise. cross conduits appropriate firestopping method for the assembl interrupter AFCI and Class A round-fault circuit = THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF y, p ( ) g C. Three-Way Toggle: Hubbell #1223 unless indicated otherwise. r F. Route underground conduit from point-to-point and at a burial PART 2 PRODUCTS otherwise. interrupter (GFCI) where indicated or otherwise required. D. Four-Way Toggle: Hubbell #1224 unless indicated otherwise. 3 SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE depth in compliance with NFPA 70, local code, and utility company 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES: Use only systems listed by UL or FM C. Three Relay: Wattstopper #LMRC-213 unless indicated ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED requirements. or tested I accordance with ASTM E sys or ASTM E 119 that have otherwise. 2. Accessories: E. Single Pole Toggle with Pilot Light: Hubbell #HBL1221PLC unless ~ IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE q a. Provide handle ties for circuit breakers serving multiwire indicated otherwise. w G. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum 3. Forward Phase Dimming: branch circuits as recommended b manufacturer. WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. g Y F. Single Pole Keyed: Hubbell #HBL1221L unless indicated otherwise. and arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring T Rating Equal to F Rating. a. Single-Relay. Wattstopper #LMRC-221 unless indicated b, Provide Square D #HLO1 handle clams for circuit w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON otherwise. p G. Three-Way Keyed: Hubbell #HBL1223L unless indicated otherwise. installation. 2.02 MATERIALS: Elastomeric silicone firestopping, foam firestopping, 0 DEMAND. H. Secure and support all conduit in compliance with NFPA 70 fibered compound firestopping, fiber packing material, mechanical b. Dual-Relay: Wattstopper #LMRC-222 unless indicated breakers denoted as "HLO" and for all fire protection and H. Four-Way Keyed: Hubbell #HBL1224L unless indicated otherwise. a requirements and group adjacent conduits on steel channel racks firestop devices, intumescent putty, and firestop pillows are otherwise. fire alarm equipment and all circuits serving emergency 2.05 WALLBOX DIMMERS and trapezes. permitted. B. Plug Load Controllers: Wattstopper #LMPL-101 unless indicated lighting. A. All Wallbox Dimmers: Color as selected by Architect. w COPYRIGHT 2019 p C. Provide Square D #QO*PAF fixed handle padlock J ALL RIGHTS RESERVED I. Provide 12 inches of clearance between conduit and piping or PART EXECUTION otherwise. p B. Incandescent Dimmers: - surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F. PAR INSTALLATION C. Occupancy Sensors: attachment for circuit breakers denoted as "HPL" and for 1. Up to 600 Watts: Lutron Maestro #MA-600 unless indicated � J. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between 1. 1-Button Wall Switch: Wattstopper #LMDW-101 unless indicated appliances without a local disconnecting means. otherwise. __J - A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for boxes. temperature and other environmental conditions before, during, and otherwise; color as selected by the Architect. d. Provide shunt trip were denoted as "ST" or otherwise 2. Between 600 and 1000 Watts: Lutron Maestro #MA-1000 Z K. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, masonry walls and floors P 2. 2-Button Wall Switch: Wattstopper #LMDW-102 unless indicated required. unless indicated otherwise. P after installation. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent-cured 3. Between 1000 and 1920 Watts: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM withCK ___ i =0= and seal all penetrations through footings and floors water tight. materials are being installed. otherwise; color as selected by the Architect. 3. Amp Interrupting Current (AIC) Rating: No less than the fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection aces from damage b material installation. 3. Corner Mount: Wattstopper #LMDX-100 unless indicated available fault current; fully rated or manufacturer tested Lutron #PHPM-WBX-120-WH power interface unless indicated o L. Provide suitableg B. Protect adjacent surf g Y series combination. The Contractor shall determine the otherwise. ui TEETERENGINEERING GROUP, •.A. where conduit crosses seismic, control, and expansion joints. C. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, otherwise. RELIAB LITY- TICIN M. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping material. 4. Ceiling-Mount: Wattstopper #LMDC-100 unless indicated available fault current where not indicated on the Drawings. C. Fluorescent 2-Wire Dimmers: w 55007ICENTE DRIVE- SUITE•DEDICATION•rE,NC EXCELLENCE affect bond. Install otherwise. 4. Do not use multi-pole circuit breakers that mount in a 1-pole 1. 120 Volts, Up to 5 Amps: Lutron Diva #DVFTU 5A3P unless 1- 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 and nipples. Remove incompatible materials which may of 7ETEREN.2999 • suw.TYGpA.conn COMMON PA Provide caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Wall Switches: circuit breaker space (i.e. half-size circuit breakers). indicated otherwise. 0 OTHER ROPERERINGGROUP,HESE HEREBY RESERVESITSAW COPYRIGHTANDALL N. Pro p P backing m q 1. Multi-Button: Wattstopper LMSW-100 series unless indicated PART 3 EXECUTION D. Fluorescent 3-Wire Dimmers: DT"ERP"DPERTYRIGHTS TDT"ESE°°`DMENTS"ANY ASS°`TATEDSPECIFICATIONS, 'ate fire sto in materials and systems to CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND AS OR IN LL THEY and moisture D. Apply the appropri pp 9 Y ber of buttons as required for the otherwise with num q 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. 120 Volts, Up to 6 Amps: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM unless w BEDISRIB NOT BEREPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WRITTEN PERMISSION M TETT d close ends of wirewa and 'lin assembly � BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANV OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER a to building surfaces an Y e rating of the partition, floor, or ceiling y 0. Secure wirew y 9 maintain the fir g p indicated otherwise. � ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE openings. application; color as selected by the Architect. A. Install panelboards 6 feet to top of panelboard but no IeSS than 4 SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED FOR ARCHIVPART E AND unused conduitbeing penetrated. b NFPA 70. g; pp # 2. 120 Volts, Between 6 and 16 Amps: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM � RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN P. Ground and bond conduit and wireways as required y E. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in 2. Dimming: Wattstopper LMDM-101 unless indicated otherwise; inches above floor. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. END OF SECTION color as selected by the Architect. B. Provide 4 inch thick concrete housekeeping pad for with Lutron #PHPM-3F-120-WH power interface unless Z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. accordance with manufacturers instructions, completely closing 3. Scene Selection: Wattstopper LMSW-105 unless indicated indicated otherwise. 0 FLORIDA COA#26380 openings. PP # surface-mounted panelboards installed within 4 inches of the floor. 3 277 Volts, Up to 6 Amps: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM-277 w � �� SECTION 260537 - BOXES otherwise; color as selected by the Architect. C. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. ��i�+�� NOT USED F. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by Authority E. Dimming Photosensors: unless indicated otherwise. Z ♦t��1 LEE ;P- !,f,-,, PART 1 GENERAL Having Jurisdiction. D. Provide typed circuit directory and nameplate for each panelboard. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. For Sidelit Daylight Zones: Wattstopper #EMCs-400 unless Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance 4. 277 Volts, Between 6 and 16 Amps: Lutron Maestro a �'`� ••- G. Install any labeling required by Code. indicated otherwise. hose loads. #MAF-6AM with Lutron #PHPM-3F-DV-WH power interface 4.`��`'4'� 0 �.-9*. 2.01 ALL BOXES H. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. p A. Nonmetallic boxes are not permitted unless indicated otherwise or END OF SECTION 2. For Toplit Daylight Zones: Wattstopper #LMLS-500 unless E. Provide five 1 inch spare conduits out of each flush-mounted unless indicated otherwise. 0 No ED5S8 written approval from the Architect. indicated otherwise. panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling. Identify each as E. Fluorescent 0-10 Volt Dimmers: without specific pp y w ~ * • •. B. Provide all required box hangers and supports, extension rings, mud F. Accessories: SPARE. 1. Up to 16 Amps: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM with Lutron complete and secure installation. SECTION 260919 - CONTACTORS AND RELAYS 1. Cable: Wattstopper LMRJ in len the re uired unless indicated GRX-TVI ower interface unless indicated otherwise. o rings, etc. fora p PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED pp # g q F. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder and # P 0 'C3 -• . C. Use gang boxes where more than one device is mounted together; PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTACTORS otherwise, plenum rated when not installed in conduit. rearrange circuits as required to balance the phase loads to within F. Magnetic Low Voltage Dimmers: �1 STATE pE ;�tl% do not use sectional boxes. A. Description: Square D Class 8903, Type L or Type S unless 2. Wireless Configuration Tool: Wattstopper LMCT-100 unless 1. U to 450 Watts: Lutron Maestro #MALV-600 unless indicated 0 I,{ AllU� W A;,, �� BOXES g PP # 10 percent maximum imbalance. Maintain proper phasing for p f,fly// 2.02 OUTLET AND SMALL JUNCTION indicated otherwise. multiwire branch circuits. otherwise. o ''..{9'•. p R ti 4�: l,. A. Dry and Damp Locations: Galvanized NEMA OS 1 stamped steel indicated otherwise or otherwise required. PART 3 EXECUTION 2. Between 450 and 800 Watts: Lutron Maestro MALV=1000 z �� S •• • • �. B. Contacts: G. Provide nameplate indicating panelboard equipment designation for unless indicated otherwise. � supported and sized per 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS each panelboard. 3. Between 800 and 1920 Watts: Lutron Maestro #MAF 6AM with Z ��rS, l t ti` 01/08/2020 box rated for the weight of the equipmentconductors P 1. Provide with quantity of normally open and normally closed NFPA 70 requirements for the device(s) and conductors installed contacts as required and a minimum of two spare poles. A. Provide all control wiring and communications cabling, whether or END OF SECTION within. c Provide multiple contactors connected in parallel with one not shown on the Drawings, per manufacturer's recommendations Lutron #PHPM-WBX-DV-WH power interface unless indicated 0 B. Wet Locations: Galvanized cast metal NEMA FB 1 Type FD box with another when the number of contacts required exceeds and as required fora complete and operational system. SECTION 262717 - EQUIPMENT WIRING otherwise. z REVISIONS: Basketed cover and threaded hubs and sized per NFPA 70 the maximum capability of a single contactor. B. Program the entire system as established in meeting with the PART 1 GENERAL G. Electronic Low Voltage Dimmers: z requirements for the device(s) and conductors installed within. 2. Coordinate contact rating to match branch circuit overcurrent Owner. 1.01 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES 1. in to 600 Watts: Lutron Maestro #MAELV-600 unless - L AND LARGE JUNCTION BOXES 3.02 INSTALLATION OF TIMECLOCKS A. Meet with all other trades before commencing any work and obtain indicated otherwise. z No. DATE DESCRIPTION BY 2.03 PUL protection, considering derating for continuous loads, but no 2. Between 600 and 1920 Watts: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM with 0 A. Dry and Damp Locations: Galvanized NEMA OS 1 stamped steel box less than 30 amps. A. Install timeclocks adjacent to panelboard serving controlled circuits and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring per NFPA Locations: requirements for the conductors installed within. C. Coil: Coordinate with the voltage of the control circuit. and make electrical wiring interconnections. diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished Lutron #PHPM-WBX-DV-WH power interface unless indicated 0 sized p q 9 otherwise. B. Wet: Galvanized NEMA 250 Type 4 cast iron or cast aluminum box D. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard enclosure suitable for the B. Provide all relays, contactors, interposing relays, and controls that under other Sections. W with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover are required but may not be shown to switch the loads in the 1. Determine all equipment connection locations and requirements H. LED Dimmers: w environment in which the contactor is installed. manner indicated on the Drawings. 1. All LED Dimmers: Dimmer utilized shall be tested and listed by > screws and sized per NFPA 70 requirements for the conductors 2.02 RELAYS g and verify that proper power supply is available prior to the LED manufacturer as a compatible dimmer. 0 installed within. A. Description: Square D Class 8501 Type C unless indicated otherwise C. Provide nameplate for timeclocks indicating timeclock number. subcontractor's ordering equipment. 2, 0-10 Volt Dimmers: 2.04 FLOOR BOXES or otherwise required. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND MOTION SENSORS 2, Sequence rough-in of electrical connections to coordinate with A. All Floor Boxes: Nonmetallic floor boxes are permitted. All metal A. Location Adjustments: Locations indicated are diagrammatic and q g a. Up to 16 Amps: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM with Lutron f- B. Contacts: Form C contacts rated at 30 amperes unless indicated installation of equipment. #GRX-TVI power interface unless indicated otherwise. cn floor boxes located in slabs on grade shall be cast metal. Metal otherwise. only intended to indicate which rooms or areas require devices. 3. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of 3. Electronic Low Voltage Dimmers: floor boxes installed in elevated slabs are permitted to be stamped Provide quantity and locations as required for complete coverage of C. Coil: Coordinate with the voltage of the control circuit. q y equipment. a. Up to 16 Amps: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM with Lutron FRANCHISEE NAME: steel. respective room or area based on manufacturers recommendations B. Verify and coordinate all requirements and installation details of all #PHPM-WBX-DV-WH power interface unless indicated a B. Indoor Flush Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors: D. Enclosure: Manufacturers standard enclosure suitable for the for installed devices. environment in which the relay is installed. materials and equipment prior to rough-in. otherwise. K LE PIZZA, I I , LLC. 1. Nonmetallic: Wiremold Modulink 880MP2 Series unless indicated PART 3 EXECUTION B. Install ultrasonic and dual technology occupancy sensors a minimum C. Verify proper volts e, phase, and current rating of power supply and otherwise with number of gangs as required for the devices of 4 feet from air supply ducts or other sources of heavy air flow Y P P g 4. Magnetic Low Voltage Dimmers Ln 3.01 INSTALLATION immediately report any discrepancies. a. Up to 16 Amps: Lutron Maestro #MAF-6AM with Lutron installed within. A. Install individual controls and relays in enclosures adjacent to and as per manufacturer's recommendations, in order to minimize D. Responsibility for verification of proper power supply voltage and # p � 2. Metal: Wiremold Omnibox Series unless indicated otherwise with false triggers. PHPM-WBX-DV-WH ower interface unless indicated panelboard serving controlled circuits and make electrical wiring 99 any damage resulting from incorrect connections shall rest with this otherwise. 0 number of gangs as required for the devices installed within. interconnections. C. Program occupancy sensors as MANUAL-ON, AUTOMATIC-OFF unless Contractor. C. Indoor Flush Floor Boxes for Wood Floors: indicated otherwise. E. An conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this 2.06 ABOVE-FLOOR SERVICE FITTINGS: Hubbell aped 8A housing with cr w 1. Nonmetallic: Wiremold WMFB Series unless indicated otherwise B. Provide all relays, contactors, interposing relays, and controls that Y 9 lutes as rt uired for the wiring device installed within unless as required for the devices installed are required but may not be shown to switch the loads in the D. Mask sensor lenses using the manufacturer's masking material as Contractor's responsibility. P indicated otherwise. g � KEITH EDWARDS with number of gangs q manner indicated on the Drawings. required to prevent false triggers. PART 2 PRODUCTS VE within. 2.07 POKE-THROUGH FITTINGS: Wiremold Evolution 6AT series unless 7503 BROCKHURST DRI Series unless indicated otherwise with C. Provide nameplate for contactors indicating contactor number. E. Adjust position of directional occupancy sensors and outdoor motion 2,01 CORDS indicated otherwise with wiring devices indicated; color as selected V) JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 2. Metal: Wiremold 880W Ser END OF SECTION sensors to achieve optimal coverage as required. A. Description: Multi-conductor flexible cord Type SO for dry and damp by Architect. number of gangs as required for the devices installed within. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR PHOTOSENSORS locations or Type SOW in wet locations. � eces5ed Floor Boxes: Wiremold RFB Series unless indicated _ A. Location Adjustments: Locations indicated are diagrammatic and 2.08 PO wiring de Wiremold ed. series unless indicated otherwise 0 D. Indoor R SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES j 9 B. Conductor Quantity. As required for the load served; include otherwise with number of compartments as required for the devices only intended to indicate which rooms or areas require devices. with wiring devices indicated. Provide lengths, device covers, ceiling o PROJECT NAME: installed within. PART 1 GENERAL q identified equipment grounding conductor. trim plates, and mounting foot as required for a complete za 1.01 PREPARATION Provide quantity and locations as required for complete coverage of C. Conductor Insulation Rating: As required for the voltage of the load installation. 16 10, 8556 E. Exterior Floor Boxes: Wiremold Outdoor Ground Box Series or equal A. Hold meeting with the Owner prior to commencing work. respective room or area based on manufacturer's recommendations served. 2.09 COVER PLATES Z os manufactured by Combined Utilities Box Systems (CUBS) unless 1. Review zoning and make adjustments requested by the Owner. for installed devices. D. Conductor Amp No less than the rating of the overcurrent A. All Cover Plates: 0 d otherwise with wiring devices indicated. Determine all timeclock settings such as ON and OFF times B. Install closed-loop photosensors to accurately measure the light protection device protecting the circuit. 1. Color and material as selected by Architect. 0 indicate 2. Determ 9 PART 3 EXECUTION for each day of the week, holiday settings, latitude and level at the designated task location while minimizing the measured 2.02 CORD CAPS: Match cord cap to receptacle configuration at outlet 2. Provide cover plates appropriate for the wiring devices installed 3.01 INSTALLATION longitude of the project site for astronomic features, etc. amount of direct light from natural or artificial sources. provided for equipment. within the box. Z A. Install in locations indicated and as required for splices, taps, wire 3. Determine all control settings such as on and off triggers, C. Install open-loop photosensors to accurately measure the level of 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS: Provide all disconnect switches, wiring devices, a. Use combination plates when wiring devices are ganged 0 INTERIOR pulling, equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 70. blink warnings, sweep settings, switch programming, etc. daylight coming into the space while minimizing the measured conduit, wire and cable, and boxes required. together. B. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and PART 2 PRODUCTS amount of lighting from artificial sources. PART 3 EXECUTION B. Wall Plates: U' D. Calibrate dimming photosensors such that 100% artificial light 3.01 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 1. Provide standard-size nylon wall plates unless indicated 0 UP - FIT in unfinished areas only. 2.01 ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 9 P 0 C. Install outlet boxes for all wall-mounted wiring devices at heights A. Provide all required conduit, wiring, connectors, hardware, output is provided only when completely dark outside and the A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment otherwise; mid-size or jumbo wall plates are not permitted. t 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD indicated in Section 262726 unless indicated otherwise. Coordinate components, accessories, etc. as required for a complete operating controlled lighting dims commensurately with the amount of natural manufacturer's instructions. o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, system. daylight contribution to the satisfaction of the Owner. Calibration B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use benches, and backspiashes prior to rough-in. B. All sensors shall be suitable for the geometrical and environmental shall occur after all room finishes, furniture, and window treatments liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or 0 D. Use flush boxes in finished areas. Do not install flush boxes characteristics of the associated space and be suitable for the have been installed. wet locations. 0 back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches and one stud floor area to be covered. Provide multiple sensors when necessary 3.05 INSTALLATION OF POWER PACKS C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. Q separation. to meet the required room coverage. A. Install power packs on junction box in accessible location above SHEET TITLE: E. Locate flush boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry 2.02 INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS ceiling at the associated sensor. D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with � opening. 1. Single-Relay: Wattstopper #DSW-301 unless indicate otherwise. shall occur on the load side of the power pack relay. E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is Ld 0 unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat A. Wall Switch: B. Do not switch power serving power packs. All required switching attachment plug. F. Install all wall-mounted boxes plumb and level. 2. Dual-Relay. Wattstopper #DSW-302 unless indicated otherwise. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR PHOTOCELLS required. M G. Install all ceiling-mounted boxes level and oriented parallel with 3. Finish: As selected by the Architect. A. Install photocell facing north with unobstructed view. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections m building lines and ceiling grid tees where applicable. B. Install such that photocell does not face artificial light sources at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. 0 H. Install all floor boxes level and oriented parallel with building lines B. Combination Wall Switch / Dimmer: 0 applicable. 1. 0-10V Dimming: Wattstopper #DW-311 unless indicated including light sources controlled by the photocell itself. G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control � ELECTRICAL and the grout lines where app otherwise; finish as selected by the Architect. C. Weatherproof all connections. Do not install photocell with conduit devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. W I. Vertically align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, stem facing up to prevent infiltration of water. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring Li Li thermostats, similar devices. C. Wall-Mounted: 1. Sensor: Wattstopper #DT-200 unless indicated otherwise. D. Adjust external sliding shields under optimum lighting conditions to requirements. °° SPECIFICATIONS J. Install concealed boxes within 6 inches from ceiling access panels, 2, Power Pack: Wattstopper #BZ-150 unless indicated otherwise. achieve desired turn-on and turn-off activation. I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and air distribution diffusers, or removable recessed luminaires. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF ROOM CONTROLLERS AND PLUG LOAD equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. 0 K. Support boxes independently of conduit; do not support boxes from 3. Finish: White. D. Ceiling-Mounted: CONTROLLERS J. Cut and seal conduit openings in freezer and cooler walls, floors, 14 Z ceiling support wires. 1. Sensor: Wattstopper #DT-300 unless indicated otherwise. A. Install controllers in concealed accessible locations above ceilings. and ceilings where applicable. J L. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. 2. Power Pack: Wattstopper #BZ-150 unless indicated otherwise. B. Do not switch power serving controllers. All required switching shall END OF SECTION co= PROJECT NUMBER 20010 M. Install cover plates on boxes; see Section 262726 for cover plate occur on the load side of the controller relay(s). ' specification e 3. Finish: White. Provide nameplate for each controller indicating room(s) controlled.• E. Accessories: Provide heavy duty coated steel wire protective guards C. SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES , ~ N. Ground and bond boxes as required by NFPA 70. �d com atirie with specified occupancy sensors where subject to D. Install room controller wall-mounted switches 46 inches above PART 1 GENERAL 0 DATE 01-08-2020 END OF SECTION p impact. finished floor to the centerline of the box unless indicated 1.01 PREPARATION: Contact the Architect to determine colors of all `' 71- 2.03 OUTDOOR MOTION SENSORS otherwise. wiring devices, cover plates, and carpet and tile flanges, locations A. Wall-Mounted for Switching: 3.08 CLOSEOUT where stainless steel cover plates are required, and locations where <W SHEET NO. 1. Sensor: Wattstopper #EW-200 unless indicated otherwise. A. Demonstrate proper operation of lighting control devices to the carpet and the flanges are required. I- 2. Finish: As selected by the Architect. Owner and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed. B. Train Owner's personnel on operation, adjustment, programming, and maintenance of lighting control devices. C. Provide a written report of all program settings and photosensor settings to the Owner. _ 0 <� 2 END OF SECTION 1 I - . ii SHEET 2 OF 10 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2. Provide stainless steel coverplates where requested by the SECTION 262818 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES 2.04 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLIES 2.02 OUTLET BOXES Architect. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED A. All Emergency Power Supplies: A. Wall: 4-square by 2-1/8 inch deep outlet box with single gang 3. Provide galvanized steel cover plates on outlet boxes and PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. Provide appropriate emergency battery in all fluorescent and mud ring and cover plate unless indicated otherwise or otherwise junction boxes located in unfinished areas, above accessible 2.01 SAFETY SWITCHES LED luminaires indicated as emergency fixtures whether or not required. ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. A. 240 Volt Class: Square D Class 3130 general duty unless indicated specifically indicated within the specified luminaire's catalog B. Floor: As indicated on the Drawings or within Section 260537 unless 4. Provide gasketed, cast metal, hinged cover plates for all otherwise. number. indicated otherwise or otherwise required. vi exterior locations, where denoted "WP" on the Drawings, and B. 600 Volt Class: Square D Class 3110 heavy duty unless indicated 2. Battery: Sealed nickel calcium (NiCad) with 10-year life C. Wall Plates: where otherwise required. otherwise. expectancy. 1. Provide standard-size nylon blank wall plates unless indicated Cn 5. Provide weatherproof while-in-use covers which are listed and C. Voltage, Phase, and Current Ratings: As indicated or otherwise 3. Illumination Time: 90 minutes minimum. otherwise; color as selected by the Architect. Mid-size or W identified as "extra-duty" for all receptacles installed in wet required. 4. Voltage: Universal (120 through 277 volts). jumbo wall plates are not permitted. locations. D. Fuse Clips: Class R cartridge fuse clips where fuses are installed. 5. Test Switch: Two-wire with remote LED. 2. When cabling is to be provided by this Contractor, provide A C. Floor Box Cover Plates: E. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard enclosure suitable for the B. Linear Fluorescent Emergency Batteries: Bodine #1350 unless standard-size nylon modular keystone jack cover plates a 1. Flush Floor Boxes: environment in which the switch is installed. indicated otherwise; wired for two-lamp operation for luminaires compatible with the associated modular keystone jacks and a. Carpet and Tile Flanges: Wiremold Omnibox Series for F. Accessories: Provide grounding kit for all enclosed switches. with more than one lamp. with appropriate number of jacks unless indicated otherwise; metal floor boxes and Wiremold Modulink 880MP2 Series 2.02 BOX COVER UNITS: Bussmann #SSU unless indicated otherwise. C. Compact Fluorescent Emergency Batteries: Bodine #B4CF2P unless color as selected by the Architect. i for nonmetallic floor boxes; with number of gangs as PART 3 EXECUTION indicated otherwise; wired for two-lamp operation for luminaires 2.03 PATHWAYS GERALD P . I V 0 E required for the floor box. 3.01 INSTALLATION with more than one lamp. A. All Pathways: b. Receptacle Cover Plates: Wiremold Omnibox Series for A. All Enclosed Switches: D. LED Emergency Batteries: Bodine BSL series unless indicated 1. See Section 260534 for permitted conduit types. ARCHITECT R C H I TE C T metal floor boxes and Wiremold Modulink 880MP2 Series 1. Install in locations that provide all working space required by otherwise. 2. Provide pullstring in each conduit. for nonmetallic floor boxes; with flip lids unless indicated NFPA 70. 2.05 LAMPS B. Service Entrance: Conduit with extended radius sweeps; size as otherwise. 2. Install 5 feet to the operating handle. A. All Lamps: indicated or otherwise required. 4 FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 C. Communications Cover Plates: Wiremold Omnibox Series 3. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. 1. Provide all incandescent lamps from the some manufacturer. C. Branch Wiring: Provide 3/4 inch minimum conduit from all outlet U for metal floor boxes and Wiremold Modulink 880MP2 4. Provide nameplate indicating equipment designation, NEMA fuse 2. Provide all fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturer. boxes to accessible ceiling space unless indicated otherwise. Series for nonmetallic floor boxes; combination concentric class, and fuse size installed. 3. Provide all metal halide lamps from the same manufacturer. 2.04 COPPER CABLES, PLUGS, AND JACKS: Only if required pursuant to threaded plug with 1-inch inner plug unless indicated END OF SECTION B. Incandescent: As indicated on the Drawings. meeting with the Owner: Z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE otherwise. C. Linear T8 Fluorescent: Osram Sylvania OCTRON series extended life A. Data: w SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 d. Hardwired Connection Cover Plates: Wiremold Omnibox SECTION 265100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING Ecologic lamps unless indicated otherwise. 1. All Data Cabling: Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Category 5e P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 Series for metal floor boxes and Wiremold Modulink PART 1 GENERAL D. Linear T5 Fluorescent: Osram Sylvania PENTRON series extended life unless indicated otherwise or otherwise required. F 880MP2 Series for nonmetallic floor boxes; combination 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ecologic lamps unless indicated otherwise. 2. Backbone (Riser) Cabling: Type CMR when installed in conduit 0; mail@gpnarcht.com concentric threaded plug with 3/4-inch inner plug unless A. Verify all ceiling systems for proper coordination of luminaires and E. Compact Fluorescent: Osrom Sylvania DULUX series Ecologic lamps and Type CMP when not installed in conduit; gra Z P 9 / P 9 P � 9• P yp y jacket unless o indicated otherwise. accessories including any drywall frames, bar hangers, flanges, trim unless indicated otherwise. indicated otherwise or otherwise required. 2 2. Recessed Floor Boxes: rings, etc. required for a complete, finished installation. F. Metal Halide: As required for the specified luminaire with matched 3. Horizontal Cabling: Type CM when installed in conduit and Type CHECKED BY: WILTa. Internal Brackets: As required for the wiring devices B. Provide only luminaires that are listed for the environment in which ANSI code to the associated ballast. CMP when not installed in conduit; blue jacket unless indicated 0 installed within. they are installed. G. LED: As indicated on the Drawings. otherwise or otherwise required. U DRAWN BY: CLE b. Cover Assemblies: Cutout cover type to accommodate 1. Luminaires shall carry damp location and/or wet location 2.06 ACCESSORIES 4. Plugs: Category 5e UTP non-keyed 8-wire modular plugs M carpet or tile insert; flanged or flangeless as selected by ratings as required. A. Provide all supplementary items, appurtenances, and devices unless indicated otherwise or otherwise required. w the Architect. 2. Luminaires shall be insulated ceiling (IC) rated when recessed incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete 5. Jacks: Category 5e UTP non-keyed 8-wire RJ45 modular 3. Wood Floor Boxes: into insulated ceilings; coordinate locations of all insulated installation including, but not limited to: keystone jack unless indicated otherwise or otherwise required; = THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF a. Carpet and Tile Flanges: Wiremold 880W Series for metal ceilings with the Architectural plans. 1. Dimming ballasts for fluorescent and LED luminaires that are color as selected by the Owner. SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE floor boxes and Wiremold WMFB Series for nonmetallic C. Coordinate exact locations of all luminaires with the Architectural served by wallbox dimmer switches or dimming systems. B. Telephone: ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED floor boxes; with number of gangs as required for the Reflected Ceiling Plan(s); luminaire locations on the Architectural 2. Emergency power supplies for fluorescent and LED luminaires 1. All Telephone Cabling: Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Category 3 w IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE floor box. Reflected Ceiling Plan(s) take precedence over locations indicated on indicated as emergency fixtures. unless indicated otherwise or otherwise required. :2 WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. b. Receptacle Cover Plates: Wiremold 880W Series for metal the electrical lighting plans. 3. Multiple ballasts for fluorescent luminaires where indicated to 2. Horizontal Cabling: Type CM when installed in conduit and Type w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON floor boxes and Wiremold WMFB Series for nonmetallic D. Coordinate mountingheights of all wall-mounted luminaires with the have multi-level switching. CMP when not installed in conduit; blue jacket unless indicated 9 j c� DEMAND. floor boxes; with flip lids unless indicated otherwise. Architect prior to rough-in. 4. All trim rings, extensions, stems, canopies, cords, pendant otherwise or otherwise required. a C. Communications Cover Plates: Wiremold 880W Series for E. Confirm all luminaire and accessory finishes with the Architect prior feeds, connectors, bar hangers, fittings, hold-down clips, 3. Plugs: Category 3 UTP non-keyed 8-wire modular plugs unless w COPYRIGHT 2019 metal floor boxes and Wiremold WMFB Series for to ordering. alignment clips/joiners, etc. necessary to mount the luminaires indicated otherwise or otherwise required. i ALL RIGHTS RESERVED nonmetallic floor boxes; combination concentric threaded F. Coordinate luminaire dimensions with the wall and/or ceiling in a proper and approved method. 4. Jacks: Category 3 UTP non-keyed 8-wire RJ45 modular a- � plug with 1-inch inner plug unless indicated otherwise. thickness prior to ordering. 5. All necessary low-voltage transformers, connectors, mounting keystone jack unless indicated otherwise or otherwise required; - d. Hardwired Connection Cover Plates: Wiremold 880W SeriesG. Coordinate mounting location, number of faces, and directional hardware, etc. for a complete low-voltage lighting system. color as selected by the Owner. CD for metal floor boxes and Wiremold WMFB Series for 6. All necessary connectors, feeds, end caps, pendants, mounting 2.05 CROSS-CONNECTION EQUIPMENT: Only f required pursuant to Z arrows of exit signs as required to mark paths of egress to the Y P P 9 y i q p - nonmetallic floor boxes; combination concentric threaded satisfaction of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. hardware, fittings, etc. for a complete track lighting system. meeting with the Owner: a -- plug with 3/4-inch inner plug unless indicated otherwise. PART 2 PRODUCTS 7. Chain hangers for all suspended luminaires in unfinished areas. A. Connector Blocks for Category 3 Cabling: Type 66 insulation o PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 LUMINAIRES 8. Drywall frames for all linear fluorescent luminaires that are displacement connectors unless indicated otherwise or otherwise 3.01 EXAMINATION: Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper A. Provide as indicated on the Drawings. recessed into drywall ceilings. required with capacity sufficient for cables to be terminated plus 25 w TEETERh# td rE1 NC , .- . heights and that openings are neatly cut and will be completely B. The acceptability of any substitute fixtures lies solely with the 9. Wireguards for any wall-mounted luminaires, including percent spare. = RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE covered b the cover lutes or flanges. emer enc li htin unit e ui ment and exit si ns, located in B. Connector Blocks for Cate or 5e Cablin T e 110 insulation I- 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 Y P 9 Architect and Engineer. 9 Y 9 9 q P 9 Category 9 YP 704.376.2999 • WWW.TEGPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM 3.02 PREPARATION C. The specified luminaire shall be provided at no additional cost where gymnasiums or where otherwise exposed to physical damage. displacement connectors unless indicated otherwise or otherwise TEETER ROPER RIGGROUP,HE HEREBY RESERVESITSASSOCIATED AW COPYRIGHT p p P CONOTHEPS,DETAILS,AND IDE S.THESE E SE DOCUMENTS, OCU NTS,ANY ASSOCIATED CONCEPTS, SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN AND A. Provide extension rings to bring wall-mounted outlet boxes flush a substitute fixture is not accepted b the Architect or Engineer. 10. Fire-rated luminaire covers tents for luminaires installed in required with capacity sufficient for cables to be terminated plus 25 CONCEPTS,DETAILS,ANDIDUCEDHESEDO,OR ENTS,SPECSHOLEORIN PARPTS,DETAILS,AND p y g (tents) q P Y P W IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE Oft IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY with finished surface. (n BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER 2.02 NON-DIMMING BALLASTS, TRANSFORMERS, AND DRIVERS fire-rated ceiling assemblies; coordinate locations of fire-rated percent spare. ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE B. Adjust floor boxes to bring floor boxes flush with finished floor. A. All Ballasts, Transformers, and Drivers ceiling assemblies with the Architectural plans. C. Patch Panels for Copper Cabling: Panduit DP5e series UTP patch SOLEPROPERTYOES ONLY ENGINEERING SHALL.ANDERE INTENDED FORARCHIVEOR IN AND 3.03 MOUNTING HEIGHTS RECORD PUR RITTENLY.COMPUTER FILES M TEETENOTR BE ENCOPGINEED ERING ING GOR IN PART 1. Provide low-temperature ballasts when installed in locations 11. Any seismic bracing and/or restraints required by the Authority panel unless indicated otherwise or otherwise required with quantity WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. A. General: All mounting heights are to the centerline of the outlet z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. where ambient temperature.can fall below 10 degrees C (50 Having Jurisdiction. of ports sufficient for cables to be terminated plus 25 percent o box. 12. Provide Bodine GTD20A li htin relay control device for each s are. FLORIDA COA#26380 degrees F . # lighting Y P w B. Receptacles: g ) circuit serving luminaires that are used for both normal and D. Patch Cords: Provide one Category 5e patch cord for each air of B. Electronic Linear Fluorescent Ballasts: 9 9 Y P P Z t�� LEE �►� 1. Install receptacles at 18 inches above finished floor unless emergency enc li htin where a enerator or central li htin atch anel orts. T ter 1. Description: Osram Sylvania Quicktronic High Efficiency series 9 Y 9 9 9 lighting P P P �P L� indicated otherwise. inverter is used for emergency enc ower and the luminaires are PART 3 EXECUTION .` �,t,•'' E N � •.► unless indicated otherwise. 9 Y P � . ti � S � 2. Install receptacles at countertops at the lesser of 44 inches controlled b local switching, contactors, or relays. 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ENCLOSURES •' '. 2. Voltage: Universal 120 through 277 volts). Y g> y �•. '•� above finished floor or 3 inches above any sidesplashes or g ( g ) PART 3 EXECUTION A. Backboards: Install at locations indicated on the Drawings. C) Z No 60558 backs lashes unless indicated otherwise. 3. Ballast Factor: Normal (0.88). k P 3.01 INSTALLATION B. If required pursuant to meeting with the Owner: UJ C. Wall Switches: Install wall switches includingwallbox dimmers, wall 4. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 10 percent. o A. Install luminaires in locations shown on the Architectural Reflected 1. Wall-Mounted Racks: Install to plywood backboard at locations O switch occupancy sensors, and low voltage switches associated with 5. Sound Level Rating: Class A. �.-�y ; P Y 9 Ceiling Plan(s); luminaire locations on the Architectural Reflected directed by the Owner. U Cr relaypanels and room controllers at 46 inches above 6. Starting: Programmed rapid start unless indicated otherwise. g ��:• STATE OF 4 programmable Ceiling Plans take precedence over locations indicated on the 2. Floor-Mounted Racks: Permanently anchor to floor in finished floor unless indicated otherwise. 7. Accessories: Provide disconnecting means that opens all supply 9 ( ) P o .© •, to. conductors including the neutral conductor. electrical lighting plans. accordance with manufacturer's recommendations at locations •.�� P. �` ; 'r,,DQ,__ D. Telecommunications Outlets: g B. Install luminaires lumb and level and ali n with buildin lines and Y j together, and ', 0 R directed b the Owner, connect ad scent racks to ether ,'•.,,,..,,,.•� �� 1. Install telecommunications outlets includingtelephone, data, C. Electronic Compact Fluorescent Ballasts: P 9 9 Z �,► P adjacent luminaires. remove interior side panels. Q fs��Ip >>� and television outlets 18 inches above finished floor unless 1. Description: Osram Sylvania Quicktronic Professional DULUX C. Support all luminaires completely independent of an suspended 3.02 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES #,,,110�At►��k� 01/08/2020 indicated otherwise. series unless indicated otherwise. PP P Y P Y P Z 2. Voltage: Universal 120 through 277 volts ceiling systems. A. Install in compliance with Section 260537. o 2. Install telephone outlets for side-reach and forward-reach wall 9 ( 9 )• B. Mounting Heights: See Section 262726. REVISIONS: telephone 46 inches maximum above finished floor unless 3. Ballast Factor: Greater than 0.95. D. Connect luminaires to branch circuit. 9 9 z 1, Circuit all exit signs, emergency lights, and ni htli hts ahead 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS w indicated otherwise. 4. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 10 percent. 9 9 Y 9 9 9 E. Modifymountingheights in walls as required to locate the 5. Sound Level Rating: Class A. of any switching. A. All Pathways: z g masonry q2. Do not use multiwire branch circuits for circuits serving 1. Install all pathways with the following minimum clearances: Z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY outlet box at the joint in the masonry unit to avoid multiple or 6. Starting: Programmed rapid start unless indicated otherwise. split-cut masonry units. D. Electronic Metal Halide Ballasts: emergency lighting equipment such as emergency batteries or a. 48 inches from motors, generators, frequency converters, 0_ 3.04 INSTALLATION 1. Provide all metal halide luminaires rated at 100 watts or less emergency lighting unit equipment. transformers, x-ray equipment, and uninterruptible power co A. Install wall switches with OFF position down. with electronic ballast with matched ANSI code to the E. Provide all additional emergency lighting and/or exit signs systems. B. Install receptacles vertically with ground pin on bottom unless associated lamp. determined necessary by the Authority Having Jurisdiction during b. 12 inches from power conduits and cables and w inspections. panelboards. > indicated otherwise. 2. Description: Osram Sylvania Quicktronic Metal Halide P z Professional series unless indicated otherwise. F. Install all remote ballasts, low voltage transformers, and drivers in C. 5 inches from fluorescent and high frequency lighting o C. Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles: fixtures. U 3. Voltage: Universal 120 through 277 volts concealed accessible areas in close proximity to the associated 1. Provide a separate GFCI receptacle for every instance where 9 ( 9 )• d. 6 inches from flues, hot water pipes, and steam pipes. 0 4. Ballast Factor: 1.0. luminaires and connect to the associated luminaires per the P P P P I-- Code; "GFCI" on the Drawings and otherwise required by B. Conduit: 5. Power Factor: Greater than 0.98. manufacturer's recommendations, including adjusting wire sizes for Cn Code; do not GFCI-protect receptacles from the load side of 1. Install conduit in compliance with Section 260534 unless - 6. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 10 percent. voltage drop if required. 0 an upstream GFCI receptacle. P indicated otherwise. Z 7. Sound Level Rutin Class A. G. Prevent insulation from being installed above or within 3 inches FRANCHISEE NAME: 2. Install all GFCI receptacles in a readily accessible location. g� a. Do not install more than two 90 degree bends in a single 3 a. Provide faceless GFCI device in a readily accessible E. Magnetic Metal Halide Ballasts: away from any luminaire that is recessed into an insulated ceiling Q 1. Permitted only for metal halide luminaires rated greater than but is not insulated ceiling IC rated. horizontal cable run. LLC.- and I location when the receptacle will not be readily accessible Y 9 g ( ) b. Leave pull cords in place where cables are not initially � K LE PIZZA, I I , LLC. and connect receptacle to load side of faceless GFCI. 100 watts. H. Install fire-rated luminaire covers (tents) for luminaires installed in p installed. � D. Wallbox Dimmers: 2. Description: Osram Sylvania Metalarc series unless indicated fire-rated ceiling assemblies; provide fire-rated boxes around z otherwise with matched ANSI code to the associated lam C. Under floor slabs, locate conduit at 12 inches minimum � 1. Install wallbox dimmers to achieve full rating; do not break P• luminaires when fire-rated luminaire covers (tents) are not available. below vapor retarder and seal penetrations of vapor heatsink fins off. 3. Voltage: Multi-tap (120, 208, 240, 277, and 480 volts). I. Burn-in all fluorescent lamps controlled by wallbox dimmers or retarder around conduit. o 2. Install power interfaces in concealed accessible location. 4. Circuit Type: Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA) dimming systems for a minimum of 100 hours prior to connecting 2. Underground Service Entrance: Install conduit at least 18 M 3. Provide a separate neutral conductor for each branch circuit 5. Power Factor: Greater than 0.90. to dimmer. inches below finish rade and encase in at least 3 inches thick '`' g = KEITH EDWARDS serving wallbox dimmers; do not connect wallbox dimmers to F. Low Voltage Transformers: 3.02 CLOSEOUT concrete for at least 60 inches out from the building line. ~ 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE multiwire branch circuits. 1. Description: Electronic or magnetic low voltage transformer as A. Replace any lamps and ballasts that expire before the Owner's C. Grounding and Bonding: Perform in accordance with LIJ co JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 4. Provide all control wiring and communications cabling including required for and compatible with the associated luminaires. acceptance of the project. ANSI/J-STD-607 and NFPA 70. Z) all 0-10V control wiring, whether or not shown on the 2. Primary Voltage: Coordinate with the circuit(s) serving the B. Aim and adjust all luminaires to provide illumination levels, focusing, 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CABLES, PLUGS, AND JACKS Of Drawings, per manufacturer's recommendations and as required luminaires. and distribution patterns to the Owner's satisfaction. A. Only if required pursuant to meeting with the Owner: 0 for a complete and operational system. 3. Secondary Voltage: As required for the associated luminaires. END OF SECTION 1. Install cables from outlet to cross-connection equipment as Z PROJECT NAME: E. Install wiring devices in outlet boxes and connect wiring device 4. Power Rating: As required for the total wattage of the directed by the Owner. Q 8556 grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. luminaires served plus a minimum of 25 percent. SECTION 271005 - TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEMS 2. Do not exceed 300 feet from outlet to switch. Z F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal; G. LED Drivers: As required for and compatible with the associated LED PART 1 GENERAL 3. Do not bend cable tighter than the greater of the do not use back-wired push-in terminals. module. 1.01 PREPARATION manufacturer's recommended bend radius or 4 times the cable U00 G. Install cover plates on all outlet boxes including blank outlets. 2.03 DIMMING BALLASTS AND DRIVERS A. Coordinate all demarcation locations with the serving utility and/or diameter. H. Use flat-head screws, clips, and straps to fasten multi-outlet A. All Dimming Ballasts and Drivers: the Landlord. 4. Do not exceed the greater of the manufacturer's recommended z assembly channel to surfaces and use suitable insulating bushings 1. Provide appropriate dimming ballasts/drivers in all fluorescent B. Hold meeting with the Owner prior to commencing work. cable pull tension or 25 pounds. o INTERIOR and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings. and LED luminaires controlled by wallbox dimmer switches or 1. Determine Scope of Work and Division of Responsibility. 5. Use only lubricants approved by cable manufacturer when END OF SECTION dimming systems whether or not specifically indicated within 2. Determine quantities of phone drops and data drops are installing cables in conduit and do not chafe or damage outer vi the specified luminaire's catalog number. required at each outlet box. acket. 0 UP - FIT SECTION 262813 - FUSES 2. All dimming ballasts/drivers shall be compatible with associated 3. Confirm all cabling, termination, cross-connection equipment, 6. Install plugs and jacks as required. tz 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED wallbox dimmer switches or centralized dimming system control enclosure, and jack requirements. 7. Provide the following minimum extra length of cable, looped Z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 PART 2 PRODUCTS units. PART 2 PRODUCTS neatly: o 2.01 FUSES: 0 2.01 ENCLOSURES a. At Patch Panels: 10 feet. 3. Dimming Range: 100 percent to 5 percent. A. Up to 600 Amps: Dual-element time-delay Class RK1 unless 4. Voltage: Universal (120 through 277 volts). A. Backboards: Provide 3/4 inch thick UL-labeled, fire-retardant, b. At Outlets: 12 inches. Q indicated otherwise or otherwise required for the switch in which the 5. Power Factor: Greater than 0.95. interior grade plywood; size as indicated on the Drawings. 8. Install labels complying with TIA/EIA-606 using coded R SHEET TITLE: fuse is installed. B. E Equipment ment Racks: Onl if re uired ursuant to meetin with the U B. Greater than 600 Amps: Dual-element time-delay Class L unless 6. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 10 percent. Owner: Y q P g identifiers: a indicated otherwise indicated otherwise or otherwise required for the 7. Sound Level Rating: Class A. a. Cables: Color coded labels on each end. � q B. Fluorescent Dimming Ballasts: 1. Wall-Mounted Racks: Chatsworth Products Standard Swing Gate b. Outlets: Label each jack on its cover plate with a unique o switch in which the fuse is installed. 1. Three-Wire Linear Fluorescent: Lutron Hi-Lume 3D unless series; 19 inches wide, depth as required for installed numerical identifier as to its type and function. i,J C. Site Lighting: Class CC with in-line fuseholder. indicated otherwise; 1.0 ballast factor. components, and height as required for installed components C. Patch Panels: Label each jack with a unique numerical m PART 3 EXECUTION 2. Three-Wire Compact Fluorescent: Lutron Ecosystem series plus 50 percent. identifier as to its type and function. in 3.01 INSTALLATION unless indicated otherwise; ballast factor greater than or equal 2. Floor-Mounted Racks: Chatsworth Products 50120 QuadraRack d. Patch Cords: Label with jack identifier corresponding to 0 A. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and to 0.95. series with vertical and horizontal cable management, top and initial installation. a_ ELECTRICAL size are easily read. 3. 0-10 Volt: Advance Mark 7 series unless indicated otherwise; bottom cable troughs, and grounding lug; 19 inches wide, 29 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CROSS-CONNECTION EQUIPMENT w END OF SECTION inches dee and height as required for installed components � ballast factor greater than or equal to 0.95. P� 9 q P A. Only if required pursuant to meeting with the Owner: C. LED Dimming Drivers: Advance Xitanium series unless indicated plus 50 percent. 1. Install connector blocks at backboards as directed by the M otherwise. Owner. SPECIFICATIONS 2. Install patch panels in equipment racks as directed by the Z Owner. _J 3. Install labels complying with TIA/EIA-606 using coded Q PROJECT NUMBER 20010 identifiers: V) a. a. Patch Panels: Label each jack with a unique numerical r' U identifier as to its type and function. w DATE 01-08-2020 b. Patch Cords: Label with jack identifier corresponding to initial installation. END OF SECTION r SHEET N0. w - 0 3 L SHEET 3 OF 10 v� z 0 z w A a CIRCUIT HOMERUN SYMBOL SCHEDULE SYMBOL SCHEDULE o Gf F a A-1 �--- ONE CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO PANEL "A", CIRCUIT #1. H FLORIC A-1,3 ��-- TWO CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO PANEL "A", CIRCUITS #1 & 3. (REQUIRES MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER.) u GENERAL SYMBOLS LIGHTING SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS z A-1,3,5 THREE CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO PANEL "A", CIRCUITS #1, 3, & 5. (REQUIRES MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER.) 0 HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD. SEE "CIRCUIT HOMERUN AND CONDUCTOR A-(1,3) �— ONE CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO PANEL "A", 208 VOLT OR 480 VOLT-1 PHASE CIRCUIT TO POLES #1 & 3. LOGIC". EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS T DUCT MOUNT SMOKE DETECTOR WITH RELAY BASE IN AIR DUCT. x P: 864 A-(1,3,5) ONE CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO PANEL "A", 208 VOLT OR 480 VOLT-3 PHASE CIRCUIT TO POLES #1, 3, & 5. �� CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED OVERHEAD ABOVE CEILING AND IN WALLS OR MC CABLE ui �--- WHERE PERMITTED. USE SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM EXPOSED ON INACCESSIBLE 4 CONNECTION TO 120 VOLT MOTOR. 0 --I SLASH MARKS INDICATE QUANTITY OF CONDUCTORS OTHER THAN TWO; INDICATES NEUTRAL, EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. ABBREVIATIONS INDICATES HOT, NOTE: TWO WIRE CIRCUITS DO NOT SHOW SLASH MARKS. CONDUIT RUN EXPOSED. *� CHECKE CONNECTION TO 3-PHASE MOTOR. ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION zo SLASH MARK INDICATES EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONALA AMPERE LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR 0 DRAWN ELECTRICAL CODE 250-122. ��'�� CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR. [--yHEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH. (NON-FUSED) SEE "EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT SCHEDULE". w A/C AIR CONDITIONING LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE W ../�� FLEXIBLE CONDUIT WITH CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT SERVED. HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH. (FUSED) SEE "EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT SCHEDULE". ADA AMERICANS WITH LT LIGHT DISABILITIES ACT LTG LIGHTING = THIS DRAW EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT SCHEDULE *o JUNCTION BOX WITH CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT SERVED. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MIN MINIMUM SERVICE Af I i GROUND SIZED PER NEC 250. AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE MAX MAXIMUM ARCHITECT, AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPERES CONNECTION TO HVAC, PLUMBING OR OTHER EQUIPMENT AS NOTED. w IN ANY WA WRITTEN PI liam120/208 VOLT PANELBOARD. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE. Lj AL ALUMINUM MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER w IT SHALL E AMP AMPERE MFS MAXIMUM FUSE SIZE 0 DEMAND. M MANUAL MOTOR STARTING SWITCH WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION EQUAL TO SQUARE-D CLASS 277 480 VOLT PANELBOARD. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE. * ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY 2510 TYPE KG-1 SERIES. / wH CONNECTION TO WATER HEATER. AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MOCP MAXIMUM OVER-CURRENT V) COPYRIGHT HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH; 3 POLE, 30 AMP, 208 VOLT. FIRST NUMERAL INDICATES o MONITORING PANEL, SEE PLANS FOR DESCRIPTION. CONNECTION TO OVERHEAD DOOR. PROVIDE SAFETY SWITCH AT CONNECTION POINT. BB BACKBOARD PROTECTION ALL RIGHT`. 3P/30A/208V �' RUN POWER WIRING THROUGH DOOR CONTROLLER. CONNECT ALL DOOR CONTROLS C CONDUIT NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE QUANTITY OF POLES SECOND NUMERAL INDICATES AMPERE RATING. THIRD NUMERALAd INDICATES VOLTAGE. IE: 3P/30A/208V INDICATES 3 POLE, 30 AMP, 208 VOLT, ETC. SWITCHES (UP/DOWN CONTROL STATION, LIMIT SWITCHES, OBSTRUCTION SAFETY SWITCHES, ETC.) CB CIRCUIT BREAKER NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MFRS cn / / CLG CEILING ASSOC. z FUSED HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH SAME AS ABOVE EXCEPT WITH FUSES. ACTUAL SIZE $ SWITCH RATED 120/277 VOLTS AND 20 AMPERES. SUBSCRIPTS FOR BASIC SYMBOL. ® MOTOR CONTROLLER CU CONDENSING UNIT NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION 3P/30A/208V �'' AND TYPE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FUSES DPDT DOUBLE POLE DOUBLE THROW ASSOCIATION BLANK-SINGLE POLE * NOTE: PROVIDE A DISCONNECT ON ALL FANS, UNIT HEATERS, � TEE SHALL BE `RK-5' FUSETRONS. 2-DOUBLE POLE FAN COILS, PUMPS, AIR HANDLERS, UNIT VENTILATORS, ETC. EC EMPTY CONDUIT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT � EF EXHAUST FAN NL NIGHTLIGHT = RELIAI 3-THREE WAY P POLE 3P/30A/208V/3R �' NEMA 3R CONSTRUCTION HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES. NO—FUSE AND FUSED SWITCHES 4—FOUR WAY EGC EQUIPMENT GROUNDING ~ OT ERaf RESPECTIVELY AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. /3R INDICATES NEMA 3R CONSTRUCTION. NOTE: M—MANUAL MOTOR STARTER COMMUNICATIONS SYMBOLS CONDUCTOR PB PULL BOX O CON EPT 3P/30A/208V/3R P-PILOT LIGHT EM EMERGENCY PE PHOTO-ELECTRIC SWITCH w BE DIS R PROVIDE NEUTRAL BARS, GROUNDING BARS, REJECTION CLIPS, SERVICE ENTRANCE LABELS, FUSES AND ALL OTHER ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR THE APPLICATION. PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONDUIT REDS R DIMMER SWITCH WITH SILICON CONTROLED RECTIFIER RATED 120/277 VOLTS AND 20 / COMBINATION DATA/TELEPHONE CABLING OUTLET 18"AFF. EXTEND 1"C TO AN ACCESSIBLE EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENGINEEI SOLE PRC PNL PANEL RECORD LOCATION ABOVE THE CEILING. OUTBOX TO BE 4 x 2Y8 DEEP. EOR EX EXISTING J ""T"°' AMPERES. COMPATIBLE WITH LIGHTING LOAD IT SERVES, COORDINATE. RELO RELOCATE ER EXISTING TO BE REMOVED RMC RIGID METAL CONDUIT zo TWO SWITCHES IN COMMON OUTLET BOX AT 48" AFF. �• COMBINATION DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET WITH BOTTOM OF BOX 2" ABOVE THE ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN COUNTER BACKSPLASH OR AT COUNTER HEIGHT. EXTEND 1"C TO AN ACCESSIBLE RTU ROOF TOP UNIT 0 ��►�� CONDUCTOR SIZING TABLE $oo$oo SWITCH RATED 120/277 VOLTS AND 20 AMPERES WITH OCCUPANT SENSOR FOR MANUAL LOCATION ABOVE THE CEILING. OUTLET BOX TO BE 4 x 21A DEEP. F FUSE FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SF SUPPLY FAN Q ON AND AUTO OFF AFTER PRESET TIME. SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE o �•��,�` '�G PUSH BUTTON DOOR BELL OUTLET 48" AFF OR AT COUNTER HEIGHT. EXTEND Y4'C FLA FULL LOAD AMPERES SPDT SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW :2 v OV-20A BRANCH CIRCUITS ONLY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED PE AREA LIGHTING CONTROL PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCH. TO AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE THE CEILING OR INTO BUILDING. FPN FUSE PER NAMEPLATE No FOR 1 2 SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW 4 *: CHIME OR BELL MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR FRAME. EXTEND �'a"C TO AN ACCESSIBLE TC TIME CLOCK - ELECTRONIC 24 HOUR-7 DAY LJ-' LOCATION ABOVE THE CEILING OR INTO BUILDING STRUCTURE. GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR SQ SQUARE o SW SWITCH U GND GROUND SWBD SWITCHBOARD x'33'. STA USE COPPER WIRE IN METALLIC LC LIGHTING CONTROL LIGHITNG CONTACTOR. TV OUTLET BOX WITH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. GF GAS FURNACE O %d IF DISTANCE A + B IN FEET IS: CONDUIT, AWG SIZE AS FOLLOWS —POWER TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL 0 . •.� SEE DIAGRAM AT RIGHT DAYLIGHT SENSOR CONTROL PANEL GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER o 'i ,•' ( ) ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE A (FT) Ds BACKBOARD z �, Qs CONDUIT ACCORDINGLY: FLUSH MOUNTED SPEAKER IN RECESSED ATLAS SOUND ENCLOSURE BACK BOX OR GND GROUND Q ''� oc DUAL TECHNOLOGY CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANT SENSOR, PROVIDE LOW-VOLTAGE SURFACE MOUNTED BOX. RUN 1" EMT DAISY CHAINED FROM BACK BOXES TO AV GRC GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL UH UNIT HEATER (n ",fill UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES zo � WIRING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. RACK. CONDUIT GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE E_ R E VI S I C os HIGH BAY CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANT SENSOR. SUSPEND DEVICE TO JUST BELOW C OUTLET BOX FOR CAMERA. MOUNT ALL CAMERA BRACKETS. RUN 1Y2Ld 0' TO 100' #12 (MIN.) " UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED Z _ ~ ON CKT LAMP OF SURROUNDING LIGHTING FIXTURES. CONDUIT TO MDF ROOM. HP HORSEPOWER 100' TO 175' #10 JB Z(FT) UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER - �� R OUTLET BOX FOR CARD READER. MOUNT OUTLET BOX AT 48" AFF AND RUN Y2" HVAC DATE- -AIR CONDENTILATING- USB UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS SUPPLY 2 N0. DATE 175' TO 300' #s WIRING DEVICES ® CONDUIT TO 4" SQUARE J-BOX ABOVE CEILING. (SEE DETAIL) bi / 120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WALL MOUNTED AT 18" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IG ISOLATED GROUND V VOLT o 300' TO 450' #6 (MAX.) 1/2 WIRE LENGTH FROM FIRST 4-COMPARTMENT RECESSED FLOOR BOX, WITH TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND TWO IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT W WATT Li TO LAST RECEPTACLE ON EWC- GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE SERVING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER. OR SECTIONS FOR OWNERS COMMUNICATIONS REQUIREMENTS. (SEE DETAIL) w COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH KW KILOWATT VA VOLT-AMPERE z CIRCUIT PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND INSTALL RECEPTACLE SO THAT KVA KILOVOLT-AMPERE WP WEATHER PROOF 0 ITIS CONCEALED FROM VIEW. ® 2-COMPARTMENT RECESSED FLOOR BOX, WITH ONE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND ONE JB JUNCTION BOX XFMR TRANSFORMER 0 SECTION FOR OWNERS COMMUNICATIONS REQUIREMENTS. FOR 277V-20A BRANCH CIRCUITS ONLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED R- RECEPTACLE SERVING REFRIGERATOR. COORDINATE EXACT XP EXPLOSION PROOF cf) LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH EQUIPMENT 3-COMPARTMENT RECESSED FLOOR BOX, WITH ONE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ONE IG DUPLEX CONTRACTOR AND INSTALL RECEPTACLE SO THAT IT IS RECEPTACLE AND ONE SECTION FOR OWNERS COMMUNICATIONS REQUIREMENTS. z FRANCE IF DISTANCE A + B IN FEET IS: USE COPPER WIRE IN METALLIC —LIGHTING CONCEALED FROM VIEW AND DOES NOT IMPEDE THE (SEE DIAGRAM AT RIGHT) CONDUIT, AWG SIZE AS FOLLOWS A (FT) PANEL INSTALLATION OF THE REFRIGERATOR. 0 ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE ® FIRE RATED FLUSH STYLE POKE THRU DEVICE � K LE F Ln CONDUIT ACCORDINGLY: GFI- DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH BUILT-IN GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING MECHANISM. ~ USB- DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH BUILT-IN USB PORTS, 3.1A w 0' TO 250' #12 (MIN.) --1ST ON CKT WP- WEATHERPROOF COVER. KEITH ED 250' TO 400' #10 J,(FT)� ui 7503 BR( 400' TO 700' #8 120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH BOTTOM OF BOX 2" ABOVE COUNTER BACKSLASH NOTES: � JACKSON' OR AT COUNTER HEIGHT 700' TO 1000' #6 (MAX.) /2 WIRE LENGTH FROM FIRST 1. PROVIDE A BLANK COVERPLATE ON TELEPHONE OUTLETS. TO LAST LIGHT FIXTURE ON �® TWO 120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLES UNDER COMMON COVER 2. THE DEVICE ADDRESS NUMBER IS SHOWN NEXT TO EACH a P;ROJEC CIRCUIT DETECTION/SENSING DEVICE ON THE SPECIAL SYSTEMS FLOOR PLANS. =� TWO 120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE UNDER COMMON COVER MOUNTED AT COUNTER 3. SEE DETAILS FOR ELEVATION REPRESENTATION OF ALL DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. o HEIGHT ALL QUESTIONS ABOUT MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ARCHITECT THESE TABLES ARE BASED ON AN EVENLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD ALLOWING A 3% VOLTAGE DROP AT LAST ' OUTLET: APPLY ACCORDINGLY. 120V, 20A SWITCHED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 4. THESE ARE STANDARD SYMBOLS AND ALL MAY NOT APPEAR ON PROJECT DRAWINGS. WHEREVER cn 120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING THE SYMBOL ON THE PROJECT OCCURS, THE ITEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED. 0 U 120V, 20A SWITCHED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING cn SPECIAL EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE. (SEE NOTES) z 0 953 ATL/ ® 120V, 20A SPECIAL EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING. o ATLANTIC U SPECIAL EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE, 30A, 250V, NEMA 14-30R. D Q� SPECIAL EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE, 50A, 250V, NEMA 14-50R. U SHEET TTR a 0 b- w J m In Z O CL w of w m H ' UZ PROJE( 7� V) w DATE 0' U Q SHEET N w SHEET FLORIDA ENERGY CODE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE (2017 FL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE — SECTION C405) SYMBOL MANUFACTURER & DESCRIPTION LAMP TYPE VOLTS MOUNTING/ OUNTIN INPUT & TYPE CATALOG NUMBER & QUANTITY BALLAST WATTS z ATTAIN LED ADJUSTABLE LED TRACK HEAD & 4'-0" TRACK LED 120V CEILING 10W METHOD OF COMPLIANCE: #AT-TR-WD-10-27-95-24-BK-J 780 LUMENS SURFACE PER z 2017 FL ENERGYW/ WATTAGE LIMITER 2700K HEAD w CONSERVATION CODE: Z PRESCRIPTIVE ❑ PERFORMANCE ❑ EXEMPT PER A FLECC 101.4.3 LT5 a 2013 ASHRAE 90.1: PRESCRIPTIVE ❑ PERFORMANCE EXCEPTION G. ATTAIN LED #AT-PN-24-45-40-W 2'x4' NEW CONSTRUCTION LED PANEL. FIXTURES WHERE SHOWN LED 120V RECESSED 45 ALTERNATE: SUBSCRIPTED "NL" INDICATES NIGHT LIGHT, CONNECT UNSWITCHED. 5,850 LUMENS CEILING DAYBRITE: 2FXP60L840-4-DS-UNV 4000K LIGHTING SCHEDULE: FIDELUX: FFP24-38W-40K-UNV LT7 GERALD P . NOE LAMP TYPE REQUIRED IN FIXTURE SEE "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE" LITHONIA: #GT2MV EXISTING TO REMAIN 2'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURES TWO (2) 120V RECESSED 64 OA R C H I TE C T NUMBER OF LAMPS IN FIXTURE SEE "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE" 32W CEILING 94 BALLAST TYPE USED IN THE FIXTURE SEE "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE" D FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 NUMBER OF BALLASTS IN FIXTURE SEE "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE" ETR v TOTAL WATTAGE PER FIXTURE SEE "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE" TOTAL INTERIOR WATTAGE SPECIFIED VS. ALLOWED SEE "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE" CONTECH LIGHTING TOPAZ 6" INCANDESCENT UNIVERSAL NEW CONSTRUCTION RECESSED DOWNLIGHT LED 120V RECESSED 15 9 (WHOLE BUILDING OR SPACE BY SPACE) HOUSING: W/ LED RETROFIT. BLACK FINISH. FIXTURES WHERE SHOWN SUBSCRIPTED 1200 LUMENS CEILING o 399 LUCERNE DRIVE TOTAL EXTERIOR WATTAGE SPECIFIED VS. ALLOWED SEE 'LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE' #RL38SAR-2-40KC-12-D "NL" INDICATES NIGHT LIGHT, CONNECT UNSWITCHED. 4000K v SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 TRIM: #CTR3002-B-BLK W LT8 ALTERNATE PHILIPS: P6R SERIES H P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 SECTION C406 - ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTIONS LIGHTALARMS: #CAM SERIES LED EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT. BLACK FINISH. PROVIDE WITH 90 LED 120V UNIVERSAL <15 mail @gpn a rch t.com ALTERNATE: MINUTE MINIMUM BATTERY. WET LOCATION LISTED. z C4062 MORE EFFICIENT HVAC PERFORMANCE C406.5 ON-SITE SUPPLY OF RENEWABLE ENERGY FO JUNG LIGHTING: #N5L SERIES 0 Z C406.3 REDUCED LIGHTING POWER DENSITY C406.6 PROVISION OF DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEMRH COOPER LIGHTING: #APWR SERIES o CHECKED BY: WLT ❑ C406.4 ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROLS ❑ C406.7 HIGH-EFFICIENCY SERVICE WATER HEATING LIGHTALARMS: #UQLXN500-2LED LED EXIT SIGN / EMERGENCY LIGHT COMBO UNIT. RED LETTERS. WHITE LED EXIT, UNIVERSAL UNIVERSAL <15 0 DRAWN BY: CLE ALTERNATE: FINISH. PROVIDE WITH 90 MINUTE MINIMUM BATTERY. TWO(2) LED cn Lu COMPASS LIGHTING: #CC SERIES LAMPHEADS LITHONIA: #LHQM SERIES TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE DESIGN OF THIS BUILDING COMPLIES WITH THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM EX BEST LIGHTING:#CXTEU SERIES THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE. SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE LIGHTALARM: LCA-2LED SERIES LED EMERGENCY LIGHT, PROVIDE WITH 90 MINUTE MINIMUM BATTERY. (2) LED 120V UNIVERSAL <15 WALL ALTERNATE: z ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED (JBEST LIGHTING: LEDR-1 SERIES IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE SIGNED: D # � WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. CEILING COMPASS LIGHTING: #CU2 SERIES w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON NAME: WILLIAM LEE TEETER EM COOPER LIGHTING: #SEL25 SERIES � DEMAND. NOTES: TOTAL WATTS FOR PROJECT 1,440 < TITLE: PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER 1. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT. w COPYRIGHT 2019 2. COLORS OF LUMINAIRES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT. TOTAL SQUARE FEET 1,989 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 3. ALL LUMINAIRES SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED. SEE "LIGHTING NOTES" #18 4. PROVIDE PROGRAM START BALLASTS. LINO. TOTAL WATTS / SQUARE FOOT 0.72 dow ALLOWED WATTS / SQUARE FOOT "ILII < 0 n TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A, w RELIABILITY•COLLAFBORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE LIGHTING NOTES F- 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 704.376.2999 • WWW.TEGPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHTANDALL 0 OTHERPROPERTYRIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND 1. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE ELECTRONIC TYPE, PROGRAM START, UON. � BEDIAS SRIBUTEDT REPRODUCED,REVISED,WITHOUED T WRITTEN PERMISOR IN SION M TEETLL ER BE DISTRIBUTED HALL NOT BE ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTflON IC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED FOR ARCHIVE AND RECORD PURPOSES ONLY,COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART 2. FLUORESCENT LAMPS IN GENERAL SHALL BE 28 WATT, T8 AND 47 WATT, T5HO, 4100 DEGREE K. COLOR TEMPERATURE. LION. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. zTEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. 0 3. HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS SHALL BE HIGH EFFICIENCY 1.0 BALLAST FACTOR TYPE. MATCH BALLAST TO THE LAMP FOR OPTIMUM FLORIDA COA#26380 OPERATION. z t ��trLEE��at�� ♦ '0 T r• 4. HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LAMPS SHALL BE INSIDE FROSTED, COLOR CORRECTED TYPE, 4000 DEGREE K. COLOR TEMPERATURE. LION. _j �.�� '", '`........ E N �� •., 5. THIS LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE IS INTENDED TO BE PROPRIETARY. THE CATALOG NUMBERS GIVEN SHALL DENOTE THE LUMINAIRE REQUIRED. No 60568 * : :* 6. THE LIGHTING FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBERS IDENTIFY THE SERIES OF LIGHTING FIXTURE ONLY. PROVIDE ALL FIELD FABRICATION, MOUNTING HARDWARE, w ` ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS REQUIRED TO ADAPT TO THE CONDITIONS AND MEET THE INTENT OF THE FIXTURE DESCRIPTION. _ -0 . :C2~ �'13 STATE OF 7. COORDINATE FIXTURE OPERATING VOLTAGES WITH THAT PROVIDED BY THE CIRCUITRY. 0 8. COORDINATE FIXTURE TRIMS WITH THE CEILING TYPE. <• ••r Sj R 1'... �1}, (p�•� 9. BALLASTS & DRIVERS SHALL HAVE THE QUIETEST SOUND RATING AVAILABLE. z• �f��11NA0 t% 01/08/2020 0 10. BALLASTS & DRIVERS SHALL BE CONSTANT CURRENT TYPE DESIGNED TO START AND MAINTAIN PROPER OPERATION OF THE LAMP(S) OR DIODES IN Ld REVISIONS: THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS IN WHICH THE FIXTURES ARE APPLIED. DRIVERS MUST MEET OR EXCEED THE NEMA 410 STANNARD z_ FOR IN-RUSH CURRENT. z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY 0 11 RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL HAVE THERMAL PROTECTION. w 0 12. DOWNLIGHTS IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL HAVE BOTTOM ACCESS. w 13. LAY-IN TYPE FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE INDEPENDENT FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM AND BE CLIPPED TO THE GRID WITH 0 EARTHQUAKE/HURRICANE CLIPS. U 0 14. DOWNLIGHT FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED BY THE GRID SYSTEM AND SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE AND NOT RELY ON THE CEILING SYSTEM ALONE FOR SUPPORT. EXIT SIGNS SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED ABOVE 12'-0" AFF. U Z FRANCHISEE NAME: 15. LIGHTING FIXTURES IN WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE "WET LOCATION" LISTED. LIGHTING FIXTURES IN DAMP LOCATIONS SHALL BE "DAMP LOCATION" LISTED. < 16. PROVIDE 10% SPARE LAMPS OF EACH TYPE TO BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. K LE PIZZA, 11 , LLC. 17. ALL BATTERY UNITS IN EXIT AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED FOR UNSWITCHED OPERATION. UON. h 18. SUBMIT AT ONE TIME, ONE (1) SET OF PDF SHOP DRAWINGS, INCLUDING ALL LAMPS AND BALLASTS FOR APPROVAL. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE ONLY AS LISTED ON THIS LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE. TWO OR MORE MANUFACTURERS NAMES LISTED, PROVIDE ONE OF THE NAMES. IF ONLY ONE NAMED, w PROVIDE THAT LUMINAIRE, NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ACCEPTED. THE RESPONSIBILITY TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY LUMINAIRE REMAINS WITH THE KEITH EDWARDS PROJECT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR MAY AT HIS JUDGMENT USE ANY PRODUCT OR DEVICE WHICH IN THE JUDGMENT OF THE w 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER EXPRESSED IN WRITING ARE EQUAL TO THAT SPECIFIED. j JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 0 zPROJECT NAME: < z 8556 U U INTERIOR Z 1pizza UP - FIT 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD o ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 U J H SHEET TITLE: U IrY 0 LL_ w J M 0 LI GHTING' wFIXTURE w m SCHEDULEPROJECT NUMBER 20010 k LO W DATE 01-08-2020 SHEET NO. w 0 5 L SHEET 5 OF 10 A W A I� GERALD P . NOE w ARCHITECT FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 c� 0 399 LUCERNE DRIVE SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 ? M__ P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 v; mail@gpnarcht.com r.- F .. . NOTES THIS SHEET CHECKED BY: WILT WH-1 I E G 0 #?NL ETR Ul PNL i"/ PNL . . PNL Fcl �. . DRAWN BY: CLE Kj I„ Ol EXIT SIGN, EMERGENCY LIGHT, AND/OR NIGHT LIGHT. CONNECT (ALWAYS HOT) ■. A' "B" ;? � A B i) TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF SWITCHING. " I. �=- I • I �� E € tom? $ \; i A-1 r 2 LIGHTING PROVIDED BY WALK-IN SUPPLIER. E.C. TO PROVIDE FINAL ( _ _ I O x THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF O -- CONNECTIONS TO LIGHTING IN WALK-IN COOLER. COORDINATE ALL - �`( ` r l - � �\ � :�«-<-� '� ETR ETR -� � � ' �� z� � SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 2 ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCHBANK + "$SB . SEE DETAIL 3/E1.1 FOR �^,V WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONFIRM SWITCHBANK WILL FIT WITHIN THIS I CM 1 ;�" E w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON`I fY` c._ . Q DEMAND. DESIGNATED AREA AND STACK MULTIPLE SWITCHBANKS AT THIS LOCATION IFIL A SINGLE SWITCHBANK WILL NOT FIT WITHIN THIS DESIGNATED AREA. yi .._.. A- tiE• I w COPYRIGHT 2019 9 t ® CAMERAS PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS " �' ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 1 & REQUIREMENTS WITH CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN; TYPICAL r i I % ■ s y J .. . O5 CONDENSING UNIT FOR WALK-IN COOLER (COOLER AND CONDENSING UNIT I ( c� BY OTHERS LOCATED ON EXTERIOR. SEE DETAIL 1/E1.2. SUPPORT RAILS, 2 `` _ WALK-IN ( A Fcl / I ® _ I E . I � '. ;>rt VAP - LOCATION, ETC. BY KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. a ETR ETR , © PROVIDE LOCAL OR INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH PER NEC 600. i jETR i' p COORDINATE WITH THE SIGN VENDOR. TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P° s I, j � RELIABILITY•COLLABORA ICBM•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE O7 REFER TO THE MECHANICAL KITCHEN HOOD INFORMATION SHEETS A-22 ? r ` r 550077 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 704.376.2999 �lJ4�W.TEGPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM M2.1 AND M2.2. EETERENGINEERINGGROUP,PAHEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON AW COPVRIGHTAND ALL (�'I ` vtv. ��°ai P•• 0 OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND I ,.. �' ' I , IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY 8 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AVERTICALLY-MOUNTED UNISTRUT •- -- _. ___. :. .... BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELERRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE "POLE" FOR THE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS NECESSARY FOR THE OVEN. '' CM "[ y� - A-(38,40,42) q SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED FOR ARCHIVE AND B-1 E RECOflD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART COORDINATE WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT ABOUT MARCO'S ELECTRICAL I 0 7 B-28 WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. ■ ?v STANDARDS. I ETR ,: _ GFCI T _-• a TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A. I FLORIDA COA#26380 ■ I w 1<1111f1/� 8G c3 _..._ �%%, � LEE T +� CM I �L- -_,. - GFci B 15 ETR ETR ETR ETR I� ��i cFc1 � +48" FF �� ; :s� •r� S ••. •� S' .+48"AFF �G1CI. . _. W. NO 60558 •� rr„ 3 I p k • * •* _ .. AI 1� STATE O F 'etc! SVA I-I'B y/C I _ �, B 2 °3 8-24 01 0 C? A: I I "'_:Z: I .� �i '910 I I L 01/08/2020 GFC � •' =2 GFCI Q jE i } t ,Y� +4 111 4) 8 A r I a a REVISIONS. . ; � 2 FF i 1 E E j F-- .... I _ y; ETR ; �;; RELO RELO. € O7 �L - - ' DESCRIPTION I I t' GFCII r x r ,� N0. DATE BY i23 in I I a CUSTOMER LTG. TRACK LTG. KITCHEN LTG. y'? a X I II A-(8 10) � B 18 .._. ` r '+ 8"AFF I t: , v I 8-19 +48" WH_... - O !! !! - _ GFci 0 +48" FF I~ GFC SWITCH BANK DETAIL BLO ETR A-23 12 +i oz"AFF 3 __' B-16 i I NOT TO SCALE ( ! +48�aF a FRANCHISEE �� _ ( I � NAME I I ._ :........ ETR ETR ....._. _...._.. ETR,._. ' _ 8.=26 ._....... B (29,31) K LE PIZZA, ESC. _ ETR I { i'f ,'+46"AFF B-33 _ _ _ Lu I 4 - .. _ _ iGfcl B 30 a ctf Lu KEITH EDWARDS +48 AFF _. r 3 BROCKHURST DRIVE B-(32,34) cwnFLORIDA 32277 750 oil I JACKSONVILLE, F __.... B-6 I ? a PROJECT NAME: I E d $sa 8556 ETR __ ;_. _... .. ..°.._. _..., ... __ _ � ,,,.:• , ��. .- ;._ �-1� a A 21 _... _ CM VIA[�B i I �' � . �„ �: 1 4 B-2 o A-21 `g E �; n' I " .; r� t i 1`° I'. +ss"ASF �, �, B 4 VIA WA LT 5 r, B-22 ------------------------------------- 0 INTERIOR t B T B 2 B-5 B-3 B-11 • i LT8 LT8 LT8 ■' ¢ xPizza UP - FIT 4 REFER TO DETAIL 1/E2.1 ■ 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD �M__.._ _ _... . .... - ..._- _..._.'..... + a ATLANTIC BEACH FL EOACHCPOS/COMPU�R ISI FLORIDA 32233 �� TERMINAL I ■ I II E SHEET TITLE GFCI LT7 ....,.., m s A aa, O -19 LT8 LT8 LT8 ■ .......... I I? B 40 93 1 ETR._ N/L ■ 3 1 I'•. _ A-20 FLOOR P A _ I 1 ✓. A-11 r , ._. .. ._._ __ __ _ __ A 13 w O ETRE a ELECTRICAL _... .. ,... ... .. ..............n.......... I r.. .r PROJECT NUMBER 20010 Yin r ££ °`-• (� DATE 01-08-2020 1— SHEET NO. x FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN - POWER 1/4" = 1'-0" I 1/4" = 1'-0" SHEET 6 OF 10 z 0 a GERALD P . NOE H ARCHITECT oFLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 U z 0 399 LUCERNE DRIVE w SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 mail@gpnorcht.com vi z 0 EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE (COOLING /W ELECTRIC HEAT) ;µ. .{ I` o CHECKED BY: WLT PNL PNL CL • IIS „ „ „ DRAWN BY: E LIJ ELECT. HEAT ELECTRICAL DATA ELECTRICAL CONNECTION I A B w TAG AREA SERVED _ E- KW STEPS MCA MOCP VOLTAGE DISCONNECT BRANCH CIRCUIT ,, ;, � f = THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF -. - SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE ERTU-1 TENANT SPACE EX EX EX. 50 208V-30 EXISTING EXISTING - 1 ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED I z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE • CU LLI :2 WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. (ON ROOF) w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE (COOLING /W ELECTRIC HEAT) `, _ IEti m- Q DEMAND. _ r. ERTU 2 i i€ (0� FaOF)` 13 .z w_ COPYRIGHT 2019 ELECT. HEAT ELECTRICAL DATA ELECTRICAL CONNECTION hM f f E ,`,a.1f 0.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED TAG AREA SERVED - ■ _. . KW STEPS MCA MOCP VOLTAGE DISCONNECT BRANCH CIRCUITfl TIE TO A-20 , 1"w ANN ERTU-2 TENANT SPACE 12.0 1 EX. 50 208V-30 EXISTING EXISTING :\ A-(14,16,18) { �1� , f Ld 3P/60A�240V/3R/TPN TEETERGROUP,P.A. W RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE = 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 EXISTING MAKE=UP AIR UNIT SCHEDULE (COOLING /W ELECTRIC HEAT) Ulih�BJ.TESPA.Ct?M • INFO@TEGPA.COM O TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREBY RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHTAND ALL ER PROPERTY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS ANVSSOC D A IATE SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN r•+ w.in CON ASSHAEPTS, NOTBDETAILS,AND REPROUCETHESEOO,OR COPIED IN SOLE OR CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND /� /� (� ,/� (� LyJ IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY ELECTRICAL DATA ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ■ (n BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER x"'*+ -' ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRO NIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE TAG AREA SERVED I SOLEPROPERTYOF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANDAREINTENDED FORARCHIVEAND "' RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART lit x. r WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. MCA MOCP VOLTAGE DISCONNECT BRANCH CIRCUIT o TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. FLORIDA COA#26380 EMAU-1 TENANT SPACE EX. 40 208V-30 EXISTING EXISTING • _ �jttttl11t1L,LEE � •.mow+~�`�',� G'E N fi!►�i _ .• Fir � J ••No 60558' •� .. FAN SCHEDULE EMAU-1 W (ON ROOF) o ,� ELECTRICAL DATA oQ 4U Z TAG FAN TYPE HOMERUN I S1Q'• STATE OF .' H.P. WATTS VOLTAGE DISCONNECT BRANCH CIRCUIT / o •fiE p •... EEF CEILING EXHAUST - 17.6 115V-10 INTEGRAL Y4"C, 2 1 liar ANAL #12, #12 GND '; �' z _ ��"fill% 01/08/2020 KEF-1 ROOF EXHAUST 3/4 - 115V-10 SPST MMS SW 20A Y4"C, 2#12, 1#12 GND �E REVISIONS: LLJz KEF-1 .. .,. z NOTE: 3 z 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT EQUIPMENT . q0 z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY BEING FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL I (ON.ROOF) DISCONNECTS, FUSES, REDUCERS, CONTROL CIRCUITS AND CONNECTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION RTI 1" w OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, ALL FUSES SHALL BE PER THE NAME PLATE LABEL. COORDINATE IN THE fJj (ON -ROOF) VJ ° FIELD EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGHING-IN. ; ( z NOTES THIS SHEETf � f • _n._ I; 0 I Ln 10 CONNECT TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING THIS AREA. FAN SHALL BE SWITCHED ■ WITH LIGHTING. I z FRANCHISEE NAME: O2 CONDENSING UNIT FOR WALK-IN COOLER (COOLER AND CONDENSING UNIT BY I OTHERS) LOCATED ON EXTERIOR. SEE DETAIL 1/E1.2. SUPPORT RAILS, LOCATION, KE PIZZA, II, LLC. ETC. BY KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. ■° U' Ii Lil DUCT HOUSING AND BASE LuKEITH EDWARDS WITH DETECTOR w 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE • :DJACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 SAMPLING TUBE 1/2"C W/2-#14 AWG R I o TO OTHER A/C UNITS PROJECT NAME: I z 8556 0 o T j _m. . z INTERIOR LOI °.. U ■ 3 '• 0 PiZZO UP FIT 1/2"C 5-#14 THWN) L 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD I _ z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 _ 0 a I EEF SHEET TITLE: 00 I o REMOTE TEST SWITCH INDICATOR STATION (SINGLE GANG) EQUAL � w TO SIMPLEX MODEL #4098-9835 I J z FLOOR PLAN AN - O d z j HVAC NOTES: m 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR I ~o CONNECTIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A/C SHUT DOWN RELAYS. z 2. SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE INITIATION OF ONE DETECTOR J t SHALL CAUSE ALL A/C UNITS IN THE COMMON AREA TO SHUT DOWN. y PROJECT NUMBER 20010 3.- MOUNT ® 8" BELOW FINISHED CEILING. F- 4. DUCT DETECTOR REMOTE TEST STATION SHALL BE LOCATED IN A CONSTANTLY w DATE 01-08-2020 ATTENDED AREA, NOT IN STORAGE ROOMS OR THE LIKE. ~ ;y FLOOR PLAN — SHEET N0. REMOTE TEST STATION DETAIL HVAC CONNECTIONS 2 � DIAGRAMMATIC 1/4" = 1'-0" *�k FLOOR PLAN GOVERNS THE QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS 2 OF ALL INITIATION AND NOTIFICATION DEVICES. SHEET 7 OF 10 Z 0 Z A f� GERALD P . NOE H ARCHITECT o FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 H U 0 399 LUCERNE DRIVE SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 V) mail@gpnarcht.com Z 0 Z CHECKED BY: WLT � a . . . . , . ... ... � � � � DRAWN BY: CLE PNI PNL w w � H H THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED Z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE LIJ WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON DEMAND. � a • w ..u... Iw_ COPYRIGHT 2019 • ALL RIGHTS RESERVED <, cn a o w TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A, ■ w RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION-DEDICATION-EXCELLENCE 550077' 704.376.2999 ER DR .TEGPA.COM CH NFO@TEGPA.COM a' ti ,_• _ O TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA HEREB OTASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN Y RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND ALL HER PROPERTY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASS DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND NC'PTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS,THESE UMENTS,SPECS IN WHOLE OR IN PART, T EY A, IDEAS SHALL NLLJ_ 1 BE ISTRIBUTED OT B O ANY OTHREPRODUCER PARTIESCWED,REVISED, T HOUTCOPIEDWRITTEN PERMISSION NOR FROM TEETTER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER OF THESE DOCUMENTSARE ARCHIV I " Y R�CORDLE OPERTYPUR OOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FIETER ENGINEERING GESOSHALA NOT BE COPIED N.AND ARE EWHOLE OR INEPAROT >„ WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. Z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A. o FLORIDA COA#26380 Art Z ti"r �f • M LEE .N 10o • U No 60568 1 • +48"AFS, o yk • * - !r .. O D�2. �-'. STATE OF Iin ,. ._ a '0y d',S� 0 N A cn 01/08/2020 +4s"AFF �- p Z REVISIONS: D11 LLJ .. Z Z NO. DATE DESCRIPION BY c) .. . DATA JACK LOCATION LEGEND w � 3 Z D1 TERMINAL 1 D7 TERMINAL 5 - +48AF�7 R ■ �f+� D2 RECEIPT PRINTER D8 TERMINAL MAIN = o 0 D3 REPORT PRINTER D9 DRIVERS PRINTER •1� ► • +72"AFF-00 I- a D4 TERMINAL 2 D10 STRETCH COMPUTER Ln D5 TERMINAL 3 D11 MAKELINE COMPUTER z D6 TERMINAL 4 D12 CUT PRINTER FRANCHISEE NAME: +48"AFF 3 Dg KLE PIZZA, 11 , LLC. co NOTES THIS SHEET I1 8"AFF Ol OWNER MAY PURCHASE STAINLESS BUMP PAD BRACKETS FROM THEIR iDio O w STAINLESS VENDOR. Li ..: w -= � � KEITH EDWARDS DATA CABLES MUST HOME-RUN T0: WALL MOUNT RACK (TRIPP-LITE w 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE 0 2 JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 #SRW08U22) WITH SHELF (TRIPP-LITE #SRSHELF2P1U) AND (2) 12 PORT RJ45 PATCH PANEL (ALLEN TEL #AT558-12P). - o T .. ._...._T.._.... _ �__ O PHONE LOCATIONS REQUIRE (2) PORTS PROVIDING ACCESS TO LINES 1-5. PROJECT NAME: 0 8556 ® OUTLETS FOR CALLER ID BOX. PHONE LINES FOR CALLER ID MUST BE - U ANALOG. :D O5 OUTLETS SHALL DROP FROM ABOVE THE CEILING TO BOTTOM OF THE CUT I TABLE. EXACT PLACEMENT SHOULD BE SPECIFIED BY OWNER. INTERIOR 0 U © OUTLETS TO BE 6" ABOVE COUNTERTOP. — +... -_ - +. . ._a UP FIT + O RUN LOW VOLTAGE WIRING DOWN DEMISING WALL AND THROUGH COUNTER. o D • D D T • 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD "TTB., ,� z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 MEMNON ■ : s �. ♦..7.. f 8 PROVIDE ONE 1 Y4" EMT CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM LANDLORD'S = D3 D1,D2 - D3 D4 TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION LOCATION FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE. COORDINATE a LOCATION OF LANDLORDS TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION AND EXACT CONDUIT SHEET TITLE: ROUTING WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. I a O �m7 LL ■ J I U) m ELECTRICAL i m SYSTEMS PLAN m ... . - z PROJECT NUMBER 20010 w DATE 01-08-2020 4 U 4t$%ol Q SHEET NO. Rolm 1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PLAN SHEET 8 OF 10 CA z 0 z w A 11/4"C WITH PULL CORD TO EXISTING TELEPHONE LANDLORD.COORDINATE WITH GERALD P . N O E f.l ARCHITECT oFLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 U 2"C. STUBBED TO ABOVE 91 ACCESSIBLE CEILING. z TELEPHONE STATION 399 LUCERNE DRIVE O 2-HR. FIRE RATED WIRING BY OWNER w SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 III P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.2265 GYPSUM WALL CONCRETE OR x mail@gpnarcht.com A 120 VOLT DEDICATED CIRCUIT. MASONARY WALL PROVIDE HANDLE LOCK-ON z #6 AWG SOLID, GREEN INSULATED o ' ' DEVICE ON CIRCUIT BREAKER. 1" HILTI CS 240 : : ;•: ;�: :.;. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, 1/2"C. O 0 FIRESBOTH SI SEALANT BACKER ROD, HILTI ' ' ' CONCRETE FLOOR HILTI CS 240 FIRESTOP BOND TO BLDG STEEL OR METAL 3/4"C. WITH PULLING CORD STUBBED z CHECKED BY: WILT BOTH SIDES OR CB 120 FOAM, OR ':f` :r: WATER PIPING. [-1 1 r-I TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. v DRAWN B Y: CLE SEALANT OR EQUAL. EQUAL MINERAL FIBER ; ' ' . . L J L J L ``' TYPICAL: r o�1 _ ,.•. . INSULATION. '•' ' ' ' 20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE w =` MOUNTED FLUSH IN UPPER RIGHT 8' LONG #6 AWG SOLID INSULATED II nl CORNER OF EQUIPMENT BOARD. THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF GROUNDING CONDUCTOR COILED lu u u SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE & TIE-WRAPPED FOR TENANT USE. In n nI Iu u ull ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED L__J TELEPHONE OUTLET I? IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE F--� SPACE FOR SURGE PROTECTORS, m WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. I I TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT, SPOOLER BOARDS, LdIT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT UPOP ` I TERMINAL BLOCKS, ETC. L--J Q DEMAND. NOTE: "TTB" 4'x8'x5/8" TYPE A-C PLYWOOD BOARD, w COPYRIGHT 2019 METAL PIPE OR •.r•r SANDED SIDE OUT, SECURED TO WALL ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CONDUIT. (4' DIA. FLOOR PLANS GOVERN THE QUANTITYCL Q O WITH ANCHORS, BOLTS & FENDER WASHERS. I, GALVANIZED OR SMALLER) r� r r METAL PIPE OR CONDUIT BACKING MATERIAL & LOCATIONS OF ALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS. PRIME PAINT AND FINISH PAINT WITH V) STEEL SLEVE " ' (4" DIA. OR SMALLER) �: •. . ' � ALL TELEPHONE STATION WIRING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE RETARDANT GRAY ENAMEL. z IS BY OWNER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ► A INSTALL REQUIRED SEALANT acw DEPTH ON BOTH SIDES. o Lu TEST"E ENGINEERING GROUP,P.A. = RELIABILITY-COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE H 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 WALL PENETRATION FLOOR PENETRATION 704.376.2999 • P,PA HEREBY RESERVES • INFO@TEGPA.COM O OTHERRPROPENGIERTY RIGHTS NEE RING G OTOPTHESE DOCUMENTS,ANYSA ASSOCIATED PECIFIICATIONS,DESIGPYRIGHT AND N FRONT VIEW SECT 0 N A-A CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND LLJ IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY (n BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER FILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING G ROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED FOR ARCHIVE AND RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART JWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. oz TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. FLORIDA COA#26380 ESTOP DETAIL THRU GYPSUM WALL FFIRESTOP DETAIL THRU CONCRETE MASONRY TELEPH ►��►►L,�«�i,.. 4 3 ONE RISER DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE 2 a ��t` M �� T 'r NOT TO SCALE � �. ��,..• DIAGRAMMATIC i,; �ti,,.�\G E N S .•T O •. U No 60568 r r LLJ r 'A U STATE °� AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT w= EXTERIOR INTERIOR RETAILSPACE z `►��t�`S;°( Q R 1 P �, FAULT CURRENT & Q �`f•S�aA��e�t•'� COORDINATION STUDY z '�►��,,,,,,►+;' 01/08/2020 BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE UTILITY I o COMPANY, THE CALCULATED MAXIMUM FAULT CURRENT z REVISIONS: AVAILABLE AT THE POINT OF SERVICE IS 49,570 AMPS. I z ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED AND RATED NO AVAILABLE FAULT LESS THAN THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AS CALCULATED. CURRENT: 35,887 AMPS z N0. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CONTRACTOR AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS SHALL PERFORM - "��-�� ---- ---- --- - -- - --- - - -- - �- - ---__m _.- __._ _ AND PROVIDE ALL COORDINATION STUDIES AND ARC FLASH I I `._...______•.- __. __._.. 100 AMP o STUDIES REQUIRED BY NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, IEEE I EXISTING WIRING TROUGH 2„C, W 242 AND IEEE 399 FOR ALL REQUIRED SYSTEMS. REPORTS se_m .__.e_W __ - _ m v _ _ j 4-#1 > OF THESE STUDIES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ENGINEER, i _ - - - - -�� I j I 1-�6 GND zo INSPECTIONS DEPARTMENT AND OWNER. TENANT U CALCULATION BASED ON THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS: I ! I I/ E PROVIDED i[3 _X. P_ANEL PANEL Ln 1. LARGE UTILITY SYSTEM WITH AN INFINITE BUSS 3 E I °-` I f I I I ! ! I ` I I I I _99 99 2. UTILITY TRANSFORMER 500 KVA WITH AN IMPEDANCE OF 2.8% I ( --. 1 L ;- I L - I -�- I-- I j I I A 9 B FRANCHISEE NAME: I [ I a i PANEL I .� � � ! I 1 ! I i O I' ! F- -� - �� r - � I 1 I I KLE PIZZA, II , LLC. I I i I I [ 1 �I I I I HP i I � ,' r� 6 i i I � I EXISTING PAD MOUNT I [ I I ! I I ! I I I 1 1 ___ I I TRANSFORMER BY UTILITY [ I I� I I I I 1 2005 L I_ __ _ 1 1200 AMPI I 100 AMP COMPANY ;' I I I I I I I I 200E ( ! L MLO_ e MLO ow los/120V 208/120V __! _ w KEITH EDWARDS CONCRETE PAD PER !I !I! LV AVAILABLE FAULT AVAILABLE FAULT UTILITY COMPANY SPECS. I HV � T _C_ i CURRENT: 12,542 AMPS CURRENT: 11,253 AMPS 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE V) JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 1 1 I I I I 1 - - �___� —� - �— - - - - - - 1 - - ! I _ _! I - _ I Z PROJECT NAME: 1 �I .� .� � - -,- - I � --�- - - - - z 8556 i UNDERGROUND PRIMARY I L j _ ! TO EXISTING TENANT SPACES j �--- EXISTING 200 AMP BY LOCAL POWER I I I ! ( I U COMPANY I f [ I U) I ! o INTERIOR I I ! I I U 2 z PiZZAN UP - FIT z ----------- 0 a...............--.........,..—_....—_. EXISTING SERVICE LATERAL ! __. _ W _ __ _ _ _— 0 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD I zo ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 I U ,.... ..._.�__._._....._._. _._..__.._....,m__v...._..........,_.__.__ .__�_..._.—._e.__m......._......_—_e.—....__....._—.—.—__—.—..®___..._.._.._...e..__ __ _.._.._..._.m.—_.....m,e.....w ..m............__..r—...._._.._.—m._..._,_. m....e...—..._..®...._....e...._..,�.._.....m..........� ! J Q ! SHEET TITLE: EXISTING GROUND U a 0 LL EXISTING POWER RISER DIAGRAM 1LnM SCALE: DIAGRAMMATIC 0 ELECTRICAL W in m RISER DIAGRAM W LINE TYPE LEGEND .� z SOLID LINETYPE INDICATES NEW CONSTRUCTION. PROJECT NUMBER 20010 U --- -- ---W-- -- - DASHED LINETYPE INDICATES EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. / DATE 01-08-2020 - -...• - DASH-DOT LINETYPE INDICATES FUTURE CONSTRUCTION. SHEET N0. w , { SHEET 9 OF 10 EXISTING PANEL A NEW PANEL B SUPPLY: 208/12OV, 3-PHASE, 4 WIRE TYPE: BRANCH CIRCUIT SUPPLY: 208/12OV, 3-PHASE, 4 WIRE TYPE: BRANCH CIRCUIT MAINS: 200A MLO BUS MATERIAL: EXISTING MAINS: 100A MLO BUS MATERIAL: COPPER INTERRUPT RATING: 22K A.I.C. MANUFACTURER: EXISTING INTERRUPT RATING: 22K A.I.C. MANUFACTURER: SQUARE-D, EATON, GE OR EQUAL MOUNTING: SURFACE MOUNTING: SURFACE PHASE LOAD SUMMARYPHASE LOAD SUMMARY z Iloilo O z w NOTE DESCRIP11ON TRIP POLE WIRE CCT PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C CCT WIRE POLE TRIP DESCRIPTION NOTE NOTE DESCRIPTION TRIP POLE WIRE CCT PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C CCT WIRE POLE TRIP DESCRIPTION NOTE WH-1 (IGNITER) 20 1 C 1 0.2T 2.4 2 12 2 20 CONVEYOR OVEN (7) B PRINTER (41) 20 1 C 1 0.2 1 0.2 2 C 1 20 SAFE (14) A REC. ROOFTOP 20 1 C 3 0.5 2.4 4 POS (54) _ 20 1 C 3 0.2 1 0.5 4 C 1 20 TV MENU BOARD (29) A B HOOD CONTROL 20 1 C 5 0.9 0.0 6 1 SHUNT SPACE POS (54) 20 1 C 5 1 0.4 1 0.8 6 C 1 20 IDISPLAY REFRIG. (4) A SHUNT SPACE 1 7 0.0 2.4 8 12 2 20 CONVEYOR OVEN (7) B POS (54) 20 1 C 7 0.2 0.6 8 C 1 20 DISPLAY REF. (28A) A a� WALK-IN EVAPORATOR 20 1 C 9 0.4 2.4 10 POS (54) 20 1 C 9 0.5 0.2 10 C 1 20 WALL MTD. TV (44) GERALD P . N 0 E REC. SHOW WINDOW 20 1 C 11 1.8 0.0 12 1 SHUNT SPACE POS (54) 20 1 C 11 1.0 0.0 12 C 1 20 DIGITAL SCALE (2) A H ARCHITECT REC. SHOW WINDOW 20 1 C 13 1.8 2.0 14 D 3 45 WALK-IN COOLER PRINTER (41) 20 1 C 13 0.2 0.8 14 C 1 20 DOUGH ROLLER (6) A REC. USB 20 1 C 15 0.7 2.0 1 16 A PREP REFRIG. (3) 20 1 C 15 0.7 0.4 16 C 1 20 POS (54) FLORIDA REGISTRATION NO. AR93745 SIGNAGE 20 1 C 17 1.5 2.0 18 A FREEZER (20) 20 1 C 17 0.7 0.2 18 C 1 20 PRINTER (41) REC - RESTROOM 20 1 C 19 0.2 C. 20 C 1 20 REC - GENERAL POS (54) 20 1 C 19 0.2 1 0.2 20 C 1 1 20 IREC. ARTWORK �. LTG - FOH 20 1 C_[21 1 0.2 0.2 22 C 1 20 LTG - WALK-IN COOLER LTG - LOBBY/SRVC 20 1 C 21 0.3 0.4 22 C 1 1 20 IDATA BOARD _ z 399 LUCERNE DRIVE LTG - BOH 20 1 C 23 1.1 0.6 24 EX 3 40 EMAU-1 LTG - KITCHEN 20 1 C 23 1 0.6 1 0.7 24 C 1 20 REC - KITCHEN u SPARTANBURG, SC 29302 . SPARE 20 1 25 0.0 0.6 26 A PIZZA PREP REF. (1) 20 1 C 25 1. 0.2 26 C 1 20 PRINTER (41) H P: 864.583.2215 F: 864.583.226.` SIGNAGE 20 1 C 27 1 1.5 1 0.6 28 _ TOPPER CHG. 20 1 C 27 0.4 0.4 28 C 1 20 POS (54) mail@gpnorcht.com ERTU-1 65 2 EX 29 5.0 1 1.2 30 D 1 20 KEF-1 A HEAT LAMP (15) 20 2 C 29 L 0.5 0.7 30 C 1 20 WARMER, OH (15A) A z 31 5.0 5.3 32 EX 3 50 ERTU-2 31 0.5 0.5 32 12 2 20 HEAT LAMP (15) A 0 SPARE 20 1 33 0.0 5.3 34 A WARMER, OH (15A) 20 1 C 33 0.7 0.5 34Z CHECKED BY: WILT SPARE 20 1 35 0.0 5.3 36 SPARE 20 1 35 0.0 0.0 36 1 20 SPARE _ o DRAWN BY: CLE PANEL "B" 100 3 1 37 5.2 1 1.2 38 D 3 40 FLOOR MIXER (18) SPARE 20 1 37 0.0 . 38 1 20 SPARE Ld 39 1 6.0 1.2 40 SPARE 20 1 39 0.0 0.9 40 C 120 DISPLAY REF. (28A) 41 5.0 1.2 42 SPARE 20 1 41 0.0 0.0 42 1 20 SPARE z THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF TOTAL KVA PER PHASE 26.5 23.4 25.5 NEC 220 LOAD JU8T�ICATION: TOTAL KVA PER PHASE 5.2 6.0 5.6 NEC 220 LOAD JUSTFICA71 Mk SERVICE AND SOLE PROPERTY OF THE DIVERSIFIED KVA PER PHASE 22.0 19.3 23.2 LIGHTING 125% 3.0 DIVERSIFIED KVA PER PHASE 15.2 16.1 5.1 LIGHTING 125% 1.1 ARCHITECT, AND SHALL NOT BE USED DIVERSIFIED TOTAL KVA 64.5 KVA HEATING 100% 0.0 DIVERSIFIED TOTAL KVA 17.1 KVA HEATING 100% z IN ANY WAY. WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE 0.0 � WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. MAXIMUM AMPS HEAVIEST PHASE (DIVERSIFIED) 193.4 AMPS AIR HANDLERS 100% 28.8 MAXIMUM AMPS HEAVIEST PHASE (DIVERSIFIED) 50.5 AMPS AIR HANDLERS 100% 0.0 w w IT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT OF REOUIREMENM PANEL KEY NOTES AIR CONDITIONING 100% 0.0 REOUFIBuBNTS PANEL KEY NOTESAIR CONDITIONING 100% 0.0 0 DEMAND. 1. WITH EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS A. PROVIDE A GFCI BREAKER. RECEPTACLES 1st 1OkVA = 100% 7.8 1. WITH EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS A. PROVIDE A GFCI BREAKER. RECEPTACLES 1st 1OkVA = 100% 2.5 a 2. PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY. B. PROVIDE A SHUNT TRIP BREAKER. +50% OF REMAINING 2. PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY. B. PROVIDE A SHUNT TRIP BREAKER. +50% OF REMAINING w COPYRIGHT 2019 C. SEE CONDUCTOR SIZING TABLE FOR WIRE SIZE. WATER HEATER 100% 0.2 C. SEE CONDUCTOR SIZING TABLE FOR WIRE SIZE. WATER HEATER 100% 0.0 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED D. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR WIRE SIZE. KITCHEN EQUIPMENITINUS NEC DEMAND 21.3 D. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR WIRE SIZE. KITCHEN EQUIPMENANUS NEC DEMAND 13.4 65% 100% z PROCESS 100% 0.0 PROCESS 100% 0.0 MISCELLANEOUS 100% 3.4 MISCELLANEOUS 100% 0.0 0 W TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,P. , = RELIABILITY•COLLABORATION•DEDICATION•EXCELLENCE F- 5500 77 CENTER DRIVE • SUITE 140 • CHARLOTTE,NC 28217 704.376.2999 • WWW.TEGPA.COM • INFO@TEGPA.COM FOOD SERVICE NOTES KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE CTEETER ONCEPTS, DETAILS, ANDGROUP,PA IDA,THERE DOCUMENTS, ITS COMMON CO COTS,DETAILS,AND ALL U OTHER PROPER TY RIGHTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS,ANY ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND IDEAS.THESE DOCUMENTS,SPECS,DESIGN CONCEPTS,DETAILS,AND w IDEAS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED,REVISED,OR COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART,NOR SHALL THEY W BE DISTRIBUTED TO ANY OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER CONNECTENGINEERING GROUP,PA.ANY ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER TILES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE SOLE PROPERTY OF TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA.AND ARE INTENDED FOR ARCHIVE AND L ITCH EN EQUIPMENT COMPLETELY. RECORD PURPOSES ONLY.COMPUTER FILES SHALL NOT BE COPIED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP,PA. KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WERE TAKEN FROM EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS. z TEETER ENGINEERING GROUP, P.A. ALLOWANCES WERE MADE WHERE NO ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WERE AVAILABLE. O FLORIDA COA#26380 COORDINATE EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS AND NAMEPLATE RATINGS WITH CIRCUIT SIZES. NOTIFY LL' tt�>t�rliir ARCHITECT OF CONFLICTS. w U Q Ev a t�N��, M••LE,I: U) U) . PROVIDE ALL CORDS, CAPS, RECEPTACLES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONDUIT AND FITTINGS ITEM o- Q U w m U LL ,.`�',:';,�� REQUIRED TO MAKE POWER AND CONTROLS CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. NO QTY EQUIPMENT CATEGORY MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER o = �- - J Ld LL Q Y = > 0- U 0 a- Z LLJ�C 0 No 60568 COORDINATE ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS WITH THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS. DO NOT 1 1 IREFRIGERATOR, PIZZA PREP RANDELL 84111 N 12.8 0.6 120 1 60 X 5-20P 8 0 = *:. •'* = SCALE DRAWINGS. 2 1 SCALE, PORTION, DIGITAL DORAL SCALE 7400 0.1 - 120 1 60 X 5-15P FV o yt - STATE OF Lv� ALL SINGLE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 50 AMPERES OR 3 1 REFRIGERATOR, SANDWICH/SALAD PREP CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR SW27-8 6.2 0.2 115 1 60 X 5-15P 7 0 �,�•.•,� ►` e' �n • .� --rq, LESS AND THREE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 100 AMPERES 4 1 DISPLAY CASE, REFRIGERATED CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR 1RE-GD 6.9 0.2 120 1 60 X 5-15P 2.25 Z OF C Q R ti !••'�j`,� �I�(J�GtOw. .�etJrt OR LESS INSTALLED IN THE KITCHEN/FOOD PREP AREA SHALL HAVE GROUND-FAULT Q �''�rS�aNA..� .`t. CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL. PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 6 1 DOUGH ROLLER SOMERSET CDR-500 6.8 0.5 115 1 60 X 5-15P z 1,Fj0 �t0--001t 01/08/2020 210.8(8). FOR EACH CIRCUIT SHOWING "GFCI" THE E.C. SHALL PROVIDE EITHER GFCI CIRCUIT 7 1 OVEN, CONVEYOR MIDDLEBY MARSHALL PS670G-2 20.0 BREAKERS OR RECEPTACLES THAT WILL MEET THE "READILY ACCESSIBLE" REQUIREMENT. 208 1 60 X L6-20P 39 F_ REVISIONS: 20.0 208 1 60 X L6-20P 57 PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WITH ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS. ALL 14 1 SAFE MCGUNN QD1613P COORD. W/ VENDOR 120 1 60 X z EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SOLIDLY GROUNDED. z NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY ALL FLEX CONDUIT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WITH SEAL-TITE FLEX WITH GROUNDING JUMPER. 15 2 WARMER, FOOD OVERHEAD HATCO GRA-48 6.7 0.8 120 1 60 X FV LIJ 15A 2 IWARMER, FOOD OVERHEAD HATCO GRA-42 5.6 0.7 120 1 1 60 X FV ALL CONDUITS STUBBED UP IN FLOORS SHALL HAVE A RIGID STEEL COUPLING FLUSH WITH > FINISHED FLOOR. 18 1 MIXER, FLOOR HOBART US FOODSERVICE HL600 1.0 2.7 208 3 60 X 54 > MAKE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS THROUGH EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS WHERE CONTROLS ARE 20.1 1 FREEZER TRUE MANUFACTURING CO., INC.T-49F 12.5 1.3 0.8 115 1 60 X 5-15P 7 0 REMOTE FROM EQUIPMENT. 28 1 DISPLAY CASE, REFRIGERATED TRUE FOOD SERVICE GDM-45-LD 8.8 0.6 0.5 115 1 60 X 5-15P R ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 29 1 IMENU BOARDS & ILLUMINATED LOGO HOWARD CO COORD. W/ VENDOR 1 120 1 1 60 X 5-15P FV U) 41 4 COMPUTER EQUIPMENT BY VENDOR RECEIPT PRINTER COORD. W/ VENDOR 120 1 60 X 5-15P FV z WHERE SAFETY SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES ARE SHOWN FOR A DISCONNECT MEANS, LOCATE FRANCHISEE NAME: � SWITCHES NEAR THE WI CONNECTION NPOINT IN ANSACCESSIBLE LOCATION. COORDINATE 42 1 COMPUTER EQUIPMENT BY VENDOR REPORT PRINTER COORD. W/ VENDOR 120 1 60 X 5-15P FV o CONNECTION 43 4 COMPUTER EQUIPMENT BY VENDOR PHONE COORD. W/ VENDOR 120 1 60 X 5-15P FV KLE PIZZA, II, LLC. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN KITCHEN/FOOD PREP AREAS SHALL HAVE APPROVED LAMP 44 1 COMPUTER EQUIPMENT BY OWNER TV (WALL MOUNTED) COORD. W/ VENDOR 120 1 60 1 X 5-15P FV SHIELDING. IN AREAS WHERE FOOD IS HANDLED/PREPARED OR UTENSILS/EQUIPMENT ARE 54 7 COMPUTER EQUIPMENT BY VENDOR POS / COMPUTER COORD. W/ VENDOR 120 1 60 X 5-15P FV WASHED, A MINIMUM OF 50 FOOTCANDLES ILLUMINATION IS PROVIDED AT WORK LEVEL. o w 57A 1 DISPENSER, BEVERAGE LANCER CED 8000 HI 14.0 0.8 115 1 60 X 578 1 ICE MAKER W/O BIN HOSHIZAKI AMERICA KM-320MAH 9.7 120 1 60 X ? KEITH EDWARDS 7503 BROCKHURST DRIVE 57C 1 COFFEE/TEA MAKER BUNN-O-MATIC 36700.0009 14.8 1.7 120 1 60 X � JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32277 FV = FIELD VERIFY of 0 NOTES: zPROJECT NAME: z 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, RECEPTACLE, CONCEALED WIRING, ETC. TO MECHANICAL/PLUMBING AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. THE ELECTRICAL Q 8556 CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE ALL CORDS, FITTINGS, BOXES, CORD GRIPS, PLUGS, CABLES, ETC. ON EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SUCH ITEMS. z 2. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL MECHANICAL/PLUMBING AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 3. ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSE SIZES, PLUG CONFIGURATIONS, BREAKER SIZES, ETC., SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLING. ANY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED INCORRECTLY BECAUSE OF LACK OF C) COORDINATION WILL BE REMOVED AND INSTALLED CORRECTLY AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. f)f 010, 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PULL A GROUND AND A NEUTRAL WITH ALL CIRCUITS, WHETHER SO DESIGNATED OR NOT. V) 5. ALL SINGLE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 50 AMPERES OR LESS AND THREE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 100 AMPERES OR LESS INSTALLED IN THE oINTERIOR KITCHEN/FOOD PREP AREA SHALL HAVE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL. PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 210.8(8). FOR EACH CIRCUIT SHOWING "GFCI" THE E.C. SHALL c� PROVIDE EITHER GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKERS OR RECEPTACLES THAT WILL MEET THE "READILY ACCESSIBLE" REQUIREMENT. z -- UP - FIT 6. PROVIDE POWER/FEEDER TO HOOD CONTROL PANEL. FANS ARE SERVED INDEPENDENTLY FROM THE HOOD CONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IN ACCORDANCE. O t 953 ATLANTIC BOULEVARD z ATLANTIC BEACH, FLORIDA 32233 U Q Q SHEET TITLE: 0_ O w J ED cn z (10w PANEL wSCHEDULES m O z J ®� PROJECT NUMBER 20010 w �� DATE 01-08-2020 0* SHEET NO. w 2 L SHEET 10 OF 10